Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
1.00 General Application Materials
TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION Also, -remove Guidline Cpcn Word Document Title TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION FOR TETER YARD GARFIELD COUNTY, COLORADO APRIL 2025 TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION Requirement per Pre-Application Conference Summary Location in Application General Application Materials Application Form Section 2.1 Attachment A Payment of Fees and Payment Agreement Form Section 2.2 Attachment B Narrative Describing the Request Section 2.3 Letter of Authorization Not Applicable Proof of Ownership Section 2.4 Attachment C Recorded Statement of Authority Section 2.5 Attachment D Letter of Permission Section 2.6 Attachment C Names and addresses of property owners within 200 ft. Section 2.7 Attachment E Preapplication Summary Section 2.8 Attachment F Vicinity Map Section 3 Attachment G Description of Applicant Section 5 Temporary Use Description Section 6 Copy of All Previous Approvals Section 7 Impact Analysis Section8 Compliance with Section 7-1301 Temporary Use Section 9 Attachment J Compliance with Article 7 Standards Section 10 Attachment J Waiver request from 4-202 Section 11 Waiver request from Article 7 Standards Section 11 Requirement per Section 4-120 of the Garfield County Code Location in Application Fees Section 2.2 Attachment B Description of Applicant Section 5 Applicant that is not the Property Owner Section 5.1 Temporary Use Description Section 6 Copy of Previous Relevant Approval Documents Section 7 Impact Analysis and Proposed Mitigation Section 8 Requirement per Section 4-203 of the Garfield County Code Location in Application Professional Qualifications Section 12 General Application Materials TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION Requirement per Pre-Application Conference Summary Location in Application Application Form Section 2.1 Attachment A Ownership Section 2.4 Attachment C Adjacent Property Owners Section 2.7 Attachment E Fees Section 2.2 Attachment B Project Description Section 6 General Requirements for Maps and Plans Acknowledged Combination of Map and Plan Requirements Not Applicable Applications for Major Projects Not Applicable Vicinity Map Section 3 Attachment G Site Plan Attachment H4 Grading and Drainage Plan Section 4 Grading Plan: Attachment H Drainage Memo: Attachment H5 Landscape Plan Landscape Plan: Not Applicable Revegetation Plan: Attachment H6 Impact Analysis Section 8 Rezoning Justification Report Not Applicable Statement of Appeal Acknowledged Development Agreement Acknowledged Improvements Agreement Not Applicable Traffic Study Section 6 Attachment J Water Supply and Distribution Plan Section 6 Attachment J Wastewater Management and System Plan Section 6 Attachment J Floodplain Analysis Attachment J TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION i CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 4 1.1 Regulatory Framework .................................................................................... 4 2 GENERAL APPLICATION MATERIALS .................................................................. 5 2.1 Application Form ............................................................................................. 5 2.2 Application Fee and Payment Agreement Form .............................................. 5 2.3 Narrative Describing the Request ................................................................... 5 2.4 Proof of Ownership ......................................................................................... 6 2.5 Statement of Authority ..................................................................................... 6 2.6 Letter of Permission ........................................................................................ 6 2.7 Names and Addresses of Property Owners Within 200 Feet .......................... 6 2.8 Pre-application Conference Summary ............................................................ 6 3 VICINITY MAP .......................................................................................................... 6 4 GRADING PLAN ...................................................................................................... 7 5 DESCRIPTION OF THE APPLICANT ...................................................................... 7 5.1 Applicant That is Not the Property Owner ....................................................... 8 6 TEMPORARY USE DESCRIPTION ......................................................................... 8 6.1 Access Information ........................................................................................ 11 6.2 Duration and Timing of Use........................................................................... 12 7 COPY OF PREVIOUS APPROVAL DOCUMENTS ................................................ 12 8 IMPACT ANALYSIS AND PROPOSED MITIGATION ............................................ 12 9 COMPLIANCE WITH ARTICLE 7 STANDARDS .................................................... 20 10 CONFORMANCE WITH REVIEW CRITERIA IN SECTION 4-120 ......................... 20 11 WAIVER REQUESTS ............................................................................................. 20 12 PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS ..................................................................... 20 13 BIBLIOGRAPHY ..................................................................................................... 20 TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION ii TABLES Table 1-1: Summary of Land Use Permit Requirements Applicable to the Teter Yard 4 Table 6-1: Approximate Daily Round Trips ............................................................... 10 Table 6-2: Anticipated Yard Schedule ....................................................................... 12 Table 8-1: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation .......................................................... 14 Table 12-1: Professional Qualifications ................................................................... 20 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT A – LAND USE APPLICATION ATTACHMENT B – PAYMENT AGREEMENT FORM ATTACHMENT C – PROOF OF OWNERSHIP-TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT AND VESTING DEED C1. TETER TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT (11-19-2023) C2. TETER TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT (12-6-2024) C3. TETER VESTING DEED C4. NAUGLE ACCESS EASEMENT ATTACHMENT D – STATEMENT OF AUTHORITY ATTACHMENT E – NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF PROPERTY OWNERS WITHIN 200 FEET AND MAP ATTACHMENT F – PRE-APPLICATION CONFERENCE SUMMARY ATTACHMENT G – VICINITY MAP ATTACHMENT H – GRADING PERMIT APPLICATION H1. GRADING PERMIT APPLICATION FORM H2. COST ESTIMATE MEMO H3. CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN H4. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLANS (INCLUDING SITE PLAN) H5. DRAINAGE MEMO H6. RECLAMATION PLAN H7. NOXIOUS WEED MANAGEMENT PLAN ATTACHMENT I – HAUL ROUTE AND ACCESS AND FLIGHT PATH MAPBOOK ATTACHMENT J – COMPLIANCE WITH ARTICLE 7 STANDARDS ATTACHMENT K – COLORADO PARKS AND WILDLIFE COMMENT LETTER ATTACHMENT L – SPILL PREVENTION, CONTROL, AND COUNTERMEASURE PLAN TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION iii LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Abbreviation Term/Phrase/Name BLM Bureau of Land Management BMPs Best Management Practices Code Garfield County Land Use and Development Code County Garfield County CPW Colorado Parks and Wildlife CR County Road CUP Conditional Use Permit FAA Federal Aviation Administration I Interstate kV kilovolt L&E Location and Extent Project Rebuild of the existing Mitchell Creek to Rifle Ute 69 kilovolt (kV) transmission line PSCo Public Service Company of Colorado, a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy ROW Right-of-way easement SSA Stabilized Surface Area SWMP Stormwater Management Plan TCE Temporary Construction Easement TUP Temporary Use Permit VTC Vehicle Tracking Control TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 4 1 INTRODUCTION Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy, is requesting a Temporary Use Permit (TUP) from Garfield County to use an approximately 8-acre privately-owned site for construction staging and helicopter operations. The proposed site, the Teter Yard in Garfield County, will support the construction of Xcel Energy’s 6670 Transmission Line Rebuild Project (Project). The Project consists of rebuilding the existing 69-kilovolt (kV) 6670 transmission line in three phases. Phase 1 was approved through Garfield County’s Location and Extent (L&E) permit process in 2022. Phase 1 has mostly been reconstructed with some portions of the line awaiting Federal land permitting approval. The remaining approximately 24-mile portion of the 6670 Transmission Line that will be rebuilt in Phase 2 and Phase 3. The Project crosses the jurisdictions of Garfield County, the Bureau of Land Management (BLM), the Town of Parachute, and the City of Rifle. Permits required for the Project will be acquired from these entities prior to construction of the portion of the Project within each jurisdiction. A Conditional Use Permit from the Town of Rifle was approved in August 2024. An L&E permit for Phases 2 and 3 of the Project was approved by Garfield County in January 2025 (LAEA-04-24-9018). The proposed temporary Teter Yard is specifically needed to support construction of Phase 2 (Ute Rifle Substation to Oil Shale Substation). A separate yard, the Puckett Yard, will be permitted through Garfield County for use on Phase 3 of the Project. The temporary Teter Yard will be used for construction staging and distribution of materials to the transmission line right-of-way (ROW). Flat-bed trucks will be used to deliver materials from the Teter Yard to the transmission line ROW where feasible. However, rugged terrain and limited vehicular access to the ROW requires Xcel Energy to deliver materials to portions of the Project using a small helicopter, such as a Huey or Blackhawk. A helicopter will also be used for some construction activities where ground equipment cannot readily access the ROW, such as pole setting on a hillside. . Therefore, the Teter Yard will also be used as a fly yard for the helicopter to operate out of during construction. Helicopter fueling operations that occur at the Teter Yard shall be conducted in compliance with applicable regulations, including requirements regarding stormwater management and spill prevention. 1.1 Regulatory Framework The Teter Yard site is located in unincorporated Garfield County and its use is therefore subject to the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code (Code). Project representatives met with County staff at the Pre-Application Conference regarding Project TUPs held on December 6, 2023. This request for a Teter Yard TUP was TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 5 prepared pursuant to direction from County staff and Sections 4-120 and 7-1301 of the Code. Xcel Energy is aware that a pre-application in Garfield County is relevant for a six-month time period. Xcel Energy requests an extension from the County as the scope of the TUP request has not changed since the time of pre-application on December 6, 2023. A description of the regulatory requirement for the Teter Yard is provided in Table 1-1. All required land use, environmental, and construction permits will be obtained prior to the start of and maintained during construction. Table 1-1: Summary of Land Use Permit Requirements Applicable to the Teter Yard Jurisdiction Title Trigger Regulatory Reference Status Garfield County Temporary Use Permit A use or activity that may be conducted for up to six (6) months so that it does not become a permanent use Garfield County Land Use and Development Code, Article 4-120 Xcel Energy is complying through this application. 2 GENERAL APPLICATION MATERIALS 2.1 Application Form The completed Land Use Application form is provided in Attachment A. 2.2 Application Fee and Payment Agreement Form The $250 planning review fee for the TUP Application will be paid upon receipt of an invoice. Attachment B contains the completed Payment Agreement Form. 2.3 Narrative Describing the Request Xcel Energy is requesting a TUP to use the Teter Yard site as a temporary construction yard, staging yard, and helicopter fly yard. Deliveries will be made to the Teter Yard to supply sufficient materials to stage approximately three to five days of Project construction at a time. Materials that may be staged include poles and reels of conductor and shield wire. Equipment that may be stored at the yard includes backhoes, bucket trucks, and crane trucks. During construction, personnel pick-up trucks may be parked at the staging yard during the day. The Teter Yard will be in use during the typical construction work week: 7 days per week and 12 hours per day. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 6 At the end of the temporary use, all equipment will be removed from the Teter Yard, and it will be restored generally consistent with preconstruction conditions, as provided for in the easement agreements. Rutted and disturbed areas will be revegetated. Additional information regarding the Teter Yard use is included in Section 6 of this application. 2.4 Proof of Ownership Xcel Energy has secured easement agreements with the property owner. Copies of the agreements are provided in Attachment C1 and Attachment C2. A copy of the vesting deed for the property is included in Attachment C3. 2.5 Statement of Authority A Statement of Authority is provided in Attachment D. 2.6 Letter of Permission The Teter Yard is located on Parcel Number 217325300035 in S25-T6S-R95W. The property owners, Douglas and Beverly Teter, have agreed to lease approximately 8 acres of their approximately 39-acre parcel to Xcel Energy for the temporary yard, including a helicopter landing zone. The signed and dated temporary construction easements (TCEs) for the Teter Yard are provided in Attachment C1. The TCEs include the property owners’ contact information. Express landowner authorization is provided in the TCEs, thus, no letter of consent signed by the landowner is included in this TUP application. 2.7 Names and Addresses of Property Owners Within 200 Feet Names and mailing addresses of surface property owners within a 200-foot radius of the parcel containing the proposed Teter Yard, as determined from the Garfield County Assessor’s records, are provided in Attachment E along with a map showing the properties. A written notice by certified mail to the surface owners of record of all adjacent property within a 200-foot radius of the subject parcel will be sent by the applicant according to requirements in Section 4-120.A of the Code. Notice of the temporary use will also be posted in the form of signage on the property 15 days prior to the decision or hearing in accordance with Code Section 4-120.A. 2.8 Pre-application Conference Summary The Pre-Application Conference Summary is provided in Attachment F. 3 VICINITY MAP A Vicinity Map is provided in Attachment G. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 7 4 GRADING PLAN A Grading Permit application for the Teter Yard is being submitted concurrently with this TUP application. The Grading Permit application is provided in Attachment H and includes the following documents: - Grading Permit Application form - Cost Estimate Memo - Construction Stormwater Management Plan - Erosion and Sediment Control Plans (including a Site Plan) - Drainage Memo - Reclamation Plan - Noxious Weed Management Plan 5 DESCRIPTION OF THE APPLICANT Xcel Energy is a major U.S. regulated electric and natural gas delivery company that serves approximately 3.7 million electric and 2.1 million natural gas customers across parts of eight Midwestern and Western states. PSCo is a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy. Contact information for Xcel Energy and Xcel Energy’s consultant, Burns & McDonnell, is provided below. Applicant Xcel Energy Jennifer Chester Senior Manager, Siting & Land Rights 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 400 Denver, CO 80202 303-285-6533 Jennifer.L.Chester@XcelEnergy.com Xcel Energy Cory Miller Project Manager, Siting & Land Rights 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 400 Denver, CO 80202 303-285-6765 TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 8 Cory.R.Miller@Xcel Energy.com Consultant Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company, Inc. Shawn Turk Project Manager 9191 S. Jamaica Street Englewood, CO 80112 720-592-3402 sturk@burnsmcd.com 5.1 Applicant That is Not the Property Owner Xcel Energy has secured easement agreements with the property owner. The redacted and signed TCEs for the Teter Yard are provided in Attachment C1. 6 TEMPORARY USE DESCRIPTION The Teter Yard, in Garfield County, is located immediately north of Interstate (I) 70, approximately 0.25 miles west of the County Road (CR) 323/Rulison Road I-70 Overpass. The existing 6670 Transmission Line crosses the Teter Yard. A Site Plan showing the layout of the equipment and vehicle traffic control (VTC) points is in Attachment H4. The Teter Yard will be used for the delivery, staging, and distribution of materials to support the Project. Clearing of vegetation and grading will be necessary to level the approximately 1-acre stabilized surface area (Attachment H4). Best Management Practices (BMPs) will be implemented to control erosion and run-off, reducing stormwater-related impacts to nearby waterbodies. With implementation of BMPs, minimal impacts to existing drainage due to erosion and runoff would occur. A Drainage Memo is included in Attachment H5. Any existing drainage structures such as culverts or ditches would be preserved and protected. No wastewater management or water supply will be needed during the proposed temporary use. Portable toilets, handwashing stations, and dumpsters that are contained will be placed in the Teter Yard for sanitation and the yard will be fenced for security. Wind erosion control BMPs, including the application of water or other dust palliatives, will be applied to control airborne dust emissions. A Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plan (Attachment L) will be implemented to prevent and control potential spills of hazardous materials such as fuels, transmission fluid, and petroleum products used in equipment and vehicles. A copy of the SPCC is provided as Attachment L. Following the completion of construction, Xcel Energy will remove all equipment and any leftover material and restore the Teter Yard generally consistent with preconstruction conditions, and as required by the easement agreement. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 9 Materials for the transmission line rebuild are anticipated to be delivered to the Teter Yard beginning in the summer of 2025. Xcel Energy requests that the six-month use period for the Teter Yard begin following a pre-construction meeting and notice to proceed letter from Garfield County staff prior to use of the yard.. During construction, deliveries will be made to the Teter Yard from the existing Rising Tides Yard located in Mesa County. No more than three to five days’ worth of construction materials will be staged at the Teter Yard at a time. When construction begins, these materials will be transported to locations along the ROW easement by flat-bed trucks or semi-trucks and a helicopter. The helicopter will travel to and from the Teter Yard to carry construction materials (such as poles, conductor, and shield wire) and, in some cases, long-line crew members to areas that are inaccessible by vehicle. For approximately 30 to 45 days (at incremental periods during the temporary use), approximately 25 to 35 daily helicopter trips to and from the Teter Yard could be required. Trips leaving the staging area will take new materials to the ROW easement. Trips arriving at the staging area will be to return old materials from the ROW easement to be disposed of off-site. These helicopter trips will occur during the typical construction work week, which is 7 days per week and 12 hours per day. Helicopter activity in the immediate vicinity of the Teter Yard will last approximately 10 to 15 minutes per trip. A crew truck, water truck/trailer, and mobile fuel truck will be located at the Teter Yard to support operations. The helicopter will be stored overnight at the Rifle Airport, with morning and evening flights going between the airport and the Teter Yard. The mobile fuel truck will also be stored overnight at the Rifle Airport. A designated helicopter landing zone is shown in the Site Plan, provided as Attachment H4. Any areas requiring helicopter construction methods will follow Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) safety requirements. Xcel Energy and their construction contractor will coordinate with the FAA and Garfield County during helicopter operations and obtain any necessary permits. Xcel Energy and the construction contractor will provide residents with prior notice should temporary evacuation be required. During construction, up to 48 vehicle trips (round trips) to and from the Teter Yard could be required each day. Deliveries will be made by semi-truck or other delivery vehicle over the course of the six-month temporary use period. Vehicles, equipment, and materials will also be parked and stored during the period of use. Equipment and materials to be stored in the Teter Yard will consist of small cranes, bucket trucks, replacement structure components, material pallets, conductor reels, and other transmission line materials and equipment required for the Project. Table 6-1 details the approximate daily roundtrips from the Teter Yard for each component of construction. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 10 Table 6-1: Approximate Daily Round Trips Major Construction Tasks Approximate Construction Duration (Weeks) Approximate Daily Passenger Car Trips Approximate Daily Truck Trips by Vehicle Type Approximate Total Daily Roundtrips Approximate Daily Helicopter Trips* Foundation Installation (~4 per day) 8 weeks 15 Flatbed trucks 5 Concrete trucks 28 48 25-35 Steel Pole Installation (~4 per day) 8 weeks 10 Flatbed and semi-trucks 10 Bucket trucks 3 Diggers 2 Cranes 2 20 25-35 Conductor/Optical Ground Wire 8 weeks 5 Semi-trucks 10 Crane 1 Aerial Lift 2 15 25-35 * Helicopter trips will be needed for no more than 30 to 45 days (at incremental periods) during each phase of construction. . TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 11 The following sections provide additional details regarding temporary use of the parcel for the Teter Yard. 6.1 Access Information As shown in Attachment I, access to the Teter Yard will be via CR 323/Rulison Road and a permanent access easement (associated with the transmission line) that crosses the private property to the northeast. A copy of the TCE for access is included in Attachment C4. Private access across the Teter Yard parcel is included in the authorization from the property owner for the temporary use on the subject parcel. Attachment I includes a figure showing the expected haul routes for the site. Xcel Energy will secure an access permit from Garfield County, as required. Where road improvements are needed, Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. During construction of the Project, the helicopter will fly over some private roads in Garfield County. No helicopter crossings of county roads are anticipated. However, final flight paths will be based on the final selection and contracting of the helicopter vendor and some local road closures may be necessary. A figure showing the likely helicopter flight path is included in Attachment I. A final fight plan will be provided to Garfield County prior to construction. Road closures will be intermittent and temporary and will occur when a helicopter crosses over the road while carrying material loads or crew members. Closure signage will be installed ahead of construction to notify road users. During construction, flaggers will control traffic based on ground-air communications and minimize closures for periods only necessary to safely cross the roadways. Typical closures will be less than 5 minutes per flight over the roadway. Haul routes are identified on the site plan included in Attachment I. These Haul Routes are not anticipated to impact Garfield County managed roads with one exception west of the Town of Rifle. However, no roadway work, occupation, or closures will be required for Garfield County roadways. In addition, no improvements at access points off of County roadways are anticipated. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 12 6.2 Duration and Timing of Use Use of the Teter Yard associated with construction is anticipated to begin in the summer of 2025, pending permit approvals. Xcel Energy requests that the six-month duration for use of the Teter Yard trigger upon completion of a pre-construction meeting to be held with County staff. We anticipate a letter to proceed will be provided by County Staff at the conclusion of a pre-construction meeting. Construction activities are expected to be completed and the rebuilt transmission line for Phase 2 will be put into service by late 2025. Table 6-2 outlines the anticipated schedule for the Teter Yard. Table 6-2: Anticipated Yard Schedule Timeline Activity To begin Summer 2025 Small Material Deliveries to Teter Yard Summer 2025 Temporary Access Improvement and Vegetation Management pending a pre-construction meeting with Garfield County. Summer/Fall 2025 Installation of New Poles Fall 2025 Removal of Existing Line Winter 2025/2026 Restoration Winter 2025 In Service 7 COPY OF PREVIOUS APPROVAL DOCUMENTS A L&E permit was approved by Garfield County in January 2025 (LAEA-11-24-9045) for the portion of the Project located in Garfield County. As of DATE, the L&E resolution has not been issued and therefore, a copy of the approval document is not included in this TUP application. 8 IMPACT ANALYSIS AND PROPOSED MITIGATION The Teter Yard is located on a parcel that is zoned Resource Lands. Based on its topography and soils, the area proposed for the Yard aligns with the characteristics of the Gentle Slopes and Lower Valley Floor (RLGS) subdistrict described in Section 3- 101.J of the Code. Temporary uses, such as the Teter Yard, are allowed in any zone district pursuant to Section 3-401.D of the Code. Potential impacts resulting from use of the Teter Yard would be temporary and limited to the construction phase. Table 8-1 provides a description of the potential short-term impacts of the Teter Yard to adjacent properties, infrastructure, and the environment, as well as a description of how the impacts will be mitigated so that the standards in Section 7-1301 of the Code will be TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 13 met. Additional details describing compliance with the Section 7-1301 standards are provided in Attachment J. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 14 Table 8-1: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Topic Short-term Impacts Best Management Practices Air Quality Air emissions and low-level fugitive dust will occur from the use of mobile construction equipment as materials are delivered to and from the parcel. Dust will be controlled through the application of water to roads and the Teter Yard during activities. Biological Resources Increased noise and equipment movement during material deliveries may temporarily displace mobile wildlife species. Normal wildlife movements are expected to resume after the temporary use has been completed and disturbed areas have been restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. If construction is scheduled to occur during raptor breeding season, nest occupancy surveys will be conducted prior to construction to determine whether active nests are present near the parcel. Xcel Energy is coordinating with Colorado Parks and Wildlife (CPW) regarding strategies to avoid, minimize, and mitigate adverse effects to wildlife habitats. The comment letter received from CPW is provided in Attachment K (includes follow up correspondence). Cultural Resources Adverse impacts are not anticipated. Xcel Energy maintains an Unanticipated Discovery Plan for the Project. This plan will be followed if archaeological materials or human remains are discovered during use of the Teter Yard. Land Use Adverse impacts are not anticipated. The property is adjacent to the I-70/Highway 6 corridor. The surrounding area includes Public Lands designated for the U.S. Naval Oil Shale Reserve (Roan Plateau), as well as parcels zoned as Resource Lands, Commercial/Limited, and Rural. The privately owned lands in the area are used for natural resource-related businesses, TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 15 Topic Short-term Impacts Best Management Practices grazing, agricultural production and rural residences. The proposed temporary use is compatible with the designated zoning. Noise Noise from the use of construction equipment and helicopter operations is expected. Construction vehicles and equipment will be maintained in proper operating condition and equipped with manufacturer’s standard noise control devices (e.g., mufflers or engine enclosures). Noise will not exceed state noise standards pursuant to Colorado Revised Statutes, Article 12 of Title 25. Natural and Geologic Hazards Adverse impacts are not anticipated. The temporary use is not anticipated to have any adverse impacts on natural and geologic conditions. The yard will not be sited on steep slopes and grading will be minimal. Any land disturbed during construction will be restored in a manner generally similar to its condition prior to construction. In the rare event of a fire emergency, Xcel Energy will likely be aware of an issue before the general public or emergency responders. Nevertheless, the public is encouraged to contact Xcel Energy’s emergency number: 800-895-1999 with any concerns or in case of an emergency. Each construction vehicle will be equipped with fire mitigation tools, shovels, a pick axe, portable water cans and fire extinguishers. Additionally, a water truck will be located at the Teter Yard. Xcel Energy will coordinate with the Grand Valley Fire Protection District to discuss and address any concerns within their response area. Xcel Energy offers free online safety training to fire TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 16 Topic Short-term Impacts Best Management Practices departments and first responders that is based on national standards through its Responding to Utility Emergencies Program. Socioeconomic Adverse impacts are not anticipated. Given the relatively small size of the crews needed for construction and the temporary nature of the construction activities, no impacts to availability of public resources and services are anticipated. During construction, revenue may moderately increase for some local businesses, such as restaurants, gas stations, grocery stores, and hotels as well as other local businesses due to spending by Xcel Energy’s contractors or employees. Soils Soil disturbance will result from vegetation clearing and mobile construction equipment traveling to and from the parcel. Xcel Energy will manage any soil impacts on the parcel by strictly adhering to a Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE)-regulated Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) and will implement and maintain erosion and sediment control BMPs designed to protect soils and control erosion. Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. A Drainage Memo is included in Attachment H5 and the CDPHE Stormwater Permit is provided in Attachment H3, Tab 12. Toxic and Hazardous Substances Refueling operations may occur onsite. Refueling operations will follow all applicable federal, state, and local regulatory requirements for spill prevention and hazardous material management. Activities will follow BMPs for the management of waste to avoid and minimize effects from potential spills or other releases to TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 17 Topic Short-term Impacts Best Management Practices the environment. These BMPs are detailed in the Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan (SPCC) provided in Attachment L and include: Spill Prevention Proper storage of all materials and chemicals, Proper maintenance and protection of all containers, and Proper handing/dispensing materials and chemicals. Bulk storage of 55 gallons or more for petroleum products and other liquid chemicals will have secondary containment, or equivalent protection, in order to contain spills and to prevent spilled material from entering state waters. Spill Response Procedures and Notifications Upon identification, spills and leaks will immediately be contained and mitigated per the spill prevention and response plan Spills and leaks will not be hosed down unless the wash water is adequately captured and appropriately disposed of. Xcel will make all necessary notifications to regulatory agencies in the event of a spill or leak. The SPCC contains the TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 18 Topic Short-term Impacts Best Management Practices following Contacts and Notifications for Spills or Releases: o Xcel Environmental Group – 303- 571-7100 o Local Emergency Number – 911 o CDPHE – 1-877-518-5608 o NRC – 1-800-424-8802 Transportation Temporary road closures will be needed to accommodate helicopter flight paths. When helicopters are carrying suspended loads and need to fly over a private or county road or highway, construction crews will temporarily pause traffic, per FAA requirements. Traffic stops will occur when the helicopter passes overhead with a suspended load; typical closures are less than 5 minutes per flight over the roadway. Vegetation Vegetation removal on the site will be necessary. Measures will be implemented to prevent the spread and introduction of noxious weeds and non-native vegetation. A Noxious Weed Management Plan is provided in Attachment H7. Disturbed areas will be restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions and as may be provided for in private agreements. This work may include fence repair, rut removal, decompaction, tilling, seeding, and stabilization measures. A Landscaping Plan is not proposed as part of this application; however, a Reclamation Plan is provided in Attachment H6. Visual Resources Temporary visual disturbance will occur during use of the Yard due to use of a helicopter and the presence of vehicles, The Teter Yard will be fenced for security and visual screening and upon completion of construction, all equipment will be removed, and TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 19 Topic Short-term Impacts Best Management Practices equipment, and materials. Vegetation on the site will be removed prior to use. the Yard will be restored generally consistent with preconstruction conditions. Waste Construction waste and portable temporary bathrooms will be onsite during the construction period. Enclosed containment will be provided for trash disposal. Construction waste, including trash and litter, garbage, other solid waste, petroleum products, and other potentially hazardous materials, will be removed and taken to a disposal facility authorized to accept such materials. Activities will follow BMPs for the management of waste to avoid and minimize effects from potential spills or other releases to the environment. Portable temporary bathrooms will be serviced on a regular basis. Water Resources Adverse impacts are not anticipated. A Construction Stormwater Management Plan (Attachment H3) and a Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan (Attachment L) will be implemented to minimize impacts to nearby waterbodies. Xcel’s contractor will also follow the terms of the CDPHE Stormwater Permit for the Teter Yard (Attachment H3, Tab 12). TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 20 REVISED 6670_TETER YARD TUP APPLICATION_04.15.25 VERSION_SF REVISIONS 4.29 - 4/29/2025 5:44 PM 9 COMPLIANCE WITH ARTICLE 7 STANDARDS Attachment J details how the Teter Yard conforms with applicable Article 7 Standards, specifically Divisions 1-3 and Section 7-1301. 10 CONFORMANCE WITH REVIEW CRITERIA IN SECTION 4-120 Section 4-120.A of the Code establishes Review Criteria for TUP applications as follows: The Director shall review the Temporary Use Permit application to determine if the application satisfies the applicable standards of Article 7. Attachment J provides the required information to conform with the applicable standards of Article 7 of the Code. 11 WAIVER REQUESTS Xcel Energy is not requesting any waivers from the submittal requirements outlined in Section 4-202 or from the Article 7 Standards. 12 PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS Table 12-1 details the professional qualifications for preparation and certification of certain documents included in this permit application. Table 12-1: Professional Qualifications 13 BIBLIOGRAPHY Garfield County. 2025. Garfield County Colorado Land Explorer. Accessed January 2025. Available online at: https://maps.garfield-county.com/landexplorer/. Garfield County. 2020. Comprehensive Plan 2030. Accessed January 2025. Available online at: https://www.garfield-county.com/community- Document Preparer Qualifications - Grading Permit Application - CDPHE Stormwater Permit HDR Engineering Brian Brown Civil Engineer – Project Manager 1670 Broadway, Suite 3400, Denver, CO 80202 Senior Site Civil Project Manager with 28 years of experience in Colorado focused on site civil grading and drainage, erosion control and site revegetation. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 21 REVISED 6670_TETER YARD TUP APPLICATION_04.15.25 VERSION_SF REVISIONS 4.29 - 4/29/2025 5:44 PM development/filesgcco/sites/12/Garfield-County-Comprehensive-Plan-2030- 2020-Update.pdf. Garfield County. 2013. Garfield County Land Use and Development Code. Amended June 19, 2023. Accessed January 2025. Available online at: https://www.garfield- county.com/community-development/land-use-code/. State of Colorado Public Utilities Commission. 2024. Wildfire Mitigation Plan: Xcel Energy 2025-2027. Accessed October 2024. Available online at: https://puc.colorado.gov/blog-post/wildfire-mitigation-plan-xcel-energy-2025- 2027. Xcel Energy, 2020. 2020 Wildfire Mitigation Plan. Accessed May 2022. Available online at: https://www.xcelenergywildfireprotection.com/wp- content/uploads/2021/05/PSCo_2020-Wildfire-Mitigation-Plan_Rev-1-.pdf. REVISED 6670_TETER YARD TUP APPLICATION_04.15.25 VERSION_SF REVISIONS 4.29 - 4/29/2025 5:44 PM © 2025 Xcel Energy Inc. | Xcel Energy is a registered trademark of Xcel Energy Inc. Gurfield County PAYMENT AGREEMENT FORM GARFIELD COUNTY ('COUNTY") and Property Owner ('APPLICANfl ) Public Service Company of Colorado. a Colorado corooration nductino business as Xcel Enerov agree as follows L. 2. The Applicant understands and agrees that Garfield County Resolution No. 2014-60, as amended, establishes a fee schedule for each type application, and the guidelines for the administration of the fee structure. 3. The Applicant and the County agree that because of the size, nature or scope of the proposed project, it is not possible at this time to ascertain the full extent of the costs involved in processing the application. The Applicant agrees to make payment of the Base Fee, established for the Project, and to thereafter permit additional costs to be billed to the Applicant. The Applicant agrees to make additional payments upon notification by the County, when they are necessary, as costs are incurred. 4. The Base Fee shall be in addition to and exclusive of any cost for publication or cost of consulting service determined necessary by the Board of County Commissioners for the consideration of an application or additional County staff time or expense not covered by the Base Fee. lf actual recorded costs exceed the initial Base Fee, the Applicant shall pay additional billings to the County to reimburse the County for the processing of the Project. The Applicant acknowledges that all billing shall be paid prior to the final consideration by the County of any Land Use Change or Division of Land. I hereby agree to pay all fees related to this application: Billing Contact Person Jennifer Chester Phone (303 )285-6533 Billing Contact Address:1800 Larimer Street, Suite 400 City:Denver state: CO Zip code 80202 Billing contact s* i1. jen n ifer. l. chester@xcel ene rgy. com Printed Name of Person Authorized to Sign Jennifer Chester t.4 6t30t2025 The Applicant Temporary has submitted to the County an application for the following Project: Use Permit Application for the Teter Yard (Date) Garfield County Community Development Department 108 8th Street, Suite 401 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 (97Ols4s-82L2 www.garfiel -countv.com TYPE OF GRADING tr MAJOR tr MINOR INVOLVED PARTIES Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), Chad Campbell, Envir. Mgr.Properry uwner:phonez (202 ) 285-6590 Mailing Address:1800 Larimer St, Denver CO, Suite 1300 EmailAddress:chad. campbell @xcelenergy.com Par Electric Phone 273-4703 Contractor: Mailing Address 18201AW1Oth Ave, Golden, CO 80401 Email Address: jared. g. cox@xcelenergy.com Architect: N/A Phone: () Mailing Address EmailAddress: Engineer:Brian Brown, PE ptrone, P7o t215'4616 Mailing Address:1670 Broadway Street, Suite 3400, Denver, CO 80202 EmailAddress:Brian.Brown@hdrinc.com PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION Project Name:Xcel Teter Staging/Fly Yard Describe Work:The Teter Staging/Fly Yard for use during the Xcel 6670 Major Transmission Line Rebuild Prolect. The yard is for the overnight storage of equipment and material associated with the transmission line build. Additionally, the yard will be for crew meeting and utilizing a helicopter for the transportation of construction material. A 1.0-acre stabilized staging area will be developed for temporary use. Site will return to pre-disturbed grades and condition. Job Address. 16599 Hwy 6 Parachute, Garfield County, CO 81635 Assessor's Parcel Number:217325300035 Sub.Lot _Block Earthwork (square feet). 1.0 acres Earthwork (Cubic Yards) :No export. lmport agg ALL UTILITIES MUST BE LOCATED PRIOR TO ANY GRADING NOTICE Authoritv. This application for a Building Permit must be signed by the Owner of the property, described above, or an authorized agent. lf the signature below is not that of the Owner, a separate letter of authority, signed by the Owner, must be provided with this Application. Legal Access. A Building Permit cannot be issued without proof of legal and adequate access to the property for purposes of inspections by the Building Division. Other Permits, Multiple separate permits may be required: (1) State Electrical Permit, (2) County OWTS Permit, (3) another perrnit required for use orr the property iderrLified above, e.g. StaLe or Courrl"y Higlrway/ Ruad Access ur a State Wastewater Discharge Permit. Void Permit. A Building Permit becomes null and void if the work authorized is not commenced within 180 days of the date of issuance and if work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after commencement. CERTIFICATION I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand the Notice and Certification above as well as have provided the required information which is correct and accurate to the best of my knowledge. Chad Cam pbel I 3;',ll:'y,;31",1,3',:H1.?Ttffil' 2l2\l202s Property Owner Print and Sign Date lherebycertifythatlhavereadthisApplicationandthattheinformationcontainedaboveistrueandcorrect. I understand that the Building Division accepts the Application, along with the plans and specifications and other data submitted by me or on my behalf (submittals), based upon my certification as to accuracy. Assuming completeness of the submittals and approval of this Application, a Building Permit will be issued granting permission to me, as Owner, to construct the structure(s) and facilities detailed on the submittals reviewed by the Building Division. ln consideration of the issuance of the Building Permit, I agree that I and my agents will comply with provisions of any federal, state or local law regulating the work and the Garfield County Building Code, OWTS regulations and applicable land use regulations (County Regulation(s)). All Countv development reouiring a permit, except for residential uses, are subject to Article 7 of the Land Use and Development Code. I acknowledge that the Building Permit may be suspended or revoked, upon notice from the County, if the location, construction or use of the structure(s) and facility(ies), described above, are not irr conrpliance with County Regulatiorr(s) or any other applicable law. I hereby grant permission to the Building Division to enterthe property, described above, to inspectthe work. I further acknowledge that the issuance of the Building Permit does not prevent the Building Official from: (1) requiring the correction of errors in the submittals, if any, discovered after issuance; or (2) stopping construction or use of the structure(s) or facility(ies) if such is in violation of County Regulation(s) or any other applicable law. Review of this Application, including submittals, and inspections of the work by the Building Division do not constitute an acceptance of responsibility or liability by the County of errors, omissions, or discrepancies, As the Owner, I acknowledge that responsibility for compliance with federal, state and local laws and County Regulations rest wlth me and my authorized agents, including without limitation my architect designer, engineer and/ or builder. OFFICIAT USE ONtY Special Conditions: Permit Fee:Misc Fees:Total Fees:Fees Paid: Balance due:Grading Permit:lssue Date:Zoning BUILDING / PLANNING DIVISION Slgned Approval Date Community Development Department 108 8th Street, Suite 401 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 (970) 945-8212 www.garfield-county.com LAND USE CHANGE PERMIT APPLICATION FORM TYPE OF APPLICATION Administrative Review Development in 100-Year Floodplain Limited Impact Review Development in 100-Year Floodplain Variance Major Impact Review Code Text Amendment Amendments to an Approved LUCP LIR MIR SUP Rezoning Zone District PUD PUD Amendment Minor Temporary Housing Facility Administrative Interpretation Vacation of a County Road/Public ROW Appeal of Administrative Interpretation Location and Extent Review Areas and Activities of State Interest Comprehensive Plan Amendment Accommodation Pursuant to Fair Housing Act Pipeline Development Variance Time Extension (also check type of original application) INVOLVED PARTIES Owner/Applicant Name: ________________________________________________ Phone: (______)_________________ Mailing Address: ______________________________________________________________________ City: _______________________________________ State: _______ Zip Code: ____________________ E-mail:_______________________________________________________________________________ Representative (Authorization Required) Name: ________________________________________________ Phone: (______)_________________ Mailing Address: ______________________________________________________________________ City: _______________________________________ State: _______ Zip Code: ____________________ E-mail:_______________________________________________________________________________ PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION Project Name: _____________________________________________________________________________________ Assessor’s Parcel Number: ___ ___ ___ ___ - ___ ___ ___ - ___ ___ - ___ ___ ___ Physical/Street Address: ________________________________________________________________ Legal Description: ______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ Zone District: ___________________________________ Property Size (acres): __________________ Temporary Use Permit PROJECT DESCRIPTION Existing Use: __________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ Proposed Use (From Use Table 3-403): _____________________________________________________ Description of Project: __________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ REQUEST FOR WAIVERS Submission Requirements The Applicant requesting a Waiver of Submission Requirements per Section 4-202. List: Section: ______________________________ Section: _________________________________ Section: ______________________________ Section: _________________________________ Waiver of Standards The Applicant is requesting a Waiver of Standards per Section 4-118. List: Section: ______________________________ Section: _________________________________ Section: ______________________________ Section: _________________________________ I have read the statements above and have provided the required attached information which is correct and accurate to the best of my knowledge. ______________________________________________________ __________________________ Signature of Property Owner Date OFFICIAL USE ONLY File Number: __ __ __ __ - __ __ __ __ Fee Paid: $_____________________________ Landowners within 200 feet of Teter Yard Parcel Parcel Number Owner Mailing Address Legal Description 217325300035 TETER, A DOUGLAS TRUST & TETER, BEVERLY A TRUST 4949 COUNTY ROAD 309 PARACHUTE, CO 81635 Section: 25 Township: 6 Range: 95 A PCL IN THE SENW, NESW, SESW, AND LOT 2 OF SEC 25 CONT 35.0 AC. 35 ACRES 217335200016 PUCKETT LAND COMPANY 5460 S QUEBEC STREET, SUITE 250 GREENWOOD VILLAGE, CO 80111-1917 Section: 25 Township: 6 Range: 95 PT OF SWSW LYG.N OF I-70 N OF ROW LINE CONT (25.13AC) Section: 26 SESE(NET 39.32AC) EXCEPT A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SWSW SEC. 25 & SESE SEC. 26, SAID TRACT OF LAND CONTAINING 35.605 AC. +/- AND BEING MORE PARTICULA 217325100037 UNA DEVELOPMENT, LLC PO BOX 809 SILT, CO 81652 Section: 25 Township: 6 Range: 95 LOT 1, NAUGLE SUB-DIV. EXEMPTION; A TR. OF LAND CONTAINED WITHIN THE SW4NE4 6.89 ACRES 217325200036 PICEANCE ELECTRIC PUMPING COMPANY LLC PO BOX 370 PARACHUTE, CO 81635 Section: 25 Township: 6 Range: 95 A PARCEL OF LAND IN THE SE4NW4 & SW4NE4 44.011 ACRES 217322200951 U S NAVAL OIL SHALE RESERVE, c/o US DEPT OF ENERGY 1000 INDEPENDENCE AVENUE SW WASHINGTON, DC 20585 Section: 22 Township: 6 Range: 95 SEC. 1 LOTS 3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14, S2. SSEC. 2 LOTS 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, S2. SEC. 3 LOTS 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, E2SE. SEC. 4 LOTS 1,2,3,,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, SW, W2SE. SEC. 5 LOTS 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,1 1 Community Development Department 108 8th Street, Suite 401 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 (970) 945-8212 www.garfield-county.com PRE-APPLICATION CONFERENCE SUMMARY TAX PARCEL NUMBER: Multiple DATE: 12/15/2023 PROJECT: XCEL Temporary Use Laydown Yards and Helistops OWNERS: Multiple CONTACT/REPRESENTATIVE: Corey Miller, Brooke Hines, Jen Chester, Erica Powell, Braleigh Jay, Melinda Schulze, Sara Crook, Jennifer Harris, Julie Stencel, Michelle Burger, Jose Castro, Brad McCloud, Evan Singleton PRACTICAL LOCATION: prefer address TYPE OF APPLICATION: Temporary Use for Laydown Yards and Helistops ZONING: Mostly Rural COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: Multiple I. GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION Garfield County’s Land Use and Development Code is available here: https://www.garfield- county.com/community-development/land-use-code/ Temporary Use Permits are described in Section 4-120 and Section 7-1303. The following sections of this preapplication conference summary contain general submittal requirements and process outlines. The Director has indicated that he will refer these Temporary Use applications to the Board of County Commissioners for their decision. Applications for a Temporary Use should be submitted at least 60 days prior to the proposed use. Temporary Use Permits are restricted to a 6-month period and cannot be applied for on the same property more than twice in one 12 month period. There are noticing requirements which will include the start date, operating hours, and duration of the uses. Authorization of property owners needs to be included in compliance with 4-120.B.2.a. Recorded Statements of Authority need to be provided for any LLCs, trusts, or similar entities. The applications should directly respond to items found in 4-120.B.5. Impacts on neighboring properties and infrastructure will be taken into account, so the application should address these 2 topics specifically. The application should address Article 7 Standards. Divisions 1-3 and Section 7- 1301 should be specifically addressed. Any previous approvals on a parcel should be included with an application, and the application should demonstrate continued compliance with those approvals. The applications should provide information such as location, site plans, haul routes, helicopter flight paths, hours of operation, start date, duration, uses, site preparation, and site restoration. Stormwater and traffic should be addressed. If hazardous materials will be stored on site, mitigation practices should be provided to address. Wastewater management systems and water supply should also be addressed. Garfield County’s Environmental Health handles vault and haul permits for those types of wastewater systems. XCEL is undertaking multiple rebuilds of transmission lines throughout Garfield County. At this time, three broad phases are anticipated. Each will have laydown yards that double as helistops to facilitate installation of new poles in difficult terrain. Each yard should have a separate application, though staff will coordinate the review of the applications to minimize review times and hearings. Helicopter deliveries involve FAA approvals. The applications should provide information on these approvals and what mitigation activities will be involved to limit hazards to residents. Glenwood Springs - Mitchell Creek Rebuild which currently has an Location and Extent application under review; will have a single laydown/helistop in unincorporated Garfield County on parcel 218505400065. This yard will primarily be used for storage for helicopter delivery. Steep slopes to the south of this site exist, and access is taken from existing private roads/driveways. The application should demonstrate the adequacy of these systems for the proposed uses. This segment is mostly within incorporated Glenwood Springs. It does cross I70 and the Colorado River, though at this time helicopter operations will be north of these barriers. 6584 Mitchell Creel – Rifle Ute Transmission This 25 mile rebuild is scheduled for 2025 and will have 5 staging areas. Each of these laydown yards will also have helicopter activity. This section may be broken up into two small sections. This section is primarily south of I-70. A map is shown on the following pages. The applicant may need to schedule an update to this preapplication conference summary for this area as they approach the 2025 time frame. A variety of different scale of laydown yard are proposed in this section. Each application should provide specific details on the intensity of its uses to allow for the adequate review of possible impacts on infrastructure and neighbors. 6670 Rifle Ute - De Beque Transmission: This rebuild of approximately 32 miles currently has 2 proposed laydown/helistop facilities. This section is mostly north of the I-70. These facilities will primarily be fly yards with no or limited overnight storage. Materials are expected to be delivered to the sites and then taken from the facility to the construction site the same day. A project overview map is provided on the following pages. 3 Figure 2 6584 Mitchell Creel – Rifle Ute Transmission Figure 1 Glenwood Springs - Mitchell Creek Rebuild 4 Figure 3 6670 Rifle Ute - De Beque Transmission: II. COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Compliance with the comprehensive plan should be shown by any application, though for temporary uses the application may want to focus on the lack of long term impacts and limiting longer negative impacts of alternatives. III. REGULATORY PROVISIONS APPLICANT IS REQUIRED TO ADDRESS The following Sections of the Garfield Land Use and Development Code as amended apply to the Application: • Section 4-103 Administrative Review and Section 4-101 Common Review Procedures • Table 4-201 Submission Requirements and Section 4-203 Description of Submittal Requirements. • Section 4-118 and Section 4-202, as applicable. • Article 7 Standards , as applicable IV. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS As a convenience outlined below is a list of information typically required for this type of application. Section 4-120 lists application materials required for temporary uses. The Director may waiver or require additional submittal requirements in accordance with Section 4-120.B. The following list can function as a checklist for your submittal. 5 General Application Materials including the Application Form (signed), payment of Fees and signed Payment Agreement Form (see attached). o A narrative describing the request and related information. o Proof of ownership. o A recorded Statement of Authority is required for any property owned by an LLC or other entity. o A Letter of Authorization is required if an owner intends to have a representative complete the Application and processing. o A Letter of Permission if property owner is not applicant. o Names and mailing addresses of property owners within 200 ft. of the subject property from Assessor’s Office Records. o Copy of the Preapplication Summary needs to be submitted with the Application. Vicinity Map. Description of Applicant (Section 4-120.B.2). Temporary Use Description which includes relevant information related to use, duration, hours, parking, traffic, sanitation, etc. This should specifically address alterations to existing conditions of approval or waivers of standards being sought as part of the temporary use. Copy of all previous approvals. Impact Analysis describing the anticipated impacts to adjacent properties, infrastructure, and environment. At a minimum it should specifically, it shall address vapor, dust, smoke, noise, light, glare, stormwater, other emanations. Impacts on infrastructure, such as roads, water, wastewater, parks, etc., shall also be addressed. The Application should demonstrate compliance with Section 7-1301 Temporary Use The Application should demonstrate compliance with Article 7 Standards, as applicable. The Application should include a waiver request from submittal requirements according to 4- 202, specifically addressing the review criteria for each waiver request. The Application should include any waivers from Article 7 Standards that the applicant wishes to pursue, in accordance with 4-118. Three hard copies and one digital copy (on a USB drive, for example) of the application are required. Both versions should be split into individual sections. Community Development Staff is available to meet with the Applicant to provide additional information and clarification on any of the submittal requirements and waiver requests. V. REVIEW PROCESS The application shall be reviewed in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4-120 of the LUDC. Staff will review the application for completeness, and when complete, refer it to appropriate agencies for technical review. A Director’s Determination or BOCC hearing date shall be established 6 once the application has been determined to be technically complete. Staff will create a report to be submitted to the appropriate decision marker for their decision. Public Hearing(s): X No Public Hearing, Directors Decision (with notice per code) Planning Commission X Board of County Commissioners Board of Adjustment Referral Agencies: As necessary. VI. APPLICATION REVIEW FEES Planning Review Fees: $250 Referral Agency Fees: $na Total Deposit: $250(additional hours are billed at hourly rate of $40.50) VII. GENERAL APPLICATION PROCESSING The foregoing summary is advisory in nature only and is not binding on the County. The summary is based on current zoning, which is subject to change in the future, and upon factual representations that may or may not be accurate. This summary does not create a legal or vested right. The summary is valid for a six-month period, after which an update should be requested. The Applicant is advised that the Application submittal once accepted by the County becomes public information and will be available (including electronically) for review by the public. Proprietary information can be redacted from documents prior to submittal. Pre-application Summary Prepared by: 12/15/2023 Philip Berry, Planner III Date 1 Memo Date: Wednesday, February 26, 2025 Project: 6670 TLine: (UNA) to (OILS) Electric Transmission Line Rebuild (Teter) Staging/Fly Yards. To: Garfield County, Colorado From: Brian Brown – HDR Engineering Subject: Cost Estimate Memo Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), an Xcel Energy company (Xcel), is proposing to rebuild a 14-mile segment of a 69-kilovolt (kV) overhead transmission line to a 115 (kV) line from the Una Substation to the Oil Shale Substation within unincorporated Garfield County. Per County direction, Xcel will obtain a Grading Permit for the Teter Staging/Fly Yard. The Teter yard is one of the staging yards where material and equipment will be stored and where material assembly will occur. Access to the 8-acre yard will be from the east and will lead to a ~1-acre stabilized staging area (SSA). The remainder of the yard is expected to be drive and crush without additional aggregate stabilizing. Upon completion of the project, the stabilized staging area aggregate will be removed and stockpiled topsoil will be replaced to cover the SSA. Preconstruction grades are to generally match post construction grades, and the site will be revegetated to generally match preconstruction vegetation density. Per the Garfield County Grading Permit Section 4, “Required Elements of Vegetation and Reclamation Plan”, the pre-construction and post-construction topography and vegetation density will generally match. Therefore, cost estimates are based on $2,500/acre of disturbance. Conservatively, it is assumed that Xcel will disturb no more than half of the total yard area. Maximum yard disturbance is assumed to be 4-acres. This equates to $10,000 that will be provided to the County via a Letter of Credit or a Surety Bond for the Teter Yard. CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) Xcel Teter Staging/Fly Yard 16599 Hwy 6 Parachute, Garfield County, Colorado 81635 (39.493861°N, -107.949056°W) Prepared for: Public Service Company of Colorado, a Colorado Corporation 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 Denver, Colorado 80202 Prepared by: HDR Engineering, Inc 1670 Broadway Street, Suite 3400 Denver, CO 80202 February 2025 Xcel Teter Fly Yard 2 Table of Contents Tab 1 – Introduction and Site Description ..................................................................................................... 4 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................ 5 Site Description (Part I.C.2.c) .................................................................................................................... 5 a) Nature of the Construction Activity at the Site ............................................................................. 5 b) Proposed Sequence for Major Activities ...................................................................................... 6 c) Disturbed Area ............................................................................................................................. 7 d) Existing Soil Data ......................................................................................................................... 7 e) Existing Vegetation ...................................................................................................................... 7 f) Allowable Non-stormwater Discharges and Separately Authorized Discharges ......................... 8 g) Receiving Waters ......................................................................................................................... 9 h) Stream Crossings ........................................................................................................................ 9 Tab 2 – Site Map ......................................................................................................................................... 10 Site Map (Part I.C.2.d.) ............................................................................................................................ 11 Tab 3 – Contact Information and Qualified Stormwater Manager .............................................................. 12 Qualified Stormwater Manager (Part I.C.2.a) .......................................................................................... 13 Contact Information ................................................................................................................................. 13 Tab 4 – Potential Sources of Pollution ........................................................................................................ 14 Identification of Potential Sources of Pollution (Part I.C.2.e) .................................................................. 15 Tab 5 – Effluent Limitations, Control Measures for Stormwater Pollution Prevention ................................ 20 Control Measures Used to Meet Effluent Limitations (Part I.B.1.a.i and I.C.2.e) .................................... 21 a) Structural Control Measures ...................................................................................................... 21 b) Non-structural Control Measures ............................................................................................... 23 c) Other Specific Control Measures Used to Meet Effluent Limitations (Part I.B.1.a.i and ii)........ 25 d) Documented Use Agreement (Part I.C.2.a.vi) ........................................................................... 26 Tab 6 – Control Measure Specifications and Maintenance Requirements ................................................. 27 Tab 7 – Materials Handling, Waste Management, and Spill Prevention and Response Plan .................... 28 Materials Handling (Part I.C.2.f) .............................................................................................................. 29 a) Vehicle Maintenance ................................................................................................................. 29 b) Stockpiles................................................................................................................................... 29 c) Solid Waste ................................................................................................................................ 29 d) Concrete Washout Activities ...................................................................................................... 29 e) Portable Sanitary Facilities ........................................................................................................ 30 Spill Prevention and Response Plan (Part I.B.1.a.ii) ............................................................................... 30 a) Spill Prevention .......................................................................................................................... 30 b) Spill Response Procedures and Notifications ............................................................................ 31 Tab 8 – Final Stabilization and Long-term Stormwater Management......................................................... 32 Final Stabilization and Long-term Stormwater Management (Part I.B.1.a.iii and I.C.2.j) ........................ 33 Xcel Teter Fly Yard 3 a) Description of Final Stabilization Practices ................................................................................ 33 b) Final Stabilization Methods ........................................................................................................ 33 c) Final Stabilization Achievement ................................................................................................. 34 d) Long-term Stormwater Management ......................................................................................... 34 Tab 9 –Inspection Frequency and Scope, Maintenance, and Blank Report Form ..................................... 35 Inspections and Maintenance (Part I.D.1 through 5 and Part I.B.1.b and c) ........................................... 36 a) Inspection Frequency ................................................................................................................ 36 b) Reduced Inspection Frequency ................................................................................................. 36 c) Inspection Scope ....................................................................................................................... 37 d) Control Measure Routine Maintenance (Part I.B.1.b) ............................................................... 38 e) Corrective Actions/Replacement of Failed Control Measures (Part I.B.1.c) ............................. 38 Tab 10 – SWMP General Requirements, Reviews, Revisions, and Noncompliance Notifications ............ 39 SWMP General Requirements (Part I.C.1) ............................................................................................. 40 a) SWMP Development (Part I.C.1.a) ............................................................................................ 40 b) SWMP Implementation (Part I.C.1.b) ........................................................................................ 40 c) SWMP Retention (Part I.C.1.c) .................................................................................................. 40 SWMP Availability (Part I.C.4) ................................................................................................................. 40 Noncompliance Notifications (Part II.L.7) ................................................................................................ 40 a) What to Report ........................................................................................................................... 40 b) Verbal Notification ...................................................................................................................... 41 c) Written Notification ..................................................................................................................... 41 Tab 11 – Preconstruction Photos ................................................................................................................ 42 Tab 12 – Environmental Permits ................................................................................................................. 43 Tab 13 – Inspection Reports ....................................................................................................................... 44 Tab 14 – Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................. 45 Tab 1 – Introduction and Site Description Xcel Teter Fly Yard 5 INTRODUCTION This is a Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) for the Xcel Teter Staging/Fly Yard being utilized by Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), a Colorado corporation and an Xcel Energy Company. This document has been developed as defined in the Colorado Discharge Permit System (CDPS) General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity (Permit No. COR400000, effective April 1, 2024.) authorizing stormwater discharges from construction activities that result in a total land disturbance of one acre or greater or if a project is less than an acre but part of a larger common plan of development. This SWMP was also developed to meet Garfield County Grading Permit. This SWMP was prepared in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. Changes or additions to the SWMP may be required to reflect changes in conditions at the project, such as when new control measures (CMs) are installed at the site. If such changes are made, this SWMP will be updated accordingly, and revisions documented in the SWMP. SITE DESCRIPTION (PART I.C.2.C) a) Nature of the Construction Activity at the Site This SWMP covers construction activities associated with the preparation of the Teter Staging/Fly Yard for use to support equipment and material storage for the 6670 Major Transmission Line Rebuild project. The yard is one of several locations for the overnight storage of equipment and material associated with the transmission line build. All other yards and the transmission line will be permitted separately. The 8-acre yard is located at 16599 Hwy 6 in Parachute, Colorado. Access into the yard is along the designated access for the 6670 Major Transmission Line Rebuild project. The ingress/egress location is at Rullison Road (CR 323), approximately 2500 feet to the northeast of the yard. Construction activities will begin by installing initial control measures (CMs). Vegetation and Topography (VT) and boundary fencing (BF) will be used as perimeter control measures. If the minimum vegetative buffer cannot be met for the yard soil type, a structural erosion and sediment control measure (CMs) will be implemented downgradient of any construction related disturbances. Vehicle tracking controls (VTC’s), such as an aggregate entrance or other proprietary control measures (VTRAX, FODS, etc.) will be installed at the access point to the yard. Access to the yard will be at the east corner of the yard and will lead to a 1-acre stabilized staging area (SSA). The SSA will be prepared during the interim phase of construction by stripping the topsoil from the pad area and stockpiling for use during restoration. Topsoil will generally be stored at the uphill side of the work area where feasible. Stockpiles will be temporary stabilized if left undisturbed longer than 14 days by (mulch, tarping, surface roughening, etc.) Down-gradient CMs will be placed at the toe of the topsoil stockpile. Additional grading to prepare a level and flat work area may be required, with subsoils stockpiled separately from the topsoil and equipped with down-gradient CM. Once grading is complete, the contractor will lay aggregate surfacing down. The SSA will support conex containers, dumpster, trailers, portable toilets, personal vehicle, and equipment during construction. Additionally, the yard will be utilizing a helicopter for the transportation of construction material. Matting will be staged for the helicopter to land on. The remainder of the yard is expected to remain soil/vegetation and accessed as drive and crush. Drive and crush will naturally crush down any vegetation but is not expected to damage the root system of vegetation, which is expected to rebound naturally once construction has vacated the yard. If access through the yard causes rutting, the restoration contractor will stabilize the access upon demobilization and decommission of the yard. Control measures (CMs) will be implemented downgradient of any disturbances. Contractors will use appropriate CMs to minimize the impact of earth disturbing activities as shown on the Site Maps in Tab 2. Upon completion of earth disturbing activities, PSCo and their contractors will restore the site to preconstruction conditions. The erosion control contractor will maintain and inspect control measures until all areas are stabilized; in some cases, this may require multiple growing seasons to re- Xcel Teter Fly Yard 6 establish vegetation. Once areas are stabilized, the erosion control contractor will remove all temporary, non-biodegradable control measures in preparation for permit closeout by PSCo. Appropriate CMs will be used to minimize the impact of earth-disturbing activities as shown on the Site Maps in Tab 2. b) Proposed Sequence for Major Activities Estimated Construction Start Date: 5/1/2025 Estimated Construction End Date: 12/31/2026 Estimated Final Stabilization Date: 12/31/2027 The project will be phased to the extent practical to limit the amount of disturbed area that is exposed at any given time. CM phasing is critical to stormwater management. CM implementation will be coordinated with the various stages of construction. Controls that manage erosion and sediment transport from initial site activities will be installed prior to earth-disturbing activities. As work progresses and additional areas are disturbed, controls targeted for erosion and sediment transport will be implemented prior to the start of earth-disturbing activities in those areas. As portions of the site are completed and previously disturbed areas are stabilized or the CM(s) are no longer needed, they will be removed. The actual schedule for installation of each of these phases is documented by the installation and removal dates for associated CMs on the Site Maps. Permanent or temporary soil erosion CMs for all slopes, channels, ditches, or any disturbed land area and soil stockpiles, will be implemented as soon as practicable after the final earth disturbance has been completed. When it is not possible to permanently stabilize a disturbed area after an earth disturbance has been completed or where significant earth disturbance activity ceases for more than 14 days, temporary erosion CMs will be implemented as soon as practicable, and no more than 14 days after construction activity has temporarily or permanently ceased. Specific locations of the CMs are indicated on the Site Maps provided in Tab 2. Installation, implementation, and maintenance specifications for each control are included in Tab 6 or are shown on the Site Maps. Tab 4 describes the potential pollutants for the project for which these controls were selected, and Tab 5 provides descriptions of the CMs. Project Phase Controls to be Implemented During Phase Pre-disturbance and Site Preparation Develop SWMP based on site visit and design drawings. Install structural vehicle tracking controls (VTCs). Determine limits of VT buffer (34 foot buffer for Type C Soils). Install perimeter fencing (BF). Install controls (SCL, etc.) downgradient of areas that are anticipated to be disturbed. Limit access to areas that are not to be disturbed to protect existing vegetation. Construction Unless infeasible, strip and segregate topsoil and store for use in final stabilization efforts. Situate stockpiles behind existing perimeter controls or implement a perimeter control at the downgradient side of the stockpile. Stabilize approximate 175’x230’ area of yard with aggregate/gravel. The remainder of the yard will be drive and crush. Mobilize equipment and materials to the yard. Protect and repair CMs as necessary. Implement dust suppression measures as needed. Xcel Teter Fly Yard 7 Interim Stabilization Leave disturbed areas (including stockpiles) in surface roughened condition once work in an area is complete. Surface roughen, or otherwise stabilize, within 14 days of area becoming inactive. Monitor sediment migration through VT buffer zone. Remove temporary controls where appropriate. Remove limited stored materials and equipment from the site. Final Stabilization Remove SSA material. Replace topsoil layer prior to implementing final stabilization. Perform seeding and mulching per seed mix and application rates defined in the following sections of this report. Monitor regrowth of vegetation, irrigate and re-seed if necessary. Remove all non-biodegradable temporary controls once required vegetative cover is reached. Close permits as applicable. c) Disturbed Area Total Area of Construction Site: 8 Acres Total Area of Disturbance: 8 Acres Total Area to be Seeded: 4 Acres (based on 50% of yard being disturbed) d) Existing Soil Data The United States Department of Agriculture Natural Resources Conservation Services (NRCS) Web Soil Survey provides information for soil types and properties for the site. Soils consist 100% of Arvada loam. Hydrologic properties, wind erodibility, and sheet/rill erosion potential are discussed below. Control measures were prescribed based on information made available by the NRCS. Hydrologic soil groups describe runoff potential and infiltration properties of soils and range from A to D. Group A soils have high infiltration rates and low runoff potential. Group D soils have slow infiltration and high runoff potential. The NRCS primarily categorizes on-site soils as Group C, indicating a moderately slow infiltration rate and a moderately high runoff potential. K factor rates the susceptibility of soils to sheet and rill erosion by water. K factors range from 0.02 to 0.69; with all other factors equal, higher K values indicate higher susceptibility to sheet and rill erosion. Soils in the project area have K factor value primarily categorized as 0.32, indicating a moderate susceptibility to sheet rill and erosion. Wind erodibility ratings range from 1 to 8, with 1 being the most susceptible to wind erosion. Soils within the Project have a wind erodibility rating of 4, indicating a moderate susceptibility to wind erosion. Soil data were retrieved from the NRCS Web Soil Survey tool. See Tab 14 for the Web Soil Survey results for a wholistic review of soil characteristics and properties. e) Existing Vegetation The site consists of rocky terrain with a sporadic vegetative cover, including limited bunched grasses, shrubs, and brush forbs. Site conditions vary between sparse to dense vegetative cover. More exposed areas are due to rock-surfaced soil and vegetation management beneath the transmission line. Typical pre-existing vegetation density is approximately 75% determined on a site visit on 8/24/2023. Xcel Teter Fly Yard 8 Meaning a density of 53% is required to achieve final stabilization. Areas with more rocky terrain had limited vegetative cover and will be restored to their initial landscape to achieve final stabilization. During reclamation, ‘drive & crush’ staging areas and access roads will be left alone to rebound naturally so that the topsoil layer and associated root structure remain in place. If the drive and crush vegetation appear to have been denuded and/or damaged to badly then reseeding may be necessary. Reclamation efforts will also be evaluated based on surrounding undisturbed vegetative densities. Once the required vegetative coverage is achieved, the site will be evaluated for soil stabilization before permit closeout. If evidence of sedimentation is observed, an increased density of alternative stabilization measures may be required for the site to achieve final stabilization. Pre-construction photos of the project area are documented in Tab 11. f) Allowable Non-stormwater Discharges and Separately Authorized Discharges CDPS permit COR400000 allows for several non-stormwater discharges in addition to stormwater discharges associated with construction sites, provided that the non-stormwater discharge is identified in the SWMP and appropriate control measures are implemented, in accordance with Part I.B.1 of COR400000. The following table lists these allowable non-stormwater discharges and notes whether each discharge is expected to occur at this site. Discharges other than stormwater or the below allowable non-stormwater discharges will obtain separate authorizations/permits as needed. Discharge Type and Limitations Expected Discharge? Discharges from uncontaminated natural springs that do not originate from an area of land disturbance. No Discharges to the ground of concrete or masonry washout water associated with the washing of concrete or masonry tools and concrete or masonry mixer chutes are allowed under this SWMP, provided that: the washout water is confined in a concrete or masonry washout area and does not leave the site as surface runoff or reach receiving waters, and does not contaminate groundwater. Controls for concrete and masonry washout water from washing tools and chutes if applicable to the project are illustrated in Site Maps (Tab 2). Concrete or masonry on-site waste disposal is not authorized by this permit except in accordance with Part I.B.1.a.ii(c) of COR400000. See Tab 7, Section d for additional information on concrete and masonry washout requirements. No Discharges to the ground of water used to wash vehicles, equipment, and building exteriors. These discharges may not leave the site as surface runoff or reach receiving waters as defined by COR400000. The addition of soaps, solvents, and detergents is prohibited. If vehicle, equipment, or external building washing are to occur, the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) Water Quality Control Division’s (WQCD’s) Low Risk Discharge Guidance Document Discharges from Surface Cosmetic Power Washing Operations to Land will be followed and a copy of the guidance will be added to Tab 12. No Emergency fire-fighting discharges that occur during the active emergency response. Yes, potential always exists. Discharges of landscape irrigation return flow. No Discharges from diversions of state waters within the permitted site. No Xcel Teter Fly Yard 9 Low Risk Discharges of groundwater that has come into contact with construction activities may be authorized under the WQCD’s Low Risk Guidance Document Discharges of Uncontaminated Groundwater to Land which requires that these discharges are applied to land and that the following conditions are met: The water source must be uncontaminated groundwater or uncontaminated groundwater mixed with stormwater, no chemicals can be added, and there cannot be a visible sheen. The groundwater cannot leave the operational control of the site and the landowner must authorize the discharge of the groundwater to the ground. The discharge cannot enter waters of the State or other water conveyance systems. Control measures must be used to prevent erosion, ponding, or runoff. Discharges of material other than stormwater must either be addressed in a separate Colorado Discharge Permit System (CDPS) permit issued for that discharge or by a Water Quality Control Division Low Risk Discharge Guidance document. If there are any additional CDPS or USACE Section 404 permits associated with this project, or any low-risk discharge guidance documents used to support non-stormwater discharges associated with this project, copies are retained in Tab 12. g) Receiving Waters Describe the general manner and direction in which discharges leave the site. Provide the name(s) of immediate receiving water(s) and the ultimate receiving water(s). If the stormwater discharge is to a municipal separate storm sewer system, provide the name of the entity owning that system as well. If construction activities will permanently alter the existing drainage patterns, describe the new drainage patterns that will exist upon completion of construction. This section should clearly describe how discharges from the site are conveyed from within the limits of construction to the ultimately receiving water: The nearest immediate receiving waterbodies includes unnamed tributaries, located approximately 0.46 miles southwest of the site and 0.25 miles to the northeast of the site. All waterbodies ultimately discharge into the Colorado River approximately 0.25 miles east of the site on the other side of Interstate 70. Is a receiving water within or immediately adjacent to the limits of construction? No Is the immediate receiving water (classified stream segment or ultimate receiving water) listed as impaired? If yes, does it have an approved TMDL? Yes, the Colorado River is 303(d) listed for Arsenic, Total and M&E for Sediment. Is the immediate receiving water (classified stream segment or ultimate receiving water) listed as an Outstanding Water (website https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/cdphe/clean-water-gis-maps? No Does the receiving water have any known additional monitoring or sampling requirements? No h) Stream Crossings Are there any stream crossings proposed as part of this project? No Tab 2 – Site Map Xcel Teter Fly Yard 11 SITE MAP (PART I.C.2.D.) The SWMP must include a legible site map(s) showing the entire site and identifying: a) Construction site boundaries. b) Flow arrows that depict stormwater flow directions on- and off-site and runoff direction. c) All areas of ground disturbance, including areas of borrow and fill. d) Areas used for the storage of soil. e) Locations of all waste accumulation areas, including areas for liquid, concrete, masonry, and asphalt. f) Locations of dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants, and masonry mixing stations. g) Locations of other potential sources of pollution not listed in c-f above. h) Locations of all structural CMs. i) Locations of all non-structural CMs, as applicable. j) Locations and names of springs, streams, wetlands, diversions, and other state waters within or bordering the site, including areas that require preservation of pre-existing vegetation within 50-feet of a receiving water, where determined feasible in accordance with Part I.B.1.a.i(e). k) Locations of all stream crossings within the construction site. l) Locations where alternative temporary stabilization schedules apply. Many of these items will be illustrated on the Site Map prior to starting construction; however, some items such as stockpile locations, waste locations, parking, and staging may be added or modified during construction. Any modifications associated with CMs will also be redlined in the field. Site Maps are intended to be living documents modified in the field as needed. Tab 3 – Contact Information and Qualified Stormwater Manager Xcel Teter Fly Yard 13 QUALIFIED STORMWATER MANAGER (PART I.C.2.A) The PSCo Qualified Stormwater Manager is responsible for overseeing and working with the PSCo Construction Project Manager/Construction Supervisor assigning PSCo personnel, consultants, and/or contractors to aid in the development, implementation, maintenance, and revisions to the SWMP. PSCo’s Qualified Stormwater Manager, who oversees stormwater compliance for the company, works with the PSCo Construction Program Manager/Construction Supervisor to designate a site-specific Qualified Stormwater Manager for each project who is responsible for day-to-day SWMP compliance at the site and is often the SWMP inspector. Additional team members include: the SWMP Designer and CM Installer all of whom are qualified stormwater professionals. CONTACT INFORMATION PSCo is typically the Project Owner and Operator. PSCo may also have construction contractor(s) and/or subcontractors; however, PSCo is in charge of overseeing and directing work related to stormwater compliance. Contractors and subcontractors are also given trainings by PSCo Environmental Services on stormwater compliance even though third-party specialist are typically hired to perform inspections and install CMs. Contact information for Qualified Stormwater Managers and other responsible parties are provided below. PSCo Environmental Services Qualified Stormwater Manager Title: Environmental Analyst Name: Tensy Thatcher Address: 1800 Larimer Street Suite 1300 Denver, CO 80202 Phone: 970-903-0595 Email: Tensy.C.Thatcher@xcelenergy.com Project Foreman Title: Name: Address: Phone: Email: PSCo Project Manager (Part of the Stormwater Management Team) Title: Senior Project Manager Name: Steve Merrill Address: Phone: 402-640-3113 Email: steve.merrill@xcelenergy.com SWMP Inspector (Site-specific Qualified Stormwater Manager) Title: Name: Address: Phone: Email: SWMP Preparer (Part of the Stormwater Management Team) Title: Civil Engineer – Project Manger Name: Brian Brown, PE Address: 1670 Broadway Street, Suite 3400 Denver, Co 80202 Phone: 970-215-4616 Email: Brain.Brown@hdrinc.com Control Measure Implementation and Maintenance (Part of the Stormwater Management Team) Title: Name: Address: Phone: Email: This document will be redlined in the field if personnel change during the course of the Project. Add an additional page if needed. Tab 4 – Potential Sources of Pollution Xcel Teter Fly Yard 15 IDENTIFICATION OF POTENTIAL SOURCES OF POLLUTION (PART I.C.2.E) The following potential sources of pollutants and activities have been evaluated for their ability to impact stormwater discharges. If the potential source exists at the site, the CMs used to manage that source are listed in this section and are illustrated in the Site Maps in Tab 2. Potential Source of Pollutant Will the pollutant be on- site? Activities associated with the pollutant and control measures selected to manage the source All disturbed and stored soils including stockpiled soils, exposed areas, staging areas, parking areas, etc. Yes Activities associated with this pollution source are the earth- disturbing activities during all phases of construction activities, including but not limited to grading, stockpiling, etc. Control Measures: Sediment control and stockpile containment may include usage of sediment control logs, street sweeping, temporary berms, rock socks, check dams, landforms, vehicle tracking control (VTC), and other proprietary CMs (i.e., Big Red Bag, Dandy Recyclers, etc.). Erosion control may include surface roughening, mulch/mulch tackifier application, seeding and mulching, and pre-existing vegetative zone within 50 feet of a receiving water unless infeasible (See Tab 1, Section g). Additionally, temporary stabilization will be implemented for earth- disturbing activities that have permanently or temporarily ceased for more than 14 calendar days. Temporary stabilization methods may include, but are not limited to, tarps, soil tackifier, and hydroseed or mulch and/or surface roughening. Administrative controls may include phased construction to reduce the amount of open area at any given time and limiting the number of stockpiles Vehicle tracking of sediment Yes The activity associated with this pollution source is the movement of vehicles from disturbed areas to roadways during all phases of construction activities. Control Measures: Sediment control may include VTCs (rock, geotextiles, mud mats, and/or other proprietary products), and street sweeping. If necessary, use construction fencing to limit entry and exit points and establish perimeter control. Access may also be limited during muddy conditions if feasible with the construction activities and schedule. On-site waste management practices such as waste piles, liquid Yes Activities associated with this pollution source are generation of waste materials during all phases of construction activities that include but are not limited to debris, solid waste dumpsters and portable toilets. Xcel Teter Fly Yard 16 Potential Source of Pollutant Will the pollutant be on- site? Activities associated with the pollutant and control measures selected to manage the source waste, dumpsters, etc. Control Measures: Designated waste receptacles will be utilized. Liquids should be stored in secondary containment. Dumpsters will not typically be used on small projects. However, they will be utilized on larger projects where they will be serviced frequently by a licensed company. This potential pollutant source is part of the materials handling procedures and controls for the project. Management of contaminated soils No No known contaminated soils exist on site. If contaminated soils are encountered, all activity will be stopped until the situation can be assessed. The Project Manager will be contacted for further direction. See Contaminated Soil Process Fact Sheet at the end of Tab 7. Loading and unloading operations Yes Activities associated with this pollution source are potential spills during delivery and unloading of materials at the staging area during all phases of construction activity. Control Measures: Loading and unloading operations should occur within the disturbance limits and the staging area. For larger, longer duration projects, the staging area is generally stabilized with rock or another non-erosive surface. Administrative controls may include materials management practices, good housekeeping practices, personnel training, providing spill kits where needed, and minimizing the number of areas where loading and unloading occur. The Project Manager will be contacted immediately for all spills. Outdoor storage activities including erodible building materials, fertilizers, chemicals, etc. Yes Activities associated with this pollution source are storage of material at the staging area and the potential for spills and leaks from these materials. Control Measures: Containment of the storage or staging area may include installation of silt fence, sediment control log (SCL), etc. Storage of petroleum products or other liquid chemicals in quantities of 55 gallons or more must have secondary containment, or equivalent protection. This potential pollutant source along with several others (vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling, sanitary waste and other waste handling) constitute the materials handling procedures and controls for the project which are detailed in Tab 7. Xcel Teter Fly Yard 17 Potential Source of Pollutant Will the pollutant be on- site? Activities associated with the pollutant and control measures selected to manage the source Administrative controls may include materials management practices (such as covering chemicals and materials to prevent contact with stormwater where practicable, storing materials in proper containers with appropriate labeling, and only keeping limited supplies onsite), personnel training, and providing spill kits where needed. The Project Manager will be contacted immediately for all spills. Vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling Yes Potential pollution sources include fuels, oils, antifreeze, and other liquids associated with equipment performance. Fueling of equipment or vehicles and equipment repair may occur during all phases of construction activity. This project anticipates using mobile fueling to refuel equipment or fueling offsite. Control Measures: Limit areas where fueling and equipment maintenance activities occur at the site. Where possible, stage fueling /maintenance activities away from storm sewer system inlets/waterways. Spill kits should be staged where fueling is conducted. Use plastic sheeting, drip pans, dirt berms and other measures to contain fluids. Clean up and dispose of spilled material immediately. Administrative controls may include materials management practices, personnel training, and providing spill kits in vehicle maintenance areas. The Project Manager will be contacted immediately for all spills. Significant dust or particulate- generating processes, e.g. saw cutting, wind erosion Yes Activities associated with this pollution source are the earth- disturbing activities during all phases of construction activities, including but not limited to grading or from helicopter operations, etc. There is also the potential for wind to transport dust from disturbed areas including access roads. Additionally, saw cutting can contribute to dust. This project does not require saw cutting. Control Measures: Limit earth-disturbing activities to the extent feasible. Water disturbed areas and roads as needed during construction, use palliatives to control dust, install interim stabilization measures such as surface roughening, final stabilization, and other effective means. Routine maintenance activities involving fertilizers, pesticides, detergents, fuels, solvents, oils, etc. Yes Activities associated with this pollution source are limited due to the short-term nature of utility installation activities. Fueling and maintenance activities involving vehicles and equipment and the potential for use of fuels, oils, solvents, etc., are discussed above. Seeding operations typically occur during the final phase of the project and may involve use of fertilizers and tackifiers, as needed. Fertilizers are typically brought to the site by a seeding contractor during seeding operations and any remaining material is removed Xcel Teter Fly Yard 18 Potential Source of Pollutant Will the pollutant be on- site? Activities associated with the pollutant and control measures selected to manage the source from the site by the contractor, thus minimizing exposure. Pesticides are not planned to be used at this site. Control Measures: Liquids should be stored in secondary containment. Administrative controls may include materials management practices (such as covering chemicals and materials to prevent contact with stormwater where practicable, storing materials in proper containers with appropriate labeling, and only keeping limited supplies onsite), personnel training in proper use, and storage of materials. Concrete/masonry truck and equipment washing, including the truck chute and associated fixtures and equipment No Activities associated with this pollution source are concrete pours that include but are not limited to restoring paved areas for final stabilization, pouring transmission pole foundations, concrete vaults, or transformer pads. Concrete pours are not anticipated in the laydown yard. Control Measures: Dedicated concrete washout areas that are clearly marked and maintained. Where applicable, urban mobile concrete washout structures can be used depending on the amount of concrete used on the project. Dedicated asphalt and concrete batch plans, and masonry mixing stations No No dedicated asphalt or concrete batch plans, or masonry mixing stations are planned for this site. Non-industrial waste sources such as portable toilets and worker trash Yes Activities associated with this potential pollutant source include the generation of non-industrial waste such as discarded building materials, litter, and sanitary waste at the construction site that may cause adverse impacts to water quality. Control Measures: Good housekeeping practices will be implemented and trash will be collected in vehicles and disposed of offsite or in waste containers. Portable toilets should be properly anchored down and located away from the storm sewer system or waterways. Reclaimed water approved for use in construction dust suppression No Reclaimed water is not to be used for dust suppression at this site. Xcel Teter Fly Yard 19 Potential Source of Pollutant Will the pollutant be on- site? Activities associated with the pollutant and control measures selected to manage the source Other areas or procedures where spills can occur Yes Damaged or broken controls measures can act as a pollutant source. CMs are inspected and if any are damaged, they are noted as such and repaired or removed. If any materials from the controls have been released, they are properly cleaned up and disposed of. Tab 5 – Effluent Limitations, Control Measures for Stormwater Pollution Prevention Xcel Teter Fly Yard 21 CONTROL MEASURES USED TO MEET EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS (PART I.B.1.A.I AND I.C.2.E) a) Structural Control Measures Structural CMs are those physical structures implemented at the site to minimize erosion and sediment transport. Most structural CMs tend to be sediment controls. The structural CMs that are planned to be used for the project are described below. Specific locations for CMs implemented at the site are indicated on the Site Maps, provided in Tab 2. Installation and maintenance details for these CMs are in Tab 6. Stormwater runoff from all disturbed areas and soil storage areas for which permanent or temporary stabilization is not implemented, will flow to at least one CM to minimize sediment in the discharge. This may be accomplished through filtering, settling, or staining. The control must contain or filter flows in order to prevent the bypass of flows without treatment and must be appropriate for stormwater runoff from disturbed areas and for expected flow rate, duration, and flow conditions. One goal of a SWMP is to allow for field fitting of CMs based on site-specific conditions that may favor use of one CM over another. Each structural CM listed below contains a brief list of other CMs that may be substituted, based on site specific conditions. Perimeter Control: Perimeter controls serve as sediment controls and, when appropriate, can double as access control. At downgradient locations, perimeter controls will be installed where overland sheet flow has the potential to leave the site. In upgradient areas perimeter control may be added to define project boundaries, limit on- site flows or protect off-site features. Such controls should be suitable to the application. Perimeter control may consist of any number of CMs, including, but not limited to earthen berms, sediment control logs, silt fence, etc. Perimeter controls will be used around bore holes, trenches, and other locations where sediment is exposed and may accumulate. Perimeter controls will remain in place until areas upgradient of controls are stabilized. Perimeter controls will be inspected for proper installation, structural integrity and accumulated sediment. Maintenance may include repairing or replacing damaged sections and removing accumulated sediment. Rock Socks/Curb Socks: Rock socks or curb socks are wire or geotextile tubes filled with rock or gravel material. Rock socks may be used as inlet protection, outlet protection, swale protection, perimeter control, or in any area where concentrated flows need to be broken up and velocity reduced to prevent erosion. Rock socks serve to reduce water velocity allowing time for sediment to settle out, thus decreasing erosion potential and sediment transport. When used for swale protection rock socks need to extend the entire width of the expected flow with the center lower than the sides. For use as inlet or culvert protection, the rock sock should extend beyond the width of the inlet/culvert. Rock socks may be stacked to maximize performance. Delineators will be installed with curb socks for high traffic areas where installations present a potential traffic hazard or where they may be damaged by vehicles or snowplows. Rocks socks will be inspected for proper installation, structural integrity and accumulated sediment. Maintenance may include repairing or replacing damaged sections and removing accumulated sediment. Designated Material Staging Area A designated and/or stabilized staging area is a specific location on or near the project site for stockpiling/staging materials and equipment for use on-site. A staging area allows for a central location for deliveries and storage of equipment when not in use and reduces disturbance of areas of the site not scheduled for disturbance through construction activities. Staging areas generally consist of a cleared area of the site with vehicle tracking control and perimeter control (e.g., silt fence and/or construction fencing). Xcel Teter Fly Yard 22 Staging areas will be implemented as needed on site. They should be positioned to reduce the need for relocation and be placed out of areas of active construction activity. Staging areas will be inspected for adequate vehicle tracking control and perimeter control. Controls associated with staging areas should be repaired or modified as needed. Maintenance may include replacing material used to stabilize the staging area (if applicable) and repairing or replacing damaged perimeter and access CMs. Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC): Vehicle tracking control will be implemented to minimize vehicle tracking of sediment from disturbed areas per (§I.B.1.a.i.a) and may consist of an excavated area with a geotextile liner and gravel, metal grate, asphalt/concrete “rumble strip”, or other proprietary products. VTCs must include a structural CM such as a tracking pad or wash rack, and may also include non-structural CMs, such as sweeping or restricting traffic to paved areas. VTCs are designed to cause soil to vibrate off equipment and vehicles as they transition from disturbed soils to paved areas and should drain to a CM. The VTC will remain in place until access to the areas used by the control are no longer needed. Designated points of ingress and egress, where traffic transitions from a stabilized road surface (e.g., gravel or pavement) to disturbed soil, are likely to need vehicle tracking control or these areas must drain to a control that meets the requirements of (§I.B.1.a.i.b). VTCs may be moved or eliminated (if no longer needed) as on-site conditions and activities change. VTCs will be inspected for depth of gravel/rock, presence of excess soil, proper usage and the overall general condition. The most common maintenance items include the removal of accumulated soil and addition of gravel/rock. In vegetated areas where access is anticipated to be minimal, turf mats or cattle guards, or proprietary products such as mud mats may be installed primarily to protect vegetation and provide a stabilized entrance. These materials will be inspected for damage and will be maintained as needed. Sediment Control Log A sediment control log consists of a net or geotextile fabric filled with straw, excelsior, wood mulch, or other fillers. Sediment control log applications include, but are not limited to, slope stabilization, perimeter control, check dams in swales, back of curb protection and temporary secondary containment for stockpiles, materials storage, or masonry. Sediment control logs reduce water velocity allowing sediment to accumulate on the upgradient side of the log. The basic installation for a net wrapped sediment control log is to prepare a shallow trench and secure the log in the trench using a stake or landscape pin. Logs should be installed based on the manufacturer’s directions. Logs should be inspected for proper installation, structural integrity and sediment accumulation. A log that has been flattened out of round may not need to be replaced if they remain sufficient to function appropriately on the upgradient side of the log. Maintenance may include repairing or replacing damaged logs and removing accumulated sediment as specified by the CM detail. Boundary/Construction Fencing/Construction Markers Construction fencing and/or construction markers will be utilized to delineate the limits of disturbance and may consist of orange plastic fencing, rope and t-posts, spray paint, staking, or other alternative markers as appropriate to site conditions and constraints. In some cases, perimeter sediment CMs may also double as a construction marker. CF/CMK is used to delineate where disturbances are permitted and to restrict access to unpermitted areas, especially sensitive areas that are not within the limits of disturbance. CF/CMK will be installed as needed prior to mobilization to a given area on the Project and will remain in place where needed until final stabilization measures have been implemented. CF/CMK will be inspected for damage that renders the CM ineffective such as torn plastic fencing, severed ropes, or removed stakes. Maintenance may include repairing or replacing damaged or removed CF/CMK. Additional CMs may be added as site conditions change and will be identified in the SWMP prior to installation. Xcel Teter Fly Yard 23 b) Non-structural Control Measures Non-structural CMs are those practices which, when implemented, will minimize erosion and sediment or other pollutant transport. Practices implemented at this site include interim stabilization practices, permanent stabilization practices (see Tab 8), and site-specific scheduling for implementation of the practices, as well as site management practices, preventative maintenance, and personnel training. The potential non-structural CMs for the project are described below. Specific locations for CM implementation at the site are indicated on the Site Map, provided in Tab 2. Tab 6 provides the installation details for each CM identified. Mulching: Crimp mulching uses hay or straw material that is machine crimped into the soil to provide stability. Hydromulching uses fiber mulch mixed with water and sprayed onto soil to provide stability. Hydromulching mixtures also often contain a tackifier to better bond the fiber mulch together and to the soil. Mulching may be used on its own as a temporary soil stabilization method, or in conjunction with seeding for final stabilization. Mulch functions as a soil stabilizer by decreasing the velocity of sheet flow. Crimp mulch may be hay or cereal grain straw. Crimp mulch will likely be crimped into the soil using either a drill seeder or notched disk plow to the minimum depth of two inches and a maximum depth of four inches. To maximize effectiveness crimping equipment must run parallel to the contours of the land. Crimp mulch may not be appropriate for slopes that are equal to or greater than 3:1 or in areas with hard or rocky soil in which the crimper cannot penetrate. Hydromulch is better suited to areas with steeper slopes, difficult to access areas, and areas with hard or rocky soils. Inspections should look for areas where mulch is missing, thin or for areas where erosion has occurred. Maintenance items may include re-grading as necessary and reapplying as appropriate. Seed and Stabilization (Temporary and Permanent Ground Cover): Seeding involves the mechanical or hand application of specific seed mixes appropriate for the site location and soil type. Seeding provides plant growth to stabilize the soil reducing the likelihood of erosion or sediment transport. As soon as practical, after the completion of construction activities, soil should be properly prepared and seeded. The choice of seed mix will dictate application rates and methods. Seeding should always be accompanied by an additional CM, such as mulching or tackifying, to protect the seed and soil from erosion during the germination and growth process. Seed areas will be inspected to ensure that the soil stabilization method (e.g., surface roughening, crimp mulch, etc.) was applied correctly and has not been compromised. The area will also be inspected for erosion and/or sediment deposition. Maintenance items may include re-grading and seeding bare or areas of thin vegetative growth and/or adding additional CMs as appropriate. If seeding cannot be accomplished due to seasonal or other constraints, temporary stabilization, such as mulch and mulch tackifier will be used. Additional discussion concerning temporary stabilization may be found in Section c in this Tab. Street Sweeping Soils deposited on paved surfaces will be swept or cleaned as needed to reduce the potential of sediment transport and tracking. Sweeping operations consist of scraping large quantities of sediment from pavement and/or sweeping, via hand or mechanical means to remove as much deposited sediment as possible. All streets within and immediately surrounding a construction site will be cleaned of earth material when sediment has been deposited on the roadway and is being tracked off site. Scraped or swept material will not be deposited in the storm sewer. Sweeping and vacuuming may not be effective when soil is wet or muddy. Surface Roughening Surface roughening consists of grooves or tracks installed in the soil surface, along the contours (not up and down the slope which promotes erosion). This is a temporary soil stabilization technique that works Xcel Teter Fly Yard 24 well in areas that will remain inactive for a short time. Surface roughening works by reducing water velocity and promoting infiltration, thus decreasing the potential for erosion to occur. Any disturbed areas with no construction activity planned for longer than 14 days may be surface roughened. This may include areas where scheduling prevents the immediate implementation of final stabilization practices, the sides of stockpiles or other slopes. Surface roughening may be applied by creating a continuous furrow along the contours. This can be done with the teeth on a loader bucket, ripping, disking or plowing equipment. Surface roughening can also be created by running tracked equipment up and down the slope creating track marks along the contour. Inspection of surface roughened areas would include proper implementation, structural integrity and areas of erosion or sediment accumulation. Maintenance for surface roughening may include re-applying the technique or installation of new or additional CMs. Protections of Pre-existing Vegetation Protection of existing vegetation on a construction site can be accomplished through installation of a construction fence around the area requiring protection. In cases where upgradient areas are disturbed, it may also be necessary to install perimeter controls to minimize sediment loading to sensitive areas such as wetlands. Existing vegetation may be designated for protection to maintain a stable surface cover as part of construction phasing, or vegetation may be protected in areas designated to remain in natural condition under post-development conditions (e.g., wetlands, mature trees, riparian areas, open space). A 50 horizontal foot buffer of pre-existing vegetation or equivalent controls must be maintained between work areas and receiving waters unless infeasible. Maintenance may include removing sediment by hand, replacing construction fence or other plastic fencing used to limit access. If any damage were to occur to a vegetative buffer, a new or additional CM should be considered and the SWMP will be updated to document as to why the vegetation could not be left undisturbed. Vegetation and Topography: In limited disturbance areas, not installing a CM (CM) may be the best approach to minimize sediment transport off site. This is based on the concept that shallow overland flow may pick-up and transport sediment that is then dropped out within a vegetative buffer and installation of a downgradient physical CM is an unnecessary effort, expense, and disturbance that increases the amount of site restoration. VT as a CM was developed using a two-dimensional physically based and spatially distributed computer model with the following inputs and assumptions: Input – Site grade slopes. Assumption - Site grade slopes 10% or less allow shallow overland flow. Input - Vegetation cover density (surface roughness) represented by Mannings ‘n’. Input - Rainfall event specific to the project site for ECM design, typically a 5-year 30-minute storm. Input - Hydrologic Soil Group (HSG) for the disturbance and buffer area, typically obtained from the National Resource Conservation Service Web Soil Survey, online. Assumption - No upgradient or disturbance area concentrated flow paths through construction site. Assumption – 80% sediment removal, typical of sediment reduction targets for physical CMs is acceptable. Assumption - No construction traffic or disturbance activity within the vegetation buffer Requirement - The required vegetation buffer must be in the construction project limits and controlled by PSCo via written agreement with landowner, ownership, or easement). The inputs above (vegetation cover, slope, soil type, and rainfall) can be conservatively collapsed into a simple table showing that for a given rainfall, the four different soil types (HSG A to D) require four different minimum vegetation buffer lengths for sediment to settle out of the stormwater sheet flow. This vegetation buffer distance table is to be referenced by field crews and used in combination with the HSG data provided on the SWMP drawings. The rainfall and soil data will be specific to each project. The VT will have to be inspected to verify that sediment is not being transported beyond the buffer or project control area. In the event that the VT CM is not providing the level of sediment settling necessary, physical CMs may need to be installed or practices upgradient of the VT buffer modified. It is expected that the thin Xcel Teter Fly Yard 25 layer of sediment deposited in the VT buffer should not be removed. All CM type modifications and movement are to be noted on the SWMP Site Maps. A comprehensive design guideline, citing good engineering, hydrologic, and pollutant control practices, principles and criteria is contained in the CMs details located in Tab 6. Wind Erosion Control Wind erosion and dust control may be necessary if wind is transporting soil within or off site. Wind erosion control functions to stabilize the soil surface reducing the potential for wind erosion. Wind erosion control consists of applying water and/or other dust palliatives as necessary to prevent or alleviate erosion by the forces of wind. Covering small stockpiles or areas is an alternative to applying water or other dust palliatives. If needed, a soil tackifier can be applied to control wind erosion. Disturbed areas should be inspected for obvious signs of wind erosion and CMs implemented, if needed. Areas with wind erosion controls in place should be inspected for structural integrity and coverage and repaired or replaced as appropriate. Training Employees and the contractor will be trained on good housekeeping, the proper use and storage of materials, and site management practices. PSCo construction supervisors and project managers participate in stormwater training on the company’s learning management system. Additionally, lead stormwater management supervisors have given trainings to multiple companies that work frequently for PSCo. PSCo also requires all of its SWMP developers, erosion CM installers, and stormwater inspectors to hold either a CISEC or CPESC certification or are in training for either of these two certifications. Site Management Practices Good housekeeping will be used to keep potential areas where pollutants exist clean and orderly. Containers, drums, and bags will be stored away from direct traffic routes to reduce the risk of accidental spills. Stack containers according to manufacturer’s instructions to avoid damaging the containers from improper weight distribution. Containers will be stored on pallets or similar devices to prevent corrosion of containers that results from containers coming in contact with moisture on the ground. Liquids will be stored within curbed areas or secondary containment. c) Other Specific Control Measures Used to Meet Effluent Limitations (Part I.B.1.a.i and ii) Additional specific controls that must meet the following requirements: Soil Compaction – Soil compaction must be minimized for areas where infiltration CMs will occur or where final stabilization will be achieved through vegetative cover. If compaction does occur in areas where final stabilization will be achieved through vegetative cover, then decompaction of the soil must be completed prior to planting. Topsoil Preservation – Unless infeasible, topsoil must be preserved for those areas of a site that will utilize vegetative final stabilization. Preserved topsoil can be left in place or stockpiled. Topsoil preservation measures may include the following: Limit construction disturbance areas, including those used for access by installing construction fence or other means to limit impacts to existing topsoil. In areas of grading or excavation, strip and segregate topsoil separately from other excavated materials. In areas with construction traffic where topsoil is likely to mix with subsoil, strip and stockpile topsoil. Xcel Teter Fly Yard 26 Minimize Disturbances – Disturbances will be minimized to the extent feasible, especially on steep slopes. Temporary Stabilization – Temporary stabilization must be implemented for earth-disturbing activities on any portion of the site where earth-disturbing construction activity has permanently ceased, or temporarily ceased for more than 14 calendar days. Temporary stabilization methods may include, but are not limited to, tarps, soil tackifier, and hydroseed and although not specifically outlined in the permit may also include temporary hard surfaces. The permittee may exceed the 14-day schedule when either the function of the specific area of the site requires it to remain disturbed, or, physical characteristics of the terrain and climate prevent stabilization. The SWMP must document the constraints necessitating the alternative schedule, provide the alternate stabilization schedule, and identify all locations where the alternative schedule is applicable on the Site Maps. Minimize Dust – On areas of exposed soil, minimize dust through the appropriate application of water or other dust suppression techniques. Water application must be conducted in a manner to prevent discharge offsite unless authorized by a separate CDPS or NPDES permit. See the Wind Erosion Control non- structural CM in the preceding section. Other controls related to final stabilization, bulk storage, materials management, and corrective actions and releases are covered in other sections of this SWMP. d) Documented Use Agreement (Part I.C.2.a.vi) All CMs planned for the PSCo project are within the project limits/construction limits. (Note: There may be nearby CMs installed for another project; however, they are not being utilized by PSCo as a CM) Tab 6 – Control Measure Specifications and Maintenance Requirements Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) SM-4 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District VTC-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph VTC-1. A vehicle tracking control pad constructed with properly sized rock reduces off-site sediment tracking. Description Vehicle tracking controls provide stabilized construction site access where vehicles exit the site onto paved public roads. An effective vehicle tracking control helps remove sediment (mud or dirt) from vehicles, reducing tracking onto the paved surface. Appropriate Uses Implement a stabilized construction entrance or vehicle tracking control where frequent heavy vehicle traffic exits the construction site onto a paved roadway. An effective vehicle tracking control is particularly important during the following conditions: Wet weather periods when mud is easily tracked off site. During dry weather periods where dust is a concern. When poorly drained, clayey soils are present on site. Although wheel washes are not required in designs of vehicle tracking controls, they may be needed at particularly muddy sites. Design and Installation Construct the vehicle tracking control on a level surface. Where feasible, grade the tracking control towards the construction site to reduce off-site runoff. Place signage, as needed, to direct construction vehicles to the designated exit through the vehicle tracking control. There are several different types of stabilized construction entrances including: VTC-1. Aggregate Vehicle Tracking Control. This is a coarse-aggregate surfaced pad underlain by a geotextile. This is the most common vehicle tracking control, and when properly maintained can be effective at removing sediment from vehicle tires. VTC-2. Vehicle Tracking Control with Construction Mat or Turf Reinforcement Mat. This type of control may be appropriate for site access at very small construction sites with low traffic volume over vegetated areas. Although this application does not typically remove sediment from vehicles, it helps protect existing vegetation and provides a stabilized entrance. Vehicle Tracking Control Functions Erosion Control Moderate Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management Yes SM-4 Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) VTC-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph VTC-2. A vehicle tracking control pad with wheel wash facility. Photo courtesy of Tom Gore. VTC-3. Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit with Wheel Wash. This is an aggregate pad, similar to VTC-1, but includes equipment for tire washing. The wheel wash equipment may be as simple as hand-held power washing equipment to more advance proprietary systems. When a wheel wash is provided, it is important to direct wash water to a sediment trap prior to discharge from the site. Vehicle tracking controls are sometimes installed in combination with a sediment trap to treat runoff. Maintenance and Removal Inspect the area for degradation and replace aggregate or material used for a stabilized entrance/exit as needed. If the area becomes clogged and ponds water, remove and dispose of excess sediment or replace material with a fresh layer of aggregate as necessary. With aggregate vehicle tracking controls, ensure rock and debris from this area do not enter the public right-of-way. Remove sediment that is tracked onto the public right of way daily or more frequently as needed. Excess sediment in the roadway indicates that the stabilized construction entrance needs maintenance. Ensure that drainage ditches at the entrance/exit area remain clear. A stabilized entrance should be removed only when there is no longer the potential for vehicle tracking to occur. This is typically after the site has been stabilized. When wheel wash equipment is used, be sure that the wash water is discharged to a sediment trap prior to discharge. Also inspect channels conveying the water from the wash area to the sediment trap and stabilize areas that may be eroding. When a construction entrance/exit is removed, excess sediment from the aggregate should be removed and disposed of appropriately. The entrance should be promptly stabilized with a permanent surface following removal, typically by paving. Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) SM-4 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District VTC-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SM-4 Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) VTC-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) SM-4 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District VTC-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SM-4 Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) VTC-6 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 FODS LLC | The Mud Stops Here | GetFods.com | 1-844-200-3637 TRACKOUTCONTROL MAT Technical Data Sheet GENERAL INFORMATION The FODS Composite trackout control system is designed to be used as a temporary construction entrance which provides site access while minimizing sediment leaving the site. The top surface of the FODS mat is a geometric pattern formed in the shape of pyramids. The mats are unidirectional and are meant to have the staggered pyramids in the direction of travel. Individual mats are connected together with hardware to form various configurations to fit your jobsite. TYPical installation layouts Each site must be evaluated to determine the proper layout, width, and duration of the FODS Trackout Control System (FTCS) based site conditions, entry and exit egress, traffic levels, site soil conditions, and ability to the maintain trackout system. Outlined below are a number of common layouts, the mats are unidirectional and due to the versatility of the mats design the FTCS can be engineered to fit the needs of any site: FEATURES & BENEFITS • Re-Usable • Increased Effectiveness at Reducing Site Trackout • U/V Stable • Highly Visible • Easy to Clean • Economical • Recyclable / Reduces Waste • Extreme Durability • Rapid Installation & Removal • Excavation not required • Chemical Resistant • Rock-less • Reduces Waste • Easy and efficient to transport from site-site • Mat Size: 12’(w) x 7’ (l) x 3 3/4” (t) (2 7/8” pyramid height) • Mat Weight: 430lbs • Pallet Size: 8-Mats • Truck-Load: 96-Mats • Hardware boxes are contained within the palletized mats FODS 1x4 FODS 1x4T FODS 2x4 FODS 1x7T FODS 2x7 FODS LLC | The Mud Stops Here | GetFods.com | 1-844-200-3637 COMMON USERS • Heavy Civil Construction • Urban Construction / Urban In-Fill • Bridge & Highway Projects • Residential Construction • Land Development • Forestry • Energy Exploration • Oil & Gas Pipeline • Electrical Power-line • Temporary Event Access • Landfill & Waste Management • Mining FODS Trackout Control Mat - Technical Data Sheet Suitable Installation Substrate • Un-Excavated Soil • Excavated Soil (Min CBR: 4) • Asphalt • Concrete FODS Trackout Control System should be installed near the site exit point, as close to the location where vehicles enter the roadway as is safely as possible. FODS mats should not be installed at a low point on the site where water will pool. FODS Anchoring Systems Cleaning / Maintenance ***Before using earth anchors, call 811 for locates to mark underground utilities*** WARNINGS • Caution is to be used when crossing mats with metal tracked equipment.• Equipment with aggressive metal tracks should not cross mats• Do not drag metal equipment across mats• Do not use mats for bridging • Skid-steer broom attachment • FODS Shovel• Street Sweeper (requires adjusted bristle head• Pressure Washer (must have ability to contain water)• Water Truck (must have ability to contain water) Mats should be cleaned once 2.5” of sediment has built up in the lane of travel. • Form-Stakes (18” or 24”) • Cable Earth Anchor • All-Thread Earth Anchor • Concrete Sleeve Anchor (asphalt) SPOILSCURBUTILITYTRENCHGUTTERROADWAYRLSPOILSUTILITYTRENCHROCK LOG ORRUBBER SEDIMENTLOG ("BIG RED" ORAPPROVEDEQUIVALENT)CURB INLETROADSIDESWALEPLACE CM ON INLET SIDE OF ALL CULVERTSIMMEDIATELY DOWN GRADIENT OF STOCKPILESIP Construction Fence (CF) SM-3 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District CF-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph CF-1. A construction fence helps delineate areas where existing vegetation is being protected. Photo courtesy of Douglas County. Description A construction fence restricts site access to designated entrances and exits, delineates construction site boundaries, and keeps construction out of sensitive areas such as natural areas to be preserved as open space, wetlands and riparian areas. Appropriate Uses A construction fence can be used to delineate the site perimeter and locations within the site where access is restricted to protect natural resources such as wetlands, waterbodies, trees, and other natural areas of the site that should not be disturbed. If natural resource protection is an objective, then the construction fencing should be used in combination with other perimeter control BMPs such as silt fence, sediment control logs or similar measures. Design and Installation Construction fencing may be chain link or plastic mesh and should be installed following manufacturer’s recommendations. See Detail CF-1 for typical installations. Do not place construction fencing in areas within work limits of machinery. Maintenance and Removal Inspect fences for damage; repair or replace as necessary. Fencing should be tight and any areas with slumping or fallen posts should be reinstalled. Fencing should be removed once construction is complete. Construction Fence Functions Erosion Control No Sediment Control No Site/Material Management Yes SM-3 Construction Fence (CF) CF-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Construction Fence (CF) SM-3 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District CF-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Memo Date: Thursday, April 27, 2023 Project: Xcel Tline: Pathways Segment 3 Cheyenne County Build To: Control Measure Details From: Brian Brown, PE - HDR Subject: Use of Vegetation & Topography (VT) instead of structural erosion Control Measures (CM) This memo describes the specific conditions for which the installation of an erosion Control Measure (CM) is not recommended based on site conditions. Under certain conditions, not installing a CM may be the best approach to minimize sediment transport off site. This is based on the concept that shallow overland flow may pick-up and transport sediment that is then dropped out within a vegetative buffer depending on a variety of site conditions. Use of VT instead of a structural CM is dependent on the following factors: • Rainfall – Rainfall intensity impacts the buffer distance. The rainfall rate across the site has been calculated to be calculated 1.19” to 1.25” in a 5-year, 30-minute storm. A 1.25” 5-year, 30-minute storm was utilized for model inputs. This rainfall depth is incorporated in the Table 1 distances. • 80% sediment removal – structural CMs target 80% sediment removal. Actual removal rates vary but have been shown to be less than 80% in many studies. The 80% removal rate is one basis for the VT buffer distances reported in Table 1. • Disturbance area does not have concentrated flow – This approach is based on sediment dropping out while suspended in an overland sheet flow condition. If there is concentrated flow prior to or due to construction, i.e. rill erosion across the work/disturbance area that continues down -gradient and off-site, then structural CMs are recommended. • Low slope – local slope of the site impacts velocity, flow concentration, and other factors. Use VT should not be considered for slopes exceeding 10%. • Soil Type – Soil type impacts likelihood of soil being transported in sheet flow. The larger the soil particles, i.e. sand, the harder to pick-up and transport. The smaller the particle, i.e. clay, the longer the transport distance. The NRCS predominant Hydrologic Soil Group (HSG) soil types for the project area are A and B. The hydrologic soil groups (HSG) are A – D and as follows: o A – sand or silty sand, High infiltration rate o B – sandy silt, moderately high infiltration rate o C – clayey silt, moderate to low infiltration rate o D – clay, low infiltration rate • Vegetation cover – The vegetation cover (surface roughness) was accounted for in the VT model runs and found to provide similar buffer distances, therefore the most conservative vegetation density is reflected in Table1. • Vegetation Buffer - The buffer distance measurement is along the flow direction, and measured from the limit of the work zone to the limit of the utility easement/ROW. Vegetation buffer outside of the ROW may not be utilized for the required buffer distance. Due to the project area, there is adequate area for sediment settling on-site. • The use of this VT approach may be applied to linear and larger area disturbances that meet the parameters described in this memo. • Table 1 results below include a 15% buffer beyond calculated model buffer distances. Utilize Table 1 below for VT buffer distances. Buffer distances are an extrapolation of the ¾” and 1” rainfalls to a 1.25” rainfall. VT Buffer Soil Buffer Distance (ft) A 3 B 8 C 34 D 66 Maintenance: In the same manner that using existing conditions as a CM does not require installation of a CM, there is no maintenance of this CM. VT is either adequate or structural CMs should be installed. Inspection: Like structural CMs, the area down gradient of a VT CM should be walked and observed for the following which indicate that VT may not be adequate: • signs of new rill erosion in work area or immediately down gradient of work area • signs of sediment deposition well beyond the expected buffer distance or nearing area not controlled by Xcel property lease • observations of work area or up gradient areas that are creating concentrated flow through and down gradient of the work area. • Observe and discuss with contractor potential construction practices that could promote sheet flow and infiltration to minimize stormwater runoff from work area. In the event that VT is inadequate to keep sediment on site at any local area, that local area mu st immediately have a structural down gradient CM installed, a t a minimum. Sediment Control Log is the expected control measure. Site conditions will dictate actual CM to be used. Note: Sediment Control Logs cannot be used in across swales or drainageways. Sediment Control Log (SCL) SC-2 November 2015 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SCL-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photographs SCL-1 and SCL-2. Sediment control logs used as 1) a perimeter control around a soil stockpile; and, 2) as a "J-hook" perimeter control at the corner of a construction site. Description A sediment control log is a linear roll made of natural materials such as straw, coconut fiber, or compost. The most common type of sediment control log has straw filling and is often referred to as a "straw wattle." All sediment control logs are used as a sediment barrier to intercept sheet flow runoff from disturbed areas. Appropriate Uses Sediment control logs can be used in the following applications to trap sediment: As perimeter control for stockpiles and the site. As part of inlet protection designs. As check dams in small drainage ditches. (Sediment control logs are not intended for use in channels with high flow velocities.) On disturbed slopes to shorten flow lengths (as an erosion control). As part of multi-layered perimeter control along a receiving water such as a stream, pond or wetland. Sediment control logs work well in combination with other layers of erosion and sediment controls. Design and Installation Sediment control logs should be installed along the contour to avoid concentrating flows. The maximum allowable tributary drainage area per 100 lineal feet of sediment control log, installed along the contour, is approximately 0.25 acres with a disturbed slope length of up to 150 feet and a tributary slope gradient no steeper than 3:1. Longer and steeper slopes require additional measures. This recommendation only applies to sediment control logs installed along the contour. When installed for other uses, such as perimeter control, it should be installed in a way that will not produce concentrated flows. For example, a "J-hook" installation may be appropriate to force runoff to pond and evaporate or infiltrate in multiple areas rather than concentrate and cause erosive conditions parallel to the BMP. Sediment Control Log Functions Erosion Control Moderate Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management No SC-2 Sediment Control Log (SCL) SCL-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2015 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Although sediment control logs initially allow runoff to flow through the BMP, they can quickly become a barrier and should be installed as if they are impermeable. Design details and notes for sediment control logs are provided in the following details. Sediment logs must be properly installed per the detail to prevent undercutting, bypassing and displacement. When installed on slopes, sediment control logs should be installed along the contours (i.e., perpendicular to flow). Improper installation can lead to poor performance. Be sure that sediment control logs are properly trenched (if lighter than 8 lb/foot), anchored and tightly jointed. Maintenance and Removal Be aware that sediment control logs will eventually degrade. Remove accumulated sediment before the depth is one-half the height of the sediment log and repair damage to the sediment log, typically by replacing the damaged section. Once the upstream area is stabilized, remove and properly dispose of the logs. Areas disturbed beneath the logs may need to be seeded and mulched. Sediment control logs that are biodegradable may occasionally be left in place (e.g., when logs are used in conjunction with erosion control blankets as permanent slope breaks). However, removal of sediment control logs after final stabilization is typically appropriate when used in perimeter control, inlet protection and check dam applications. Compost from compost sediment control logs may be spread over the area and seeded as long as this does not cover newly established vegetation. Sediment Control Log (SCL) SC-2 November 2015 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SCL-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SC-2 Sediment Control Log (SCL) SCL-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2015 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Sediment Control Log (SCL) SC-2 November 2015 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SCL-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SC-2 Sediment Control Log (SCL) SCL-6 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2015 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Rock Sock (RS) SC-5 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District RS-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph RS-1. Rock socks placed at regular intervals in a curb line can help reduce sediment loading to storm sewer inlets. Rock socks can also be used as perimeter controls. Description A rock sock is constructed of gravel that has been wrapped by wire mesh or a geotextile to form an elongated cylindrical filter. Rock socks are typically used either as a perimeter control or as part of inlet protection. When placed at angles in the curb line, rock socks are typically referred to as curb socks. Rock socks are intended to trap sediment from stormwater runoff that flows onto roadways as a result of construction activities. Appropriate Uses Rock socks can be used at the perimeter of a disturbed area to control localized sediment loading. A benefit of rock socks as opposed to other perimeter controls is that they do not have to be trenched or staked into the ground; therefore, they are often used on roadway construction projects where paved surfaces are present. Use rock socks in inlet protection applications when the construction of a roadway is substantially complete and the roadway has been directly connected to a receiving storm system. Design and Installation When rock socks are used as perimeter controls, the maximum recommended tributary drainage area per 100 lineal feet of rock socks is approximately 0.25 acres with disturbed slope length of up to 150 feet and a tributary slope gradient no steeper than 3:1. A rock sock design detail and notes are provided in Detail RS-1. Also see the Inlet Protection Fact Sheet for design and installation guidance when rock socks are used for inlet protection and in the curb line. When placed in the gutter adjacent to a curb, rock socks should protrude no more than two feet from the curb in order for traffic to pass safely. If located in a high traffic area, place construction markers to alert drivers and street maintenance workers of their presence. Maintenance and Removal Rock socks are susceptible to displacement and breaking due to vehicle traffic. Inspect rock socks for damage and repair or replace as necessary. Remove sediment by sweeping or vacuuming as needed to maintain the functionality of the BMP, typically when sediment has accumulated behind the rock sock to one-half of the sock's height. Once upstream stabilization is complete, rock socks and accumulated sediment should be removed and properly disposed. Rock Sock Functions Erosion Control No Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management No SC-5 Rock Sock (RS) RS-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Rock Sock (RS) SC-5 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District RS-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 1 DANDY RECYCLER™ CURB INLET AND GUTTER PROTECTION SYSTEM GUIDE SPECIFICATION PRODUCT: DANDY RECYCLER™ MANUFACTURER: Dandy Products Inc. P.O. Box 1680 Powell, Ohio 43065 Phone: 800-591-2284 Fax: 740-881-2791 Email: sdunnpe@dandyproducts.com Web: www.dandyproducts.com 1.0 Description: 1.1 Work covered under this item consists of installing a Dandy Recycler™ inlet and gutter protection system for inlets, median barrier inlets without grates, and gutters. The purpose is to keep silt, sediment, and construction debris out of the storm system. 2.0 Material: 2.1 The Dandy Recycler™ inlet protection system shall be a sewn in the U.S.A. fabric unit in the form of a cylindrical tube. Diameter of the tube is nominal 9”. Lengths available are 3’, 4’, 5’, 6’, and 8’. 2.2 The Dandy Recycler™ is filled with a recycled crumble rubber material or aggregate on the Velcro end of the unit. This work it typically performed by others. 2.3 The Dandy Recycler™ unit shall utilize an orange monofilament fabric that is manufactured in the U.S.A. with the following characteristics: PROPERTY TEST METHOD UNITS TEST RESULTS Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 lbs 450 x 300 Elongation ASTM D4632 % 38% x 21% Trapezoidal Tear ASTM D4533 lbs 165 x 150 CBR Puncture ASTM D6241 lbs 1000 HYDRAULIC PROPERTIES: Apparent Opening Size (AOS) ASTM D 4751 US Std Sieve 30 Permittivity ASTM D 4491 sec1 4.9 Water Flow Rate ASTM 4491 gal/min/ft2 365 % Open Area (POA) COE - 22125-86 % 29 UV Resistance (% Retained @ 2500 hrs) ASTM D 4355 % 70 2 Color Orange1 1The color orange is a trademark of Dandy Products, Inc. The property values listed above are effective April 2022 and are subject to change without notice. 3.0 Installation: 3.1 Place Dandy Recycler™ inlet protection unit on ground near the inlet, or in the gutter, where it is to be installed. 3.2 For oil and sediment model, to install or replace absorbent, open the Velcro end, and place absorbent inside the unit. 3.3 Using the lifting straps, maneuver the Dandy Recycler™ to the location where it will be used for best protection against silt, sediment, and construction debris out of the storm system. 3.4 Place the unit with no gaps between the adjoining curb or another unit. 4.0 Maintenance: 4.1 The contractor shall remove all accumulated sediment and debris from around and within the vicinity of unit after each rain event or as directed by engineer/inspector. Dispose of unit no longer in use at an appropriate recycling or solid waste facility. 4.2 For oil and sediment model; remove and replace absorbent when near saturation. 5.0 Method of Measurement: 5.1 The quantity to be paid is for the actual number of Dandy Recycler™ inlet protection units installed, or by the lineal foot. 6.0 Basis of payment: 6.1 The unit price shall include labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the work and maintain the True Dam® inlet protection units. 6.2 Payment for the completed work will be made at the contract prices for: ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION Dandy Recycler™ EA Inlet Protection Unit (#_____________Inlet) Dandy Recycler™ EA Inlet Protection by foot (#_____________/ft) Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) SM-6 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SSA-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SSA-1. Example of a staging area with a gravel surface to prevent mud tracking and reduce runoff. Photo courtesy of Douglas County. Description A stabilized staging area is a clearly designated area where construction equipment and vehicles, stockpiles, waste bins, and other construction-related materials are stored. The contractor office trailer may also be located in this area. Depending on the size of the construction site, more than one staging area may be necessary. Appropriate Uses Most construction sites will require a staging area, which should be clearly designated in SWMP drawings. The layout of the staging area may vary depending on the type of construction activity. Staging areas located in roadways due to space constraints require special measures to avoid materials being washed into storm inlets. Design and Installation Stabilized staging areas should be completed prior to other construction activities beginning on the site. Major components of a stabilized staging area include: Appropriate space to contain storage and provide for loading/unloading operations, as well as parking if necessary. A stabilized surface, either paved or covered, with 3-inch diameter aggregate or larger. Perimeter controls such as silt fence, sediment control logs, or other measures. Construction fencing to prevent unauthorized access to construction materials. Provisions for Good Housekeeping practices related to materials storage and disposal, as described in the Good Housekeeping BMP Fact Sheet. A stabilized construction entrance/exit, as described in the Vehicle Tracking Control BMP Fact Sheet, to accommodate traffic associated with material delivery and waste disposal vehicles. Over -sizing the stabilized staging area may result in disturbance of existing vegetation in excess of that required for the project. This increases costs, as well as requirements for long-term stabilization following the construction period. When designing the stabilized staging area, minimize the area of disturbance to the extent practical. Stabilized Staging Area Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control Moderate Site/Material Yes SM-6 Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) SSA-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 See Detail SSA-1 for a typical stabilized staging area and SSA-2 for a stabilized staging area when materials staging in roadways is required. Maintenance and Removal Maintenance of stabilized staging areas includes maintaining a stable surface cover of gravel, repairing perimeter controls, and following good housekeeping practices. When construction is complete, debris, unused stockpiles and materials should be recycled or properly disposed. In some cases, this will require disposal of contaminated soil from equipment leaks in an appropriate landfill. Staging areas should then be permanently stabilized with vegetation or other surface cover planned for the development. Minimizing Long-Term Stabilization Requirements Utilize off-site parking and restrict vehicle access to the site. Use construction mats in lieu of rock when staging is provided in an area that will not be disturbed otherwise. Consider use of a bermed contained area for materials and equipment that do not require a stabilized surface. Consider phasing of staging areas to avoid disturbance in an area that will not be otherwise disturbed. Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) SM-6 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SSA-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SM-6 Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) SSA-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Stockpile Management (SP) MM-2 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SP-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SP-1. A topsoil stockpile that has been partially revegetated and is protected by silt fence perimeter control. Description Stockpile management includes measures to minimize erosion and sediment transport from soil stockpiles. Appropriate Uses Stockpile management should be used when soils or other erodible materials are stored at the construction site. Special attention should be given to stockpiles in close proximity to natural or manmade storm systems. Design and Installation Locate stockpiles away from all drainage system components including storm sewer inlets. Where practical, choose stockpile locations that that will remain undisturbed for the longest period of time as the phases of construction progress. Place sediment control BMPs around the perimeter of the stockpile, such as sediment control logs, rock socks, silt fence, straw bales and sand bags. See Detail SP-1 for guidance on proper establishment of perimeter controls around a stockpile. For stockpiles in active use, provide a stabilized designated access point on the upgradient side of the stockpile. Stabilize the stockpile surface with surface roughening, temporary seeding and mulching, erosion control blankets, or soil binders. Soils stockpiled for an extended period (typically for more than 60 days) should be seeded and mulched with a temporary grass cover once the stockpile is placed (typically within 14 days). Use of mulch only or a soil binder is acceptable if the stockpile will be in place for a more limited time period (typically 30-60 days). Timeframes for stabilization of stockpiles noted in this fact sheet are "typical" guidelines. Check permit requirements for specific federal, state, and/or local requirements that may be more prescriptive. Stockpiles should not be placed in streets or paved areas unless no other practical alternative exists. See the Stabilized Staging Area Fact Sheet for guidance when staging in roadways is unavoidable due to space or right-of-way constraints. For paved areas, rock socks must be used for perimeter control and all inlets with the potential to receive sediment from the stockpile (even from vehicle tracking) must be protected. Maintenance and Removal Inspect perimeter controls and inlet protection in accordance with their respective BMP Fact Sheets. Where seeding, mulch and/or soil binders are used, reseeding or reapplication of soil binder may be necessary. When temporary removal of a perimeter BMP is necessary to access a stockpile, ensure BMPs are reinstalled in accordance with their respective design detail section. Stockpile Management Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management Yes MM-2 Stockpile Management (SM) SP-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 When the stockpile is no longer needed, properly dispose of excess materials and revegetate or otherwise stabilize the ground surface where the stockpile was located. Stockpile Management (SP) MM-2 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SP-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 MM-2 Stockpile Management (SM) SP-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Stockpile Management (SP) MM-2 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SP-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 MM-2 Stockpile Management (SM) SP-6 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Wind Erosion/Dust Control (DC) EC-14 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District DC-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph DC-1. Water truck used for dust suppression. Photo courtesy of Douglas County. Description Wind erosion and dust control BMPs help to keep soil particles from entering the air as a result of land disturbing construction activities. These BMPs include a variety of practices generally focused on either graded disturbed areas or construction roadways. For graded areas, practices such as seeding and mulching, use of soil binders, site watering, or other practices that provide prompt surface cover should be used. For construction roadways, road watering and stabilized surfaces should be considered. Appropriate Uses Dust control measures should be used on any site where dust poses a problem to air quality. Dust control is important to control for the health of construction workers and surrounding waterbodies. Design and Installation The following construction BMPs can be used for dust control: An irrigation/sprinkler system can be used to wet the top layer of disturbed soil to help keep dry soil particles from becoming airborne. Seeding and mulching can be used to stabilize disturbed surfaces and reduce dust emissions. Protecting existing vegetation can help to slow wind velocities across the ground surface, thereby limiting the likelihood of soil particles to become airborne. Spray-on soil binders form a bond between soil particles keeping them grounded. Chemical treatments may require additional permitting requirements. Potential impacts to surrounding waterways and habitat must be considered prior to use. Placing rock on construction roadways and entrances will help keep dust to a minimum across the construction site. Wind fences can be installed on site to reduce wind speeds. Install fences perpendicular to the prevailing wind direction for maximum effectiveness. Maintenance and Removal When using an irrigation/sprinkler control system to aid in dust control, be careful not to overwater. Overwatering will cause construction vehicles to track mud off-site. Wind Erosion Control/ Dust Control Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control No Site/Material Management Moderate Good Housekeeping S-5 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District GH-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph GH-1. Use dry clean-up methods to remove spilled materials. Photo courtesy of Colorado Nonpoint Source Program. Description Good housekeeping practices are designed to maintain a clean and orderly work environment. The most effective first steps towards preventing pollution in stormwater from work sites simply involve using common sense to improve the facility’s basic housekeeping methods. Poor housekeeping practices result in increased waste and potential for stormwater contamination. A clean and orderly work site reduces the possibility of accidental spills caused by mishandling of chemicals and equipment and should reduce safety hazards to personnel. A well-maintained material and chemical storage area will reduce the possibility of stormwater mixing with pollutants. Some simple procedures a facility can use to promote good housekeeping include improved operation and maintenance of machinery and processes, material storage practices, material inventory controls, routine and regular clean-up schedules, maintaining well organized work areas, signage, and educational programs for employees and the general public about all of these practices. Appropriate Uses Good housekeeping practices require education and training, typically targeted to industries and businesses, municipal employees, as well as the general public. Practice Guidelines Good housekeeping practices include these general areas: Operation and Maintenance Material Storage Material Inventory Training and Participation. Operation and Maintenance Consider implementing the following practices: Maintain dry and clean floors and ground surfaces by using brooms, shovels, vacuums or cleaning machines, rather than wet clean-up methods. Regularly collect and dispose of garbage and waste material. S-5 Good Housekeeping GH-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Routinely inspect equipment to ensure that it is functioning properly without leaking and conduct preventative maintenance and needed repairs. Train employees on proper clean up and spill response procedures. Designate separate areas of the site for auto parking, vehicle refueling and routine maintenance. Promptly clean up leaks, drips and other spills. Cover and maintain dumpsters and waste receptacles. Add additional dumpsters or increase frequency of waste collection if overflowing conditions reoccur. Where outdoor painting and sanding occur, implement these practices: o Conduct these activities in designated areas that provide adequate protection to prevent overspray and uncontrolled emissions. All operations should be conducted on paved surfaces to facilitate cleanup. o Use portable containment as necessary for outside operations. o Clean up and properly dispose of excess paint, paint chips, protective coatings, grit waste, etc. Maintain vegetation on facility grounds in a manner that minimizes erosion. Follow the Landscape Maintenance and Pesticide, Herbicide and Fertilizer Usage BMPs to ensure that minimum amounts of chemicals needed for healthy vegetation are applied in a manner that minimizes transport of these materials in runoff. Material Storage Practices Proper storage techniques include the following: Provide adequate aisle space to facilitate material transfer and ease of access for inspection. Store containers, drums, and bags away from direct traffic routes to reduce container damage resulting in accidental spills. Stack containers according to manufacturer’s instructions to avoid damaging the containers from improper weight distribution. Also store materials in accordance with directions in Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs). Store containers on pallets or similar devices to prevent corrosion of containers that results from containers coming in contact with moisture on the ground. Store toxic or hazardous liquids within curbed areas or secondary containers. Material Inventory Practices An up-to-date materials inventory can keep material costs down by preventing overstocking, track how materials are stored and handled onsite, and identify which materials and activities pose the most risk to the environment. Assign responsibility of hazardous material inventory to individuals trained to handle such materials. A material inventory should include these steps: Identify all chemical substances present at work site. Perform a walk-through of the site, review Good Housekeeping S-5 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District GH-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 purchase orders, list all chemical substances used and obtain Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all chemicals. Label all containers. Labels should provide name and type of substance, stock number, expiration date, health hazards, handling suggestions, and first aid information. Much of, this information can be found on an MSDS. Clearly identify special handling, storage, use and disposal considerations for hazardous materials on the material inventory. Institute a shelf-life program to improve material tracking and inventory that can reduce the amount of materials that are overstocked and ensure proper disposal of expired materials. Careful tracking of materials ordered can result in more efficient materials use. Decisions on the amounts of hazardous materials that are stored on site should include an evaluation of any emergency control systems that are in place. All storage areas for hazardous materials should be designed to contain spills. Training and Participation Frequent and proper training in good housekeeping techniques reduces the likelihood that chemicals or equipment will be mishandled. To promote good housekeeping, consider implementing these practices: Discuss good housekeeping practices in training programs and meetings. Publicize pollution prevention concepts through posters or signs. Post bulletin boards with updated good housekeeping procedures, tips and reminders. Surface Roughening (SR) EC-1 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SR-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SR-1. Surface roughening via imprinting for temporary stabilization. Description Surface roughening is an erosion control practice that involves tracking, scarifying, imprinting, or tilling a disturbed area to provide temporary stabilization of disturbed areas. Surface roughening creates variations in the soil surface that help to minimize wind and water erosion. Depending on the technique used, surface roughening may also help establish conditions favorable to establishment of vegetation. Appropriate Uses Surface roughening can be used to provide temporary stabilization of disturbed areas, such as when revegetation cannot be immediately established due to seasonal planting limitations. Surface roughening is not a stand-alone BMP, and should be used in conjunction with other erosion and sediment controls. Surface roughening is often implemented in conjunction with grading and is typically performed using heavy construction equipment to track the surface. Be aware that tracking with heavy equipment will also compact soils, which is not desirable in areas that will be revegetated. Scarifying, tilling, or ripping are better surface roughening techniques in locations where revegetation is planned. Roughening is not effective in very sandy soils and cannot be effectively performed in rocky soil. Design and Installation Typical design details for surfacing roughening on steep and mild slopes are provided in Details SR-1 and SR-2, respectively. Surface roughening should be performed either after final grading or to temporarily stabilize an area during active construction that may be inactive for a short time period. Surface roughening should create depressions 2 to 6 inches deep and approximately 6 inches apart. The surface of exposed soil can be roughened by a number of techniques and equipment. Horizontal grooves (running parallel to the contours of the land) can be made using tracks from equipment treads, stair-step grading, ripping, or tilling. Fill slopes can be constructed with a roughened surface. Cut slopes that have been smooth graded can be roughened as a subsequent operation. Roughening should follow along the contours of the slope. The tracks left by truck mounted equipment working perpendicular to the contour can leave acceptable horizontal depressions; however, the equipment will also compact the soil. Surface Roughening Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control No Site/Material Management No EC-1 Surface Roughening (SR) SR-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Maintenance and Removal Care should be taken not to drive vehicles or equipment over areas that have been surface roughened. Tire tracks will smooth the roughened surface and may cause runoff to collect into rills and gullies. Because surface roughening is only a temporary control, additional treatments may be necessary to maintain the soil surface in a roughened condition. Areas should be inspected for signs of erosion. Surface roughening is a temporary measure, and will not provide long-term erosion control. Surface Roughening (SR) EC-1 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SR-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 EC-1 Surface Roughening (SR) SR-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Temporary and Permanent Seeding (TS/PS) EC-2 January 2021 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District TS/PS-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Description Temporary seeding can be used to stabilize disturbed areas that will be inactive for an extended period. Permanent seeding should be used to stabilize areas at final grade that will not be otherwise stabilized. Effective seeding includes preparing a seedbed, selecting an appropriate seed mixture, using proper planting techniques, and protecting the seeded area with mulch, geotextiles, or other appropriate measures. Appropriate Uses When the soil surface is disturbed and will remain inactive for an extended period (typically determined by local government requirements), proactive stabilization measures, including planting a temporary seed mix, should be implemented. If the inactive period is short-lived (on the order of two weeks), techniques such as surface roughening may be appropriate. For longer periods of inactivity of up to one year, temporary seeding and mulching can provide effective erosion control. Permanent seeding should be used on finished areas that have not been otherwise stabilized. The USDCM Volume 2 Revegetation Chapter contains suggested annual grains and native seed mixes to use for temporary seeding. Alternatively, local governments may have their own seed mixes and timelines for seeding. Check jurisdictional requirements for seeding and temporary stabilization. Design and Installation Effective seeding requires proper seedbed preparation, selecting an appropriate seed mixture, using appropriate seeding equipment to ensure proper coverage and density, and protecting seeded areas with mulch or fabric until plants are established. The USDCM Volume 2 Revegetation Chapter contains detailed seed mixes, soil preparation practices, and seeding and mulching recommendations that should be referenced to supplement this Fact Sheet. Drill seeding is the preferred seeding method. Hydroseeding is not recommended except in areas where steep slopes prevent use of drill seeding equipment, and even in these instances it is preferable to hand seed and mulch. Some jurisdictions do not allow hydroseeding or hydromulching. Seedbed Preparation Prior to seeding, ensure that areas to be revegetated have soil conditions capable of supporting vegetation. Overlot grading can result in loss of topsoil and compaction, resulting in poor quality subsoils at the ground surface that Temporary and Permanent Seeding Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control No Site/Material Management No Photograph TS/PS -1. Equipment used to drill seed. Photo courtesy of Douglas County. EC-2 Temporary and Permanent Seeding (TS/PS) TS/PS-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District January 2021 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 have low nutrient value, little organic matter content, few soil microorganisms, rooting restrictions, and conditions less conducive to infiltration of precipitation. As a result, it is typically necessary to provide stockpiled topsoil, compost, or other soil amendments and rototill them into the soil to a depth of 6 inches or more. Topsoil should be salvaged during grading operations for use and spread on areas to be revegetated later. Topsoil should be viewed as an important resource to be utilized for vegetation establishment, due to its water-holding capacity, structure, texture, organic matter content, biological activity, and nutrient content. The rooting depth of most native grasses in the semi-arid Denver metropolitan area is 6 to 18 inches. If present, at a minimum of the upper 6 inches of topsoil should be stripped, stockpiled, and ultimately respread across areas that will be revegetated. Where topsoil is not available, subsoils should be amended to provide an appropriate plant-growth medium. Organic matter, such as well digested compost, can be added to improve soil characteristics conducive to plant growth. Other treatments can be used to adjust soil pH conditions when needed. Soil testing, which is typically inexpensive, should be completed to determine and optimize the types and amounts of amendments that are required. If the disturbed ground surface is compacted, rip or rototill the upper 12 inches of the surface prior to placing topsoil. If adding compost to the existing soil surface, rototilling is necessary. Surface roughening will assist in placing a stable topsoil layer on steeper slopes, and allow infiltration and root penetration to greater depth. Topsoil should not be placed when either the salvaged topsoil or receiving ground are frozen or snow covered. Prior to seeding, the soil surface should be rough and the seedbed should be firm, but neither too loose nor compacted. The upper layer of soil should be in a condition suitable for seeding at the proper depth and conducive to plant growth. Seed-to-soil contact is the key to good germination. Refer to MHFD’s Topsoil Management Guidance for detailed information on topsoil assessment, design, and construction. Temporary Vegetation To provide temporary vegetative cover on disturbed areas which will not be paved, built upon, or fully landscaped or worked for an extended period (typically 30 days or more), plant an annual grass appropriate for the time of planting and mulch the planted areas. Temporary grain seed mixes suitable for the Denver metropolitan area are listed in Table TS/PS-1. Native temporary seed mixes are provided in USDCM Volume 2, Chapter 13, Appendix A. These are to be considered only as general recommendations when specific design guidance for a particular site is not available. Local governments typically specify seed mixes appropriate for their jurisdiction. Permanent Revegetation To provide vegetative cover on disturbed areas that have reached final grade, a perennial grass mix should be established. Permanent seeding should be performed promptly (typically within 14 days) after reaching final grade. Each site will have different characteristics and a landscape professional or the local jurisdiction should be contacted to determine the most suitable seed mix for a specific site. In lieu of a specific recommendation, one of the perennial grass mixes appropriate for site conditions and growth season listed in seed mix tables in the USDCM Volume 2 Revegetation Chapter can be used. The pure live seed (PLS) rates of application recommended in these tables are considered to be absolute minimum rates for seed applied using proper drill-seeding equipment. These are to be considered only as general Temporary and Permanent Seeding (TS/PS) EC-2 January 2021 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District TS/PS-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 recommendations when specific design guidance for a particular site is not available. Local governments typically specify seed mixes appropriate for their jurisdiction. If desired for wildlife habitat or landscape diversity, shrubs such as rubber rabbitbrush (Chrysothamnus nauseosus), fourwing saltbush (Atriplex canescens) and skunkbrush sumac (Rhus trilobata) could be added to the upland seed mixes at 0.25, 0.5 and 1 pound PLS/acre, respectively. In riparian zones, planting root stock of such species as American plum (Prunus americana), woods rose (Rosa woodsii), plains cottonwood (Populus sargentii), and willow (Salix spp.) may be considered. On non-topsoiled upland sites, a legume such as Ladak alfalfa at 1 pound PLS/acre can be included as a source of nitrogen for perennial grasses. Timing of seeding is an important aspect of the revegetation process. For upland and riparian areas on the Colorado Front Range, the suitable timing for seeding is from October through May. The most favorable time to plant non-irrigated areas is during the fall, so that seed can take advantage of winter and spring moisture. Seed should not be planted if the soil is frozen, snow covered, or wet. Seeding dates for the highest success probability of perennial species along the Front Range are generally in the spring from April through early May and in the fall after the first of September until the ground freezes. If the area is irrigated, seeding may occur in summer months, as well. See Table TS/PS-2 for appropriate seeding dates. EC-2 Temporary and Permanent Seeding (TS/PS) TS/PS-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District January 2021 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Table TS/PS-1. Minimum Drill Seeding Rates for Various Temporary Annual Grasses Speciesa (Common name) Growth Seasonb Pounds of Pure Live Seed (PLS)/acrec Planting Depth (inches) 1. Oats Cool 35 - 50 1 - 2 2. Spring wheat Cool 25 - 35 1 - 2 3. Spring barley Cool 25 - 35 1 - 2 4. Annual ryegrass Cool 10 - 15 ½ 5. Millet Warm 3 - 15 ½ - ¾ 6. Winter wheat Cool 20–35 1 - 2 7. Winter barley Cool 20–35 1 - 2 8. Winter rye Cool 20–35 1 - 2 9. Triticale Cool 25–40 1 - 2 a Successful seeding of annual grass resulting in adequate plant growth will usually produce enough dead-plant residue to provide protection from wind and water erosion for an additional year. This assumes that the cover is not disturbed or mowed closer than 8 inches. Hydraulic seeding may be substituted for drilling only where slopes are steeper than 3:1 or where access limitations exist. When hydraulic seeding is used, hydraulic mulching should be applied as a separate operation, when practical, to prevent the seeds from being encapsulated in the mulch. b See Table TS/PS-2 for seeding dates. Irrigation, if consistently applied, may extend the use of cool season species during the summer months. c Seeding rates should be doubled if seed is broadcast, or increased by 50 percent if done using a Brillion Drill or by hydraulic seeding. Temporary and Permanent Seeding (TS/PS) EC-2 January 2021 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District TS/PS-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Table TS/PS-2. Seeding Dates for Annual and Perennial Grasses Annual Grasses (Numbers in table reference species in Table TS/PS-1) Perennial Grasses Seeding Dates Warm Cool Warm Cool January 1–March 15 March 16–April 30 1,2,3 May 1–May 15 May 16–June 30 5 July 1–July 15 5 July 16–August 31 September 1–September 30 6, 7, 8, 9 October 1–December 31 Mulch Cover seeded areas with mulch or an appropriate rolled erosion control product to promote establishment of vegetation. Anchor mulch by crimping, netting or use of a non-toxic tackifier. See the USDCM Volume 2 Revegetation Chapter and Volume 3 Mulching BMP Fact Sheet (EC-04) for additional guidance. Maintenance and Removal Monitor and observe seeded areas to identify areas of poor growth or areas that fail to germinate. Reseed and mulch these areas, as needed. If a temporary annual seed was planted, the area should be reseeded with the desired perennial mix when there will be no further work in the area. To minimize competition between annual and perennial species, the annual mix needs time to mature and die before seeding the perennial mix. To increase success of the perennial mix, it should be seeded during the appropriate seeding dates the second year after the temporary annual mix was seeded. Alternatively, if this timeline is not feasible, the annual mix seed heads should be removed and then the area seeded with the perennial mix. An area that has been permanently seeded should have a good stand of vegetation within one growing season if irrigated and within three growing seasons without irrigation in Colorado. Reseed portions of the site that fail to germinate or remain bare after the first growing season. Seeded areas may require irrigation, particularly during extended dry periods. Targeted weed control may also be necessary. Protect seeded areas from construction equipment and vehicle access. Soil Binders (SB) EC-3 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SB-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Description Soil binders include a broad range of treatments that can be applied to exposed soils for temporary stabilization to reduce wind and water erosion. Soil binders may be applied alone or as tackifiers in conjunction with mulching and seeding applications. Acknowledgement: This BMP Fact Sheet has been adapted from the 2003 California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA) Stormwater BMP Handbook: Construction (www.cabmphandbooks.com). Appropriate Uses Soil binders can be used for short-term, temporary stabilization of soils on both mild and steep slopes. Soil binders are often used in areas where work has temporarily stopped, but is expected to resume before revegetation can become established. Binders are also useful on stockpiled soils or where temporary or permanent seeding has occurred. Prior to selecting a soil binder, check with the state and local jurisdiction to ensure that the chemicals used in the soil binders are allowed. The water quality impacts of some types of soil binders are relatively unknown and may not be allowed due to concerns about potential environmental impacts. Soil binders must be environmentally benign (non-toxic to plant and animal life), easy to apply, easy to maintain, economical, and should not stain paved or painted surfaces. Soil binders should not be used in vehicle or pedestrian high traffic areas, due to loss in effectiveness under these conditions. Site soil type will dictate appropriate soil binders to be used. Be aware that soil binders may not function effectively on silt or clay soils or highly compacted areas. Check manufacturer's recommendations for appropriateness with regard to soil conditions. Some binders may not be suitable for areas with existing vegetation. Design and Installation Properties of common soil binders used for erosion control are provided in Table SB-1. Design and installation guidance below are provided for general reference. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for application rates and procedures. Soil Binders Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control No Site/Material Management Moderate Photograph SB-1. Tackifier being applied to provide temporary soil stabilization. Photo courtesy of Douglas County. EC-3 Soil Binders (SB) SB-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Table SB-1. Properties of Soil Binders for Erosion Control (Source: CASQA 2003) Evaluation Criteria Binder Type Plant Material Based (short lived) Plant Material Based (long lived) Polymeric Emulsion Blends Cementitious- Based Binders Resistance to Leaching High High Low to Moderate Moderate Resistance to Abrasion Moderate Low Moderate to High Moderate to High Longevity Short to Medium Medium Medium to Long Medium Minimum Curing Time before Rain 9 to 18 hours 19 to 24 hours 0 to 24 hours 4 to 8 hours Compatibility with Existing Vegetation Good Poor Poor Poor Mode of Degradation Biodegradable Biodegradable Photodegradable/ Chemically Degradable Photodegradable/ Chemically Degradable Specialized Application Equipment Water Truck or Hydraulic Mulcher Water Truck or Hydraulic Mulcher Water Truck or Hydraulic Mulcher Water Truck or Hydraulic Mulcher Liquid/Powder Powder Liquid Liquid/Powder Powder Surface Crusting Yes, but dissolves on rewetting Yes Yes, but dissolves on rewetting Yes Clean Up Water Water Water Water Erosion Control Application Rate Varies Varies Varies 4,000 to 12,000 lbs/acre Typ. Soil Binders (SB) EC-3 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SB-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Factors to consider when selecting a soil binder generally include: Suitability to situation: Consider where the soil binder will be applied, if it needs a high resistance to leaching or abrasion, and whether it needs to be compatible with existing vegetation. Determine the length of time soil stabilization will be needed, and if the soil binder will be placed in an area where it will degrade rapidly. In general, slope steepness is not a discriminating factor. Soil types and surface materials: Fines and moisture content are key properties of surface materials. Consider a soil binder's ability to penetrate, likelihood of leaching, and ability to form a surface crust on the surface materials. Frequency of application: The frequency of application can be affected by subgrade conditions, surface type, climate, and maintenance schedule. Frequent applications could lead to high costs. Application frequency may be minimized if the soil binder has good penetration, low evaporation, and good longevity. Consider also that frequent application will require frequent equipment clean up. An overview of major categories of soil binders, corresponding to the types included in Table SB-1 follows. Plant-Material Based (Short Lived) Binders Guar: A non-toxic, biodegradable, natural galactomannan-based hydrocolloid treated with dispersant agents for easy field mixing. It should be mixed with water at the rate of 11 to 15 lbs per 1,000 gallons. Recommended minimum application rates are provided in Table SB-2. Table SB-2. Application Rates for Guar Soil Stabilizer Slope (H:V) Flat 4:1 3:1 2:1 1:1 Application Rate (lb/acre) 40 45 50 60 70 Psyllium: Composed of the finely ground muciloid coating of plantago seeds that is applied as a wet slurry to the surface of the soil. It dries to form a firm but rewettable membrane that binds soil particles together but permits germination and growth of seed. Psyllium requires 12 to 18 hours drying time. Application rates should be from 80 to 200 lbs/acre, with enough water in solution to allow for a uniform slurry flow. Starch: Non-ionic, cold-water soluble (pre-gelatinized) granular cornstarch. The material is mixed with water and applied at the rate of 150 lb/acre. Approximate drying time is 9 to 12 hours. Plant-Material Based (Long Lived) Binders Pitch and Rosin Emulsion: Generally, a non-ionic pitch and rosin emulsion has a minimum solids content of 48 percent. The rosin should be a minimum of 26 percent of the total solids content. The soil stabilizer should be a non-corrosive, water dilutable emulsion that upon application cures to a water insoluble binding and cementing agent. For soil erosion control applications, the emulsion is diluted and should be applied as follows: o For clayey soil: 5 parts water to 1 part emulsion EC-3 Soil Binders (SB) SB-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 o For sandy soil: 10 parts water to 1 part emulsion Application can be by water truck or hydraulic seeder with the emulsion and product mixture applied at the rate specified by the manufacturer. Polymeric Emulsion Blend Binders Acrylic Copolymers and Polymers: Polymeric soil stabilizers should consist of a liquid or solid polymer or copolymer with an acrylic base that contains a minimum of 55 percent solids. The polymeric compound should be handled and mixed in a manner that will not cause foaming or should contain an anti-foaming agent. The polymeric emulsion should not exceed its shelf life or expiration date; manufacturers should provide the expiration date. Polymeric soil stabilizer should be readily miscible in water, non-injurious to seed or animal life, non-flammable, should provide surface soil stabilization for various soil types without inhibiting water infiltration, and should not re-emulsify when cured. The applied compound should air cure within a maximum of 36 to 48 hours. Liquid copolymer should be diluted at a rate of 10 parts water to 1 part polymer and the mixture applied to soil at a rate of 1,175 gallons/acre. Liquid Polymers of Methacrylates and Acrylates: This material consists of a tackifier/sealer that is a liquid polymer of methacrylates and acrylates. It is an aqueous 100 percent acrylic emulsion blend of 40 percent solids by volume that is free from styrene, acetate, vinyl, ethoxylated surfactants or silicates. For soil stabilization applications, it is diluted with water in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, and applied with a hydraulic seeder at the rate of 20 gallons/acre. Drying time is 12 to 18 hours after application. Copolymers of Sodium Acrylates and Acrylamides: These materials are non-toxic, dry powders that are copolymers of sodium acrylate and acrylamide. They are mixed with water and applied to the soil surface for erosion control at rates that are determined by slope gradient, as summarized in Table SB-3. Table SB-3. Application Rates for Copolymers of Sodium Acrylates and Acrylamides Slope (H:V) Flat to 5:1 5:1 to 3:1 2:2 to 1:1 Application Rate (lb/acre) 3.0-5.0 5.0-10.0 10.0-20.0 Polyacrylamide and Copolymer of Acrylamide: Linear copolymer polyacrylamide is packaged as a dry flowable solid. When used as a stand-alone stabilizer, it is diluted at a rate of 11 lb/1,000 gal. of water and applied at the rate of 5.0 lb/acre. Hydrocolloid Polymers: Hydrocolloid Polymers are various combinations of dry flowable polyacrylamides, copolymers, and hydrocolloid polymers that are mixed with water and applied to the soil surface at rates of 55 to 60 lb/acre. Drying times are 0 to 4 hours. Cementitious-Based Binders Gypsum: This formulated gypsum based product readily mixes with water and mulch to form a thin protective crust on the soil surface. It is composed of high purity gypsum that is ground, calcined and processed into calcium sulfate hemihydrate with a minimum purity of 86 percent. It is mixed in a hydraulic seeder and applied at rates 4,000 to 12,000 lb/acre. Drying time is 4 to 8 hours. Soil Binders (SB) EC-3 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SB-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Installation After selecting an appropriate soil binder, the untreated soil surface must be prepared before applying the soil binder. The untreated soil surface must contain sufficient moisture to assist the agent in achieving uniform distribution. In general, the following steps should be followed: Follow manufacturer's written recommendations for application rates, pre-wetting of application area, and cleaning of equipment after use. Prior to application, roughen embankment and fill areas. Consider the drying time for the selected soil binder and apply with sufficient time before anticipated rainfall. Soil binders should not be applied during or immediately before rainfall. Avoid over spray onto roads, sidewalks, drainage channels, sound walls, existing vegetation, etc. Soil binders should not be applied to frozen soil, areas with standing water, under freezing or rainy conditions, or when the temperature is below 40°F during the curing period. More than one treatment is often necessary, although the second treatment may be diluted or have a lower application rate. Generally, soil binders require a minimum curing time of 24 hours before they are fully effective. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for specific cure time. For liquid agents: o Crown or slope ground to avoid ponding. o Uniformly pre-wet ground at 0.03 to 0.3 gal/yd2 or according to manufacturer's recommendations. o Apply solution under pressure. Overlap solution 6 to 12 in. o Allow treated area to cure for the time recommended by the manufacturer, typically at least 24 hours. o Apply second treatment before first treatment becomes ineffective, using 50 percent application rate. o In low humidity, reactivate chemicals by re-wetting with water at 0.1 to 0.2 gal/yd2. Maintenance and Removal Soil binders tend to break down due to natural weathering. Weathering rates depend on a variety of site- specific and product characteristics. Consult the manufacturer for recommended reapplication rates and reapply the selected soil binder as needed to maintain effectiveness. Soil binders can fail after heavy rainfall events and may require reapplication. In particular, soil binders will generally experience spot failures during heavy rainfall events. If runoff penetrates the soil at the top of a slope treated with a soil binder, it is likely that the runoff will undercut the stabilized soil layer and discharge at a point further down slope. EC-3 Soil Binders (SB) SB-6 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Areas where erosion is evident should be repaired and soil binder or other stabilization reapplied, as needed. Care should be exercised to minimize the damage to protected areas while making repairs. Most binders biodegrade after exposure to sun, oxidation, heat and biological organisms; therefore, removal of the soil binder is not typically required. Mulching (MU) EC-4 June 2012 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District MU-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph MU-1. An area that was recently seeded, mulched, and crimped. Description Mulching consists of evenly applying straw, hay, shredded wood mulch, rock, bark or compost to disturbed soils and securing the mulch by crimping, tackifiers, netting or other measures. Mulching helps reduce erosion by protecting bare soil from rainfall impact, increasing infiltration, and reducing runoff. Although often applied in conjunction with temporary or permanent seeding, it can also be used for temporary stabilization of areas that cannot be reseeded due to seasonal constraints. Mulch can be applied either using standard mechanical dry application methods or using hydromulching equipment that hydraulically applies a slurry of water, wood fiber mulch, and often a tackifier. Appropriate Uses Use mulch in conjunction with seeding to help protect the seedbed and stabilize the soil. Mulch can also be used as a temporary cover on low to mild slopes to help temporarily stabilize disturbed areas where growing season constraints prevent effective reseeding. Disturbed areas should be properly mulched and tacked, or seeded, mulched and tacked promptly after final grade is reached (typically within no longer than 14 days) on portions of the site not otherwise permanently stabilized. Standard dry mulching is encouraged in most jurisdictions; however, hydromulching may not be allowed in certain jurisdictions or may not be allowed near waterways. Do not apply mulch during windy conditions. Design and Installation Prior to mulching, surface-roughen areas by rolling with a crimping or punching type roller or by track walking. Track walking should only be used where other methods are impractical because track walking with heavy equipment typically compacts the soil. A variety of mulches can be used effectively at construction sites. Consider the following: Mulch Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control Moderate Site/Material Management No EC-4 Mulching (MU) MU-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District June 2012 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Clean, weed-free and seed-free cereal grain straw should be applied evenly at a rate of 2 tons per acre and must be tacked or fastened by a method suitable for the condition of the site. Straw mulch must be anchored (and not merely placed) on the surface. This can be accomplished mechanically by crimping or with the aid of tackifiers or nets. Anchoring with a crimping implement is preferred, and is the recommended method for areas flatter than 3:1. Mechanical crimpers must be capable of tucking the long mulch fibers into the soil to a depth of 3 inches without cutting them. An agricultural disk, while not an ideal substitute, may work if the disk blades are dull or blunted and set vertically; however, the frame may have to be weighted to afford proper soil penetration. Grass hay may be used in place of straw; however, because hay is comprised of the entire plant including seed, mulching with hay may seed the site with non-native grass species which might in turn out-compete the native seed. Alternatively, native species of grass hay may be purchased, but can be difficult to find and are more expensive than straw. Purchasing and utilizing a certified weed-free straw is an easier and less costly mulching method. When using grass hay, follow the same guidelines as for straw (provided above). On small areas sheltered from the wind and heavy runoff, spraying a tackifier on the mulch is satisfactory for holding it in place. For steep slopes and special situations where greater control is needed, erosion control blankets anchored with stakes should be used instead of mulch. Hydraulic mulching consists of wood cellulose fibers mixed with water and a tackifying agent and should be applied at a rate of no less than 1,500 pounds per acre (1,425 lbs of fibers mixed with at least 75 lbs of tackifier) with a hydraulic mulcher. For steeper slopes, up to 2000 pounds per acre may be required for effective hydroseeding. Hydromulch typically requires up to 24 hours to dry; therefore, it should not be applied immediately prior to inclement weather. Application to roads, waterways and existing vegetation should be avoided. Erosion control mats, blankets, or nets are recommended to help stabilize steep slopes (generally 3:1 and steeper) and waterways. Depending on the product, these may be used alone or in conjunction with grass or straw mulch. Normally, use of these products will be restricted to relatively small areas. Biodegradable mats made of straw and jute, straw-coconut, coconut fiber, or excelsior can be used instead of mulch. (See the ECM/TRM BMP for more information.) Some tackifiers or binders may be used to anchor mulch. Check with the local jurisdiction for allowed tackifiers. Manufacturer's recommendations should be followed at all times. (See the Soil Binder BMP for more information on general types of tackifiers.) Rock can also be used as mulch. It provides protection of exposed soils to wind and water erosion and allows infiltration of precipitation. An aggregate base course can be spread on disturbed areas for temporary or permanent stabilization. The rock mulch layer should be thick enough to provide full coverage of exposed soil on the area it is applied. Maintenance and Removal After mulching, the bare ground surface should not be more than 10 percent exposed. Reapply mulch, as needed, to cover bare areas. Tab 7 – Materials Handling, Waste Management, and Spill Prevention and Response Plan Xcel Teter Fly Yard 29 MATERIALS HANDLING (PART I.C.2.F) Consistent with the permit requirements, all potential pollutants other than sediment will be handled and disposed of in a manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. Non-sediment pollutants that may be present during construction activities include, but are not limited to: Exposed storage of building materials, Petroleum products including fuel, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, and form oil (this includes storage, leaks, and fueling), Fertilizers or chemicals, Sanitary waste materials, Trash and equipment maintenance, Concrete, mortar, or similar products, and Solvents, paints, or similar products. If these materials are used, then the following practices will be implemented. These materials, and other materials used during construction with the potential to impact stormwater, will be stored, managed, used, and disposed of in a manner that minimizes the potential for releases to the environment and especially into the stormwater system. Several of these activities and their controls are also described in Tab 4 as potential sources of pollution. a) Vehicle Maintenance Vehicles entering the construction site should be properly maintained to prevent spills or leaks of hazardous fluids that would be exposed to stormwater. Vehicles used on-site will be inspected for leaks. Leaking vehicles will not be allowed to stay on-site or will use drip pans until the leak is repaired. The vehicle operator will be responsible for immediately commencing any necessary containment and clean up. Vehicles will not be parked in or near retention areas, natural drainage areas or surface waters. Drip pans will be used for secondary protection of on-site vehicles, if necessary. Maintenance and fueling areas, if needed, will be indicated on the Site Map. A spill kit will be available on site to clean up any spills or leaks. b) Stockpiles Different types of earth material may need to be stockpiled on the job site during the earth moving activities. All stockpiles will have erosion and/or sediment CMs implemented around the toe of the pile or will be located within an area with perimeter controls. c) Solid Waste Large amounts of solid waste are not anticipated to be generated during this project. The majority of solid waste will be collected in worker vehicles, removed from site, and properly disposed of. If larger quantities are generated than can be handled by individuals on site, then dumpsters will be provided in convenient, level locations away from traffic areas, storm drains, drainage areas, or retention areas. A licensed company will be contracted to empty the dumpsters, as needed. The site project managers will be responsible for monitoring the site to ensure that all site personnel and subcontractors use the proper waste disposal practices and facilities. d) Concrete Washout Activities A concrete washout is designed to capture wastewater and waste products resulting from the cleaning of concrete and masonry equipment and is the main CM for concrete washout waste. A concrete washout may not be necessary if all washout operations are performed off-site. If a concrete washout is needed, it will be installed or provided prior to any construction activities that include the handling of materials containing cement (e.g., concrete, masonry, etc.). Concrete washouts may include small excavations Xcel Teter Fly Yard 30 located within the limits of disturbance or watertight vessels such as, small dumpsters, buckets, or a mobile disposal unit, etc. Concrete washouts require appropriate access control, tracking and containment. Signs should be placed at the washout area and elsewhere, as necessary, to clearly indicate the location of the concrete washout. If needed, the designated washout facility or facilities will be installed on site and the locations added to the Site Map. Concrete pours are not anticipated in the laydown yard. Maintenance may include the removal and proper disposal of excess material, cleaning or replacing the tracking material and general structural integrity of the installation, as needed. Concrete washouts will be cleaned of excess water and solids on a regular basis to maintain the proper function of the CM. The hardened concrete and/or excess wash water will be hauled away by an approved contractor to a designated facility designed to receive such materials. No concrete waste will be discharged directly onto the ground without a containment feature and the washing activities cannot contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff. Discharges that may reach groundwater must flow through soil that has buffering capacity prior to reaching groundwater as necessary to meet the effluent limitations of the permit. Concrete washout water will not be discharged to state surface waters or to storm sewer systems. If unlined pits are used to contain concrete washout water, the following management practices must be implemented: The washout site must be temporary (less than 1 year), The washout site may not be located in an area where shallow groundwater may be present, such as near natural drainages, springs, or wetlands, and Upon termination of use of the washout site, accumulated solid waste, including concrete waste and any contaminated soils, must be removed from the site to prevent on-site disposal of solid waste. e) Portable Sanitary Facilities Portable sanitary facility locations will be evaluated in the field and the most appropriate locations determined. Some factors that may influence the location will be access, convenience, level ground, traffic patterns, curb flowlines, paved surfaces, storm drains, and waterways or other stormwater conveyance areas. A licensed company will be hired to maintain and clean the units, inspect for any deficiencies, and keep the units in good working order. Portable sanitary facilities will be adequately anchored to prevent tipping over. SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PLAN (PART I.B.1.A.II) a) Spill Prevention Spills and leaks must be minimized. Upon identification, spills and leaks must immediately be contained and mitigated per the spill prevention and response plan, as applicable (i.e. oil, grease, fluids associated with vehicle and equipment maintenance, toxic chemicals, hazardous substances, etc.). Spills and leaks will not be hosed down unless the wash water is adequately captured and appropriately disposed of. The contractors on site will take all measures necessary to prevent spills that could impact stormwater. This includes, but is not limited to: Proper storage of all materials and chemicals, Proper maintenance and protection of all containers, and Proper handing/dispensing materials and chemicals. Bulk storage of 55 gallons or more for petroleum products and other liquid chemicals will have secondary containment, or equivalent protection, in order to contain spills and to prevent spilled material from entering state waters. Xcel Teter Fly Yard 31 b) Spill Response Procedures and Notifications Spill response procedures are outlined in the Environmental Directive for Contractors, a copy of which is at the end of this tab. Additional contacts are listed below: Contacts and Notifications for Spills or Releases: Xcel Environmental Group – 303-571-7100 (Xcel Environmental will make all necessary notifications to regulatory agencies including CDPHE.) Local Emergency Number – 911 CDPHE – 1-877-518-5608 NRC – 1-800-424-8802 Last Revised 11/3/2022 1 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current ENV 8.150 G01 Rev 3.2 Environmental Directives For Contractors Xcel Energy Environmental Services November 3, 2022 Last Revised 11/3/2022 2 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current Xcel Energy Environmental Directives for Suppliers Supplier has entered into one or more contracts (the “Contract”) with Xcel Energy Inc., or its subsidiaries or affiliates (referred to herein as “Xcel Energy”). As provided in the Contract, Supplier must comply with all applicable provisions of Xcel Energy's plant, Project, facility or Site policies and procedures, including but not limited to any instructions and procedures pertaining to plant or facility Site security, industrial safety, environmental directives, work authorization, equipment control and hazardous materials. As such, Supplier must comply with these Environmental Directives for Suppliers (“Directives”). Xcel Energy expects Supplier to support environmental compliance through its own policies and procedures, maintain all compliance, ensure the protection of human health and the environment, and to promote Xcel Energy’s reputation as an environmental leader in the communities Xcel Energy serves. Supplier should consider energy efficiency, pollution prevention, conservation, and performing operations in an environmentally responsible manner in all decision-making and work activities. Supplier must communicate these same values and requirements to its employees and subcontractors. The information in these Directives does not supersede any specific requirements listed in the Contract. Supplier is required to comply with all federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and requirements and any additional requirements or policies that may be required by Xcel Energy for the specific work at issue in the Contract. The subject areas listed in these Directives are not meant to provide an exhaustive list or complete summary of the types of safety, environmental or other concerns that Supplier must consider. Supplier is an independent Supplier. By providing these Directives to Supplier, Xcel Energy in no way assumes any of the duties, obligations, or liabilities attributed to Supplier under the Supplier or any obligations that Supplier must comply with federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and requirements to the extent there is a conflict between these Directives and the Contract, the Contract shall control. The Xcel Energy Contract Manager will identify the appropriate Xcel Energy Environmental Services (XEES) staff to serve as the contact(s) for the project. XEES staff may be located in one of Xcel Energy’s Corporate offices, a field office or service center, or at a power plant. Due to the complexity of some activities and the regulations, Supplier may have contact with more than one Xcel Energy “Subject Matter Expert” during performance of a Contract. Environmental and emergency contact numbers are listed at the end of these Directives for any inquires or notifications Supplier may have. Adherence to these Directives does not constitute completion of Supplier’s obligations under Xcel Energy’s Supplier Safety Program or Safety Program requirements identified by Xcel Energy’s Corporate Safety Department. Supplier is responsible for meeting all applicable safety requirements, including, but not limited to, the appropriate use of Personal Protective Equipment. Last Revised 11/3/2022 3 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current Supplier’s Responsibilities A. Planning Planning includes everything that happens before a Supplier begins work in the field. Supplier is tasked with several activities during this planning phase of work. The scope of work developed for various projects will determine the level of involvement and define roles and responsibilities for each contract and/or project. During the planning stages of a project, the Supplier should review all applicable laws, rules, regulations, permit requirements, and site- specific conditions that may impact or apply to the work. Supplier should also prepare for any spills, leaks, or accidents (or any unforeseen project emergency) that could occur during project implementation, so that Supplier is prepared to implement the appropriate response measures. Further details are provided below regarding spill response and reporting procedures. Before starting work, Supplier should identify an Emergency Coordinator and know the work location (the physical address where Supplier will be working) in the event an emergency arises. Before starting work, Supplier must also contact the XEES representative that has been designated as the representative for the project to discuss steps the Supplier is taking to ensure all activities are compliant with applicable environmental laws and regulations. B. Hazard Analysis Many activities performed by Supplier may be in or near areas that are contaminated or that were previously contaminated and have been remediated. To the extent practical, these areas should be identified in advance to avoid problem and delays caused by unforeseen site conditions. Supplier should conduct an appropriate site hazard analyses or undertake appropriate environmental due diligence prior to commencement of the work. Supplier should also have contingency plans in place in the event hazards are encountered. When unexpected contamination is discovered in the field - stop work, and immediately provide notification to your Xcel Energy Contract Manager and XEES representative to coordinate any immediate response actions and/or agency reporting. See further information below regarding spill response and reporting procedures. C. Permitting Permits apply to specific activities at specific locations and may have requirements that are more stringent than environmental laws and regulations. Supplier is responsible for identifying all necessary permits for Supplier work affecting Xcel Energy facilities or operations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Contract, before starting work, Supplier must contact the designated XEES representative for the project to discuss whether Supplier or Xcel Energy will be the named applicant on the permit and whether the Supplier or Xcel Energy will be responsible for conducting permit research or preparing the permit application. Xcel Energy must be involved with any communications with regulatory agencies or made aware of any such communications prior to Supplier outreach to the regulatory agencies. Communication with regulatory agencies for Xcel Energy must include XEES and not be performed by the Supplier without XEES presence or permission. This includes permit discussions, application submittals, negotiation on permit conditions, and/or permit agreements. Supplier bears the responsibility for compliance with the permit terms and specified actions, limitations, notifications, and reporting requirements for Supplier’s and its Subcontractor’s activities. Failure to comply may subject the Supplier to significant fines and penalties as well as to project delays and potential shutdowns. Last Revised 11/3/2022 4 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current D. Chemical Control Supplier must review, approve, and track all chemicals used while working on Xcel Energy projects. This helps ensure that employees and Suppliers are not exposed to overly hazardous products, Safety Data Sheets (SDSs) are available for each product, and information for all required agency reporting is available. When selecting chemicals for use, Supplier should consider reducing disposal costs, reducing safety risks, buying only quantities needed to do the job, storing chemicals properly, checking expiration dates, and considering alternative products that may be an appropriate less-hazardous option. Supplier is responsible for ensuring that chemicals are used in accordance with all labels. Supplier must remove all unused chemicals and products at the completion of each job and as specified in the Contract. Supplier is not to abandon unused products at any Xcel Energy facility or jobsite. Unless Supplier receives permission from XEES, Supplier will not use products containing chemicals present on Xcel Energy’s Targeted Ingredients List and Supplier will not use products that it knows, or should know, contains Per and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (also referred to as PFAS or PFCs) including PFOA, PFOS, GenX and other replacement PFAS. The listing of a chemical on the Targeted Ingredients List indicates that its use is restricted. This means that specific requirements must be met in order to use the product in a manner that complies with the applicable regulations. Xcel Energy’s Targeted Ingredients List can be found in Appendix D of Xcel Energy’s Chemical Hazard Communication Program or can be obtained from XEES or the designated Contract Manager upon Supplier’s request. If the Supplier desires to use a chemical or product that contains PFAS or is on the Targeted Ingredient List, before using the chemical or product Supplier must provide documentation to XEES explaining why the use of the product or chemical is necessary and why chemical alternatives that are not on the Targeted Ingredients List with a lower overall risk are not suitable for the specified application, as well as any other information that Xcel Energy may reasonably request, such as any safety precautions Supplier intends to adopt. Proposed restricted chemicals cannot be used until permission to proceed has been given by XEES. By giving permission to proceed with the use of a chemical or product, Xcel Energy in no way assumes any of the duties, obligations, or liabilities attributed to Supplier under the Contract and in no way is endorsing the use of the chemical for any particular application. E. Protected Species Supplier must follow all requirements associated with Protected Species. Protected Species means all plants and animals that are listed as a threatened or endangered species under the Endangered Species Act, or are otherwise protected under federal, state or local laws and may include birds, animals, plants, or fish, as well as their nests and habitat. Supplier is responsible for knowing if its work is being performed in an area where Protected Species may be present. Supplier must adhere to all requirements for working in areas with Protected Species and/or habitat and must not remove or destroy an active nest of a Protected Species. Any incident involving death, injury or removal of a Protected Species or an active nest shall be immediately reported to XEES. Supplier should assume that all birds are a Protected Species and shall confer with XEES for determination of the bird’s status as a Protected Species. F. Waste Supplier must comply with all applicable regulatory requirements, as well as Xcel Energy policies, for waste handling, including, but not limited to, hazardous wastes, universal wastes, Last Revised 11/3/2022 5 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current solid wastes, and special wastes. Supplier must coordinate closely with its Xcel Energy Contract Manager as well as directly with XEES. Supplier requirements include the following: Correctly identify wastes by type and keep wastes separate, accumulate wastes in appropriate containers, label all containers according to XEES requirements or the appropriate regulations, and conduct inspections as required. Store wastes only in areas that have been approved by the Xcel Energy Contract Manager or XEES. Storage areas for liquid wastes shall not be adjacent to storm intercepts, wetlands or surface waters. Storage areas must be inspected at least monthly. Supplier should segregate scrap metals and other recyclable wastes. Supplier must contact Xcel Energy Contract Manager for handling instructions if not previously arranged. Supplier may be responsible for handling and disposal of non-hazardous refuse (construction and demolition debris, scrap lumber, office waste, etc.). All such disposal must be at an appropriately permitted landfill. Supplier is responsible for notifying Xcel Energy Contract Manager and coordinating with XEES all handling and disposal of Hazardous, Universal, and/or special wastes. Supplier shall use waste vendors on Xcel Energy’s Approved Vendor List when feasible. Supplier shall provide XEES with 30 days’ advanced notice if it intends to use a vendor that is not on the Approved Vendor List. Supplier may obtain Xcel Energy’s Approved Vendor List form the designated Xcel Energy Contract Manger. Note that many Supplier-generated wastes are specific to a particular project and must be managed as specified in the Contract. Supplier should consider, and use commercially reasonable efforts to: Use nonhazardous materials instead of hazardous materials Reduce waste generation Recycle and reuse materials rather than dispose G. Electrical Equipment (Oil-Filled) Transformers, capacitors, and other electrical equipment often contain oil. The oil in this equipment may contain polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). PCBs are highly regulated, and the Supplier must know the regulations associated with PCB management. Supplier shall immediately alert the Contract Manager or XEES representative of any spills or releases from oil-filled electrical equipment. See further information below regarding spill response and reporting procedures. Supplier crews should assume that electrical equipment contains PCB in regulated concentrations until it is determined that it does not contain PCBs in regulated concentrations (i.e., known to be <50 ppm.) The Supplier is to deliver electrical equipment to the designated service center or disposal outlet as specified by the Contract. H. Gas Pipeline and Gas Liquids Management Gas liquids (gas condensate) are defined as liquid hydrocarbons that condense from natural gas because of changes in temperature, pressure, and/or flow. Xcel Energy has specific requirements identified in the Gas Standards Manual (in addition to applicable Federal, State, and other requirements) concerning handling of gas liquids. These requirements are available to the Supplier upon request. Prior to any gas work, removing gas liquids from the system, or performing work that may result in the removal of such from the system, Supplier must Last Revised 11/3/2022 6 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current coordinate activities with its Xcel Energy Contract Manager, site manager, and XEES. Supplier must assume that PCBs are present in the gas liquids, the liquids are ignitable, and pipe wrap coatings have asbestos unless and until it is verified that these conditions are not present. When gas liquids are present within these systems, samples must be collected for analysis and proper disposal. I. Tank Management Supplier is expected to comply with all applicable federal, state and local regulations and requirements for aboveground and underground storage tanks. Most States and localities have adopted regulations for tanks that, while similar to Federal regulations, may be different and more stringent. Local requirements may include the Uniform Fire Code or National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) guidelines. Supplier must be aware of local requirements and contact the Fire Marshall, fire department, or appropriate local response agency as necessary, specified in the Contract or agreed upon with XEES. In addition, Xcel Energy may impose certain requirements for tanks above and beyond these regulations due to various circumstances. These requirements will be noted prior to contracting and will not supersede Contract conditions. Additionally, Supplier must follow all applicable Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) requirements associated with any tank activities. Prior to installing a new tank, modifying an existing tank, adding materials, or performing maintenance, the Supplier must contact the Contract Manager or XEES representative to discuss steps Supplier has taken to ensure all applicable requirements have been met. These requirements can also include unique site-specific requirements for hazardous materials and tanks. In the event of a release to the environment of any regulated substance, Supplier must perform cleanup activities associated with the spill. See further information below regarding spill response and reporting procedures. J. Demolition Activities Supplier shall conduct a building hazard assessment prior to demolishing any building at Xcel Energy facilities. This assessment shall be conducted by a qualified professional as defined by the regulatory body governing such activities. Assessments shall include a determination as to whether regulated materials, including, but not limited to, lead, asbestos, or radioactive sources exist. These regulated materials must be properly managed prior to the demolition of the building. K. Storm Water Management Supplier is expected to comply with all applicable regulations, requirements, plans, and permits for the management of industrial and construction storm water. Supplier is responsible for ensuring that activities including but not limited to material handling and storage, maintenance and cleaning, construction, industrial processing and other operations occur in a manner consistent with the site’s or facility’s existing industrial or construction storm water management plan (SWMP). Supplier is responsible for controlling runoff from areas affected by its work to prevent the discharge of pollutants into nearby waterbodies or indirectly via storm sewer systems. Supplier shall complete routine site inspections of the worksite on a schedule consistent with the site’s existing SWMP. Supplier is responsible for taking immediate corrective action on identified deficiencies associated with its storm water control measures. Many states and localities have adopted industrial and construction storm water regulations that are consistent with, but more stringent than the federal requirements. If not specified in the Last Revised 11/3/2022 7 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current Contract, Supplier is responsible for working with its Xcel Energy Contract Manager, site manager, and XEES to define who is responsible for obtaining construction storm water permit coverage for the proposed activity, paying permitting fees, submitting the Notice of Intent, installing and inspecting the best management practices (BMPs) and completing the Notice of Termination. Unless specified otherwise in the Contract, the Supplier is responsible for temporary stabilization of the site until final restoration is completed. Supplier is expected to immediately report uncontrolled releases or damages to BMPs to the Xcel Energy Contract Manager. L. Dewatering Activities Dewatering activities need to be addressed as project planning is occurring. Supplier is responsible for contacting its Xcel Energy Contract Manager, site manager, and XEES in advance of dewatering activities to ensure that the proper authorizations are obtained. XEES is responsible for evaluating treatment options and assessing whether a dewatering permit is necessary, and if so, obtaining the permit. The Supplier is responsible for ensuring that the required sampling intervals are met, when applicable. Supplier is responsible for coordinating dewatering events with its Xcel Energy Contract Manager, site manager, and XEES to ensure that the required sampling can be arranged. M. Other Common Substances and Hazards Supplier understands that the project site may currently or historically have been used for electric or gas gathering, storage, transmission, distribution, or related facilities. Natural gas facilities may now transport and may continue to transport natural gas at significant pressures. Electric facilities may now transmit and may continue to transmit electric current at significant voltages, and conductors on electric lines may not be insulated. Power may have been generated historically or may currently be generated onsite by various means, including for example, nuclear, coal, wind, solar, hydro, gas or other means. Supplier may encounter hazardous or other regulated materials, including, but not limited to, petroleum, volatile organic compounds, coal ash, oil, lead, asbestos, naturally occurring radioactive materials, radioactive sources, or PCBs. Supplier must take necessary precautions for ensuring its work is performed safely and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations with respect to these potential site conditions. N. Spill Response and Reporting Spill Prevention. Supplier must become familiar with Xcel Energy facility formal spill response plans and procedures. If a spill plan is not required or does not exist (as is often the case for non-Xcel Energy locations or Rights-of-Way), Supplier must still be prepared to take appropriate prevention and response measures. Supplier should have spill response kits and Personal Protective Equipment readily available on site to respond to spills. Good spill prevention measures should be implemented including, for example, good housekeeping – work area should be cleaned up immediately after the completion of jobs, minimize amount of chemicals in storage, etc. Store chemicals properly – store in fireproof cabinets or in designated areas, store drums away from traffic and run-off or sewers/waterways, keep drums closed, etc. Storage areas should be inspected on a regular basis to identify containers that may be in poor condition or leaking. Absorbent materials/pads should be available during all handling and transfer operations. Last Revised 11/3/2022 8 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current Properly labeled drip pans should be in place when dispensing products from drums. Pump connections and hoses should be inspected for integrity and proper connection prior to each use. All chemicals or oil transfer operations must be continuously monitored to prevent overfill and spills. Know location of spills kits – replace any items used. Spill Response. Supplier personnel performing an emergency response must be trained appropriately and cleanup spills, even small spills, immediately. Supplier must (1) protect its employees, subcontractors, and the public, and (2) protect the environment if a spill occurs. If a spill occurs, Supplier must evacuate the area if necessary and appropriate. The Supplier must ensure that all persons are kept away from the area of contamination until additional assistance arrives. In addition, to the extent that it is safe, the Supplier must make every effort to prevent the spread of contamination. Containing the flow of liquids, preventing contamination from entering a sewer or waterway, and preventing physical contact with the spilled material are all important. Spill Reporting. There are federal, state, and local spill reporting laws that may apply in the event of a spill and Supplier may be responsible for spill reporting to federal, state, or local agencies. If it is an emergency, call “911” first to activate fire, police, or medical personnel as required. Next, notify the facility emergency number, if applicable. Finally, the Supplier must promptly notify the Xcel Energy Contract Manager and call the appropriate XEES emergency contact number identified below in Section P so that Xcel Energy can coordinate with the Supplier all spill reporting and communications with regulatory agencies and third parties about the spill. In the event of a chemical release or if a spill might reach or has reached water, a sewer, food, feed, garden, residential property, or school, or has otherwise gone off-site, contact XEES immediately (e.g., within 15 minutes of the spill)). If the Supplier activity identifies a potential historical release, work must be immediately stopped in the affected area to determine appropriate next steps. Upon identification of potential historical releases, Supplier shall immediately contact Xcel Energy Contract Manager and appropriate XEES staff. Once notified of a current or historic spill, Xcel Energy may decide to independently report the spill in addition to, or in lieu of, the Supplier. However, the Supplier remains responsible for all spill reporting obligations it may also have under applicable laws and regulations. Supplier shall make best efforts to coordinate with Xcel Energy on any communications to regulatory agencies and third parties about the spill, and Supplier shall keep Xcel Energy informed of all such communications. O. Regulatory Inspections Supplier shall notify the project manager and/or XEES when an authorized environmental governmental agency staff member is on site. Notice shall be provided as soon as the Supplier is aware that such a site visit or inspection will occur. XEES shall be provided the opportunity to participate in any scheduled site visit. Supplier will cooperate with authorized inspections at the direction of the XEES representative. Supplier will be prepared for inspections. Supplier must all ensure that records and documentation are kept up to date, and if appropriate or required by law, kept on site. Supplier will maintain good housekeeping practices for the work area. If agency sampling is planned, XEES staff will determine whether it is appropriate to take split samples and if so, who will take the samples. Last Revised 11/3/2022 9 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current P. Environmental and Emergency Contacts ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES EMERGENCY CONTACT NUMBERS Colorado Texas New Mexico Oklahoma Minnesota South Dakota North Dakota Wisconsin Michigan Emergency Phone / Pager:(303) 571-7100 (806) 674-1890 If no answer leave message with Name, Phone, Location, and Nature of Emergency. You will be contacted as soon as possible. Spill Hotline (612) 330-5972 (24 hrs.) Spill Hotline (715) 577-0003 24 Hour Hotline:(800) 541-0918 General Office Number:(303) 294-2213 (806) 378-2196 (612) 330-7873 (715) 737-1346 Tab 8 – Final Stabilization and Long-term Stormwater Management Xcel Teter Fly Yard 33 FINAL STABILIZATION AND LONG-TERM STORMWATER MANAGEMENT (PART I.B.1.A.III AND I.C.2.J) a) Description of Final Stabilization Practices Upon completion of earth-disturbing activities, the site will be restored with vegetation in areas that currently have vegetation and with hard surfaces in areas that are currently paved, graveled, or otherwise hard surfaced. Disturbed areas of private land will be restored with landscaping to match the original landscaping or as agreed to by the landowner. For disturbed areas that will be stabilized with vegetation, final stabilization will consist of seeding in combination with another stabilization measure, such as crimp mulching, and/or installation of rolled erosion control products as appropriate for the site slope. Stabilization must be implemented within 14 days of achieving final grade or temporary stabilization measures must be employed. Areas where stabilization measures have been employed will be inspected and maintained until final stabilization is achieved. The Site Map (Tab 2) will be updated to indicate which CMs will be used at specific locations during final stabilization. The Site Map is a dynamic document changing with field conditions. Proposed CMs are initially placed on the Site Map and then it is updated in the field to reflect changes as the project moves forward and final stabilization measures occur. In some cases, several maps are prepared indicating initial, interim and final CMs. Final stabilization for disturbed areas within roadways or road shoulders will be to return areas to their original condition – compacted with applicable re-installation of rock or gravel materials or paved with asphalt or concrete. b) Final Stabilization Methods Final stabilization includes those measures taken to control pollutants in stormwater after ground disturbing activities are complete. The following measures will be implemented: Soil Preparation Measures Including Amendment Prior to application of seed and mulch, areas to be stabilized with vegetation will be decompacted. No soil amendments are proposed. Reapplication of Topsoil Salvaged topsoil will be reapplied to areas that will be stabilized with vegetation after the subsoil has been decompacted and before seed and mulch are applied. Seed Mix Selection and Application Method Seed mix provided by Granite Seed and Erosion Control: Semi-Desert Loam Revegetation Seed Mixture Species Pounds per Acre** Number of Seeds*** Western wheatgrass (Pascopyrum smithii) 3.00 8 Indian ricegrass (Achnatherum hymenoides) 2.00 6 Prairie junegrass (Koeleria macrantha) 0.50 26 Sandberg bluegrass (Poa secunda ssp. Sandbergii) 1.00 24 Xcel Teter Fly Yard 34 Galleta grass (Pleuraphis jamesii) 2.00 7 Bluebunch wheatgrass (Pseudoroegneria spicata ssp. Spicata) 2.00 6 Bottlebrush squirreltail (Elymus elymoides) 2.00 9 Total 12.50 85 Soil Stabilization Methods After areas to be revegetated have been drill seeded, crimp mulch will be applied on top. Hardscaping, Landscaping, and Other Stabilization Practices There is no proposed landscaping for the project. Return of Site to Cropland Use There are no portions of the site that will be returned to cropland upon completion of construction. Maintenance of Appropriate Erosion and Sediment Control Measures Until Site is Stabilized Downgradient perimeter sediment controls and downgradient inlet protections will be maintained in areas to be restabilized with vegetation until final stabilization is achieved. Removal of Temporary Control Measures Once Site is Stabilized Once final stabilization is achieved, all remaining perimeter sediment controls and downgradient inlet protections will be removed. c) Final Stabilization Achievement Final stabilization is achieved when construction activities at the site have been completed, permanent stabilization has been installed in all areas and has met the thresholds described below, and temporary CMs are removed. Areas being stabilized with a vegetative cover must have evenly distributed perennial vegetation, which may include trees and shrubs. The vegetation coverage must be, at a minimum, equal to 70 percent of what would have been provided by native vegetation in a local, undisturbed area or adequate reference site. Areas not stabilized with vegetative cover must receive equivalent permanent, physical erosion reduction methods. When final stabilization is achieved, temporary erosion and sediment CMs will be removed. d) Long-term Stormwater Management Long-term stormwater management for this project will be restoring the site to pre-construction conditions. There are no anticipated post-construction detention or water quality CMs that will be installed as part of this project. Tab 9 –Inspection Frequency and Scope, Maintenance, and Blank Report Form Xcel Teter Fly Yard 36 INSPECTIONS AND MAINTENANCE (PART I.D.1 THROUGH 5 AND PART I.B.1.B AND C) a) Inspection Frequency The site will be inspected thoroughly by a Qualified Stormwater Manager at the following frequency: At least one inspection every 7 calendar days. Or At least one inspection every 14 calendar days, if post-storm event inspections are conducted within 24 hours after the end of any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Post-storm inspections may be used to fulfill the 14-day routine inspection requirement. The first site inspection should start within 7 calendar days of the commencement of construction activities. Or An alternate schedule approved by the CDPHE Water Quality Control Division. b) Reduced Inspection Frequency The site will be inspected thoroughly by a qualified stormwater manager at the following reduced frequencies when one of the following conditions exists: Post-Storm Inspections at Temporarily Idle Sites – For permittees choosing to combine 14-day inspections and post-storm event inspections, if no construction activities will occur following a storm event, post-storm event inspections must be conducted prior to re-commencing construction activities, but no later than 72 hours after the end of any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. The delay of any post-storm event inspection must be documented in the inspection record. Routine inspections must still be conducted at least every 14 calendar days. Inspections at Sites Awaiting Final Stabilization – When the site, or portions of a site are awaiting establishment of a vegetative ground cover and final stabilization, the permittee must conduct a thorough inspection of the construction site and CMs at least once every 30 days. Post-storm event inspections are not required under this schedule. This reduced inspection schedule is allowed if all of the following criteria are met: o All construction activities resulting in ground disturbance are complete, o All activities required for final stabilization, in accordance with the SWMP, have been completed, with the exception of the application of sod or seed that has not occurred due to seasonal conditions or the necessity for additional seed application to augment previous efforts, and o The SWMP has been amended to locate those areas to be inspected in accordance with the reduced schedule allowed for in this paragraph. Winter Conditions Inspections Exclusion – Typically, this exclusion applies to elevations or locations where snow melt does not occur in the winter months. Inspections are not required for sites that meet all of the following conditions: construction activities are temporarily halted for the winter season, snow cover exists over the entire site for an extended period (i.e. high-elevation winter season) and melting conditions posing a risk of surface erosion do not exist. This inspection exception is applicable only during the period where melting conditions do not exist, and applies to the routine 7-day, 14-day and monthly inspections, as well as the post-storm-event inspections. When this inspection exclusion is implemented, the following information must be documented and retained: o Dates when snow cover existed, o Date when construction activities ceased, and o Date melting conditions began. Xcel Teter Fly Yard 37 c) Inspection Scope Areas to be Inspected (Part I.D.5.a.) The following items will be examined for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants leaving the construction site boundaries, entering the stormwater drainage system, or discharging to state waters during the inspection and reported on the inspection reports (§I.D.5.a): Construction site perimeter, All disturbed areas including areas that are temporarily stabilized, Designated haul routes, Material and/or waste storage areas that are exposed to precipitation, Locations of pumped stormwater, Locations where stormwater has the potential to discharge offsite, and Locations where vehicles exit the site. All erosion and sediment control practices identified in the SWMP will be evaluated to ensure that they are maintained and operating correctly. Inspection Requirements (Part I.D.5.b) Visually verify whether all implemented CMs are in effective operational condition and are working as designed in their specifications to minimize pollutant discharges. Determine if there are new potential sources of pollutants. Assess the adequacy of CMs at the site to identify areas requiring new or modified CMs to minimize pollutant discharges. Identify all areas of non–compliance with the permit requirements and, if necessary, implement corrective action in accordance with the permit. Inspection Report (Part I.D.5.c) The inspection report form is located at the end of the tab. Inspection reports must identify any incidents of non-compliance with the terms and conditions of the general permit. The inspection record will note evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants leaving the construction site boundaries, entering the stormwater drainage system, or discharging to state waters. Inspection records must be retained for three years from the expiration or inactivation of permit coverage. However, PSCo’s internal policy requires all records associated with this permit to be maintained for 10 years. The inspection report will include: The inspection date. Name(s) and title(s) of personnel making the inspection. Weather conditions at time of inspection. Phase of construction at time of inspection. Estimated acreage of disturbance at time of inspection. Location(s) of discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site. Location(s) of CMs that are still operating but need to be maintained. Location(s) of CMs that failed to operate as designed or proved inadequate for a particular location. Location(s) where additional CMs are needed that were not in place at the time of inspection. Description of the minimum inspection frequency utilized when conducting each inspection. Deviations from the minimum inspection schedule. After adequate corrective action(s) have been taken, or where a report does not identify any incidents requiring corrective action, the report must contain the flowing statement and provide the date of the statement: ”I verify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that if any corrective Xcel Teter Fly Yard 38 action items were identified during the inspection, those corrective actions are complete, and the site is currently in compliance with the permit.” Inspection reports must be signed by one of the individuals designated as a Qualified Stormwater Manager. d) Control Measure Routine Maintenance (Part I.B.1.b) All erosion and sediment control practices and other protective measures identified in the SWMP will be maintained in effective operating condition. CMs that are not adequately maintained in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices are considered to be no longer operating effectively and will be modified or replaced. CMs implemented at the site must be adequately designed and maintained to provide control for potential pollutant sources associated with the construction activity to prevent pollution or degradation of state waters. Observations leading to the required maintenance of CMs can be made during a site inspection, or during general observations of site conditions. The necessary repairs or modifications to a CM requiring routine maintenance must be conducted to maintain an effective operating condition. Routine maintenance of CMs will occur anytime that the condition of the CM or the accumulation of sediment or debris adversely impacts the functioning of the CM. e) Corrective Actions/Replacement of Failed Control Measures (Part I.B.1.c) Adequate site assessment will be performed as part of comprehensive inspection and maintenance procedures, to assess the adequacy of CMs at the site, and the necessity of changes to those CMs to ensure continued effective performance. Where site assessment results in the determination that new or replacement CMs are necessary, the CMs will be installed or maintained in accordance with this SWMP. Where CMs have failed, resulting in noncompliance, they will be addressed as soon as possible, immediately in most cases, to minimize the discharge of pollutants. When new CMs are installed or CMs are replaced, the SWMP will be updated. If a control cannot be repaired or installed immediately a statement of why this could not occur will be added to the SWMP along with a proposed schedule. If any unauthorized release or discharge of sediment or other materials has occurred, it will be cleaned up to the extent feasible to minimize discharges in subsequent storm events. Tab 10 – SWMP General Requirements, Reviews, Revisions, and Noncompliance Notifications Xcel Teter Fly Yard 40 SWMP GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (PART I.C.1) a) SWMP Development (Part I.C.1.a) A SWMP will be developed for each construction site covered by this permit. The SWMP must be prepared in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. b) SWMP Implementation (Part I.C.1.b) The permittee must implement the provisions of the SWMP as written and updated, from commencement of construction activity until final stabilization is complete. The division may review the SWMP. For public emergency related sites, a SWMP will be created no later than 14 days after the commencement of construction activities. c) SWMP Retention (Part I.C.1.c) A copy of the SWMP must be retained on-site unless another location, specified by the permittee, is approved by the Division. The plan and inspection reports may be prepared, signed, and kept electronically, rather than in paper form, if the records are: In a format that can be read in a similar manner as a paper record, and Immediately accessible to the inspector during an inspection to the same extent as a paper copy stored at the site would be. PSCo stores its SWMPs digitally in StormPro. SWMP AVAILABILITY (PART I.C.4) A copy of the SWMP will be provided upon request to the Water Quality Control Division, EPA, or any local agency in charge of approving sediment and erosion plans, grading plans or stormwater management plans, and within the time frame specified in the request. If the SWMP is required to be submitted to any of these entities, it must include a signed certification in accordance with Part I.A.3 and Part II.K of the permit, certifying that the SWMP is complete and meets all permit requirements. This SWMP will be available to the public under Section 308(b) of the CWA and Section 61.5(4) of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations. PSCo will make plans available to members of the public upon request. However, PSCo may claim any portion of a SWMP as confidential in accordance with 40 CFR Part 2. NONCOMPLIANCE NOTIFICATIONS (PART II.L.7) a) What to Report The following instances of noncompliance will be reported to the PSCo Project Manager as soon as they are discovered (Part II.L.6): Any noncompliance which may endanger the health of the environment. Any unanticipated bypass which exceeds any effluent limitations in the permit. Any upset which causes an exceedance of any effluent limitation in the permit. Daily maximum violations for any of the pollutants limited by Part I.A of the state discharge permit including any toxic pollutant or hazardous substance, or any pollutant specifically identified as the method to control any toxic pollutant or hazardous substance. Xcel Teter Fly Yard 41 The report shall contain a description of the noncompliance and its cause; the period of noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue; and steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance. b) Verbal Notification It is PSCo’s policy that the Environmental Services Group performs all regulatory reporting for all of PSCo’s activities. If an instance of noncompliance such as those listed above occurs at the site, immediately contact the PSCo Project manager, who will then call the Environmental Services Emergency Number. This number is 303-571-7100. This phone number is staffed 24 hours a day, 7 days a week by Environmental Services personnel. They will assist in determining the severity of the event and they will then make the appropriate notifications. Under no circumstance are non-Environmental Service personnel authorized to contact regulatory agencies. c) Written Notification The Environmental Services Group must also report all instances of noncompliance at the time monitoring reports are due. If no monitoring reports are required, these reports are due at least annually. The annual report must contain all instances of non-compliance. Tab 11 – Preconstruction Photos TAB 11: Pre-Construction Photos – 6670 Ph 2 Site Visit Date: Aug 24, 2023 11-1 Proposed Teter Fly yard, view E. Tab 12 – Environmental Permits A. PERMIT INFORMATION Reason for Application þ NEW CERT ¨RENEW CERT ¨MODIFICATION ¨TRANSFER ¨CHANGE OF CONTACT ¨TERMINATION Existing Cert # B. PERMITTED PROJECT/FACILITY INFORMATION Facility Name:Xcel Teter Staging/Fly Yard Original ID: Property Address 1:16599 Hwy 6 Property Address 2:County:Garfield City:Parachute State:CO Zip Code:81635 Latitude :39.493861 Longitude :-107.949056 SIC Code Description 4911 Electric services C. CONTACT INFORMATION 1) *OPERATOR – RESPONSIBLE OFFICIAL - the party that has operation control over day to day activities – may be the same as the Owner Receiving Water Name Receiving Water Type un-named drainage Immediate Colorado River Ultimate ASSIGNED PERMIT NUMBER Date Received 02/27/2025 10:52:33 MM DD YYYY HH:MM:SS Revised: 3-2016 STORMWATER DISCHARGE ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES APPLICATION COLORADO DISCHARGE PERMIT SYSTEM (CDPS) PHOTO COPIES, FAXED COPIES, PDF COPIES OR EMAILS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. Any additional information that you would like the Division to consider in developing the permit should be provided with the application. Examples include effluent data and/or modeling and planned pollutant removal strategies. Beginning July 1, 2016, invoices will be based on acres disturbed. DO NOT PAY THE FEES NOW – Invoices will be sent after the receipt of the application. Disturbed Acreage for this application (see page 4) ¨Less than 1 acre ($83 initial fee, $165 annual fee) ¨1-30 acres ($175 initial fee, $350 annual fee) ¨Greater than 30 acres ($270 initial fee, $540 annual fee) 1 OF 4 Responsible Person (Title): Manager of Environmental Services First Name:Chad Last Name:Campbell Telephone No:202-285-6590 Email Address:chad.campbell@xcelenergy .com Organization: Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) Mailing Address:1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 City:Denver State:CO Zip Code:80202 2) *PROPERTY OWNER (CO-PERMITTEE) RESPONSIBLE OFFICIAL Responsible Person (Title): Manager of Environmental Services First Name:Chad Last Name:Campbell Telephone No:202-285-6590 Email Address:chad.campbell@xcelenergy.c om Organization: Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) Mailing Address:1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 City:Denver State:CO Zip Code:80202 3) *SITE CONTACT (local contact for questions relating to the facility & discharge authorized by this permit) Responsible Person (Title): Enviornmental Analyst - Stormwater Compliance First Name:Tensy Last Name:Thatcher Telephone No:9709030595 Email Address:tensy.c.thatcher@xcelenerg y.com Organization: Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) Mailing Address:1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 City:Denver State:CO Zip Code:80202 4) *BILLING CONTACT Responsible Person (Title): Manager of Environmental Services First Name:Chad Last Name:Campbell Telephone No:202-285-6590 Email Address:chad.campbell@xcelenergy .com Organization: Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) Mailing Address:1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 City:Denver State:CO Zip Code:80202 5) OTHER CONTACT TYPES Title First Name Last Name Phone Email Address City State Zip Contact Type Other 6) Former Permittee (transfer) Responsible Person (Title): First Name:Last Name: Email Address:Company: D. LEGAL DESCRIPTION Legal description: if subdivided, provide the legal description below, or indicate that it is not applicatable. Do not supply Township/Range/Section or metes and bounds description of the site. Subdivision(s): Lot(s):Block(s): OR þ Not applicable (site has not been subdivided) ¨Facility additional description info 2 OF 4 F. NATURE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY Check the appropriate box(s) or provide a brief description that indicates the general nature of the construction activities. (The full description of activities must be included in the Stormwater Management Plan.) ¨Commercial Development ¨Residential Development ¨Highway and Transportation Development þ Pipeline and Utilities (including natural gas, electricity, water, and communications) ¨Oil and Gas Exploration and Well Pad Development ¨Non-structural and other development (i.e. parks, trails, stream realignment, bank stabilization, demolition, etc.) ¨Other G. ANTICIPATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Construction Start Date:05/01/2025 Final Stabilization Date:12/31/2027 • Construction Start Date - This is the day you expect to begin ground disturbing activities, including grubbing, stockpiling, excavating, demolition, and grading activities. • Final Stabilization Date - in terms of permit coverage, this is when he site is finally stabilized. This means that all ground surface disturbing activities at the site have been completed and all disturbed areas have either been built on, paved, or a uniform vegetative cover has been established with an individual plant density of at least 70 percent of pre-disturbance levels. • Permit coverage must be maintained until the site is finally stabilized. Even if you are only doing one part of the project, the estimated final stabilization date must be for the overall project. If permit coverage is still required once your part is completed, the permit certification may be transferred to a new responsible operator. SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS: TERMINATION CERTIFICATION ¨By checking this box I understand that by submitting this notice of termination, I am no longer authorized to discharge stormwater associated with construction activity by the general permit. I understand that discharging pollutants in stormwater associated with construction activities to the waters of the State of Colorado, where such discharges are not authorized by a CDPS permit, is unlawful under the Colorado Water Quality Control Act and the Clean Water Act. þ STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN CERTIFICATION (on new and renewals) By checking this box “I certify under penalty of law that a complete Stormwater Management Plan, has been/or will be completed, prior to the commencement of any construction activity. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the Stormwater Management Plan is/or will be, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for falsely certifying the completion of said SWMP, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.” THIS PORTION OF THE SIGNATURE LANGUAGE IS REQUIRED ON ALL SUBMITTALS "I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations." “I understand that submittal of this application is for coverage under the State of Colorado General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity for the entirety of the construction site/project described and applied for, until such time as the application is amended or the certification is transferred, inactivated, or expired.” E. AREA OF CONSTRUCTION SITE Total area of construction site 8 acres Total area of project disturbance 8 acres 3 OF 4 Signature of Operator Date Signed Name (printed)Title Signature of Owner Date Signed Name (printed)Title Signature: The applicant must be either the owner and operator of the construction site. Refer to Part B of the instructions for additional information. The application must be signed by the applicant to be considered complete. In all cases, it shall be signed as follows: (Regulation 61.4 (1ei) a) In the case of corporations, by the responsible corporate officer is responsible for the overall operation of the facility from which the discharge described in the form originates b) In the case of a partnership, by a general partner. c) In the case of a sole proprietorship, by the proprietor. d) In the case of a municipal, state, or other public facility, by either a principal executive officer, ranking elected official, (a principal executive officer has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility from which the discharge originates). FORMER PERMITTEE used for transfers Signature (Legally Responsible Party)Date Name (printed)Title 4 OF 4 Xcel Teter Staging/Fly Yard CDPS PERMIT APPLICATION FIGURE February 2025 TOTAL CONSTRUCTION AREA: ~8 AC TOTAL MAXIMUM DISTURBANCE AREA: ~8 AC Chad Campbell, Manager of Environmental Services Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 Denver, CO 80202 Chad Campbell, Manager of Environmental Services Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 Denver, CO 80202 DATE: 2025-03-04 MEMO RE: Certification, Colorado Discharge Permit System Permit No., COR400000, Certification Number: COR426775 DIVISION CONTACTS: Joseph Sturgeon, 303-691-4019, Joseph.Sturgeon@state.co.us, Permits Line 303-692-3517 cdphe_wqcd_permits@state.co.us ATTACHMENTS: Certification COR426775, COR400000 General Permit The Water Quality Control Division (the Division) has reviewed the application submitted for the Xcel Teter Staging/Fly Yard facility and determined that it qualifies for coverage under the CDPS General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity (COR400000). Enclosed please find a copy of the permit certification, which was issued in accordance with the Colorado Water Quality Control Act. FEE INFORMATION: 8 acres An application fee of $175 (50% of the annual fee) will be assessed for all new applications. Beginning July 1, 2019 an annual fee of $ 350 category 7, subcat – Stormwater Construction 1-30 acres disturbed [per CRS 25-8-502] will be assessed and invoiced every July for as long as the permit certification is in effect. It is the responsibility of the permittee to submit a termination application when the permit certification is no longer needed. Fees are assessed and invoiced for every permit certification that is active July 1 of the fiscal year. Permit certifications for which complete termination applications are received by June 30 of the current fiscal year will not be invoiced for the new fiscal year. CERTIFICATION RECORDS INFORMATION: The following information is what the Division records show for this certification. For any changes to Contacts – Owner, Operator, Facility, or Billing – a “Notice of Change of Contacts form” must be managed through the Division’s new platform called the Colorado Environmental Online Services (CEOS). The Notice of Change of Contacts form must be electronically signed by both the owner and the operator. Facility: Xcel Teter Staging/Fly Yard Garfield County Construction Activities Pipeline Owner (receives all legal documentation pertaining to the permit certification): Chad Campbell, Manager of Environmental Services Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 Denver, CO 80202 Phone number: 202-285-6590 Email: chad.campbell@xcelenergy.com Operator (receives all legal documentation pertaining to the permit certification): Chad Campbell, Manager of Environmental Services Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 Phone number: 202-285-6590 Email: chad.campbell@xcelenergy.com Dedicated to protecting and improving the health and environment of the people of Colorado Denver, CO 80202 Facility Contact (contacted for general inquiries regarding the facility): Tensy Thatcher, Enviornmental Analyst - Stormwater Compliance Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 Denver, CO 80202 Phone number: 970-903-0595 Email: tensy.c.thatcher@xcelenergy.com Billing Contact (receives the invoice pertaining to the permit certification): Chad Campbell, Manager of Environmental Services Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 Denver, CO 80202 Phone number: 202-285-6590 Email: chad.campbell@xcelenergy.com CERTIFICATION TO DISCHARGE UNDER CDPS GENERAL PERMIT COR400000 STORMWATER ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY Certification Number: COR426775 This Certification to Discharge specifically authorizes: Owner Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) Operator Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) to discharge stormwater from the facility identified as Xcel Teter Staging/Fly Yard To the waters of the State of Colorado, including, but not limited to: Colorado River Facility Activity : Pipeline Disturbed Acres: 8 acres Facility Located at: 16599 Hwy 6 Parachute, CO 81635 Garfield County Latitude 39.493861 Longitude -107.949056 Specific Information (if applicable): Certification is issued and effective: 03/04/2025 Expiration date of general permit: 3/31/2029 This certification under the general permit requires that specific actions be performed at designated times. The certification holder is legally obligated to comply with all terms and conditions of the COR400000 permit. This certification was approved by: Andrew Sayers-Fay Permits Section Manager Clean Water Program Water Quality Control Division Dedicated to protecting and improving the health and environment of the people of Colorado CDPS GENERAL PERMIT COR400000 STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY AUTHORIZATION TO DISCHARGE UNDER THE COLORADO DISCHARGE PERMIT SYSTEM (CDPS) In compliance with the provisions of the Colorado Water Quality Control Act, (25-8-101 et seq., CRS, 1973 as amended) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.; the "Act"), this permit authorizes the discharge of stormwater associated with construction activities, as defined in this permit, to be certified under this permit from those locations authorized to discharge from authorized locations throughout the State of Colorado to specified surface waters of the state, in accordance with the eligibility and permit application requirements, effluent limitations, monitoring requirements, inspection requirements, and other conditions set forth in this general permit. This permit specifically authorizes the facility listed on the certification to discharge in accordance with permit requirements and conditions set forth in Parts I and II hereof. All discharges authorized herein must be consistent with the terms and conditions of this permit. This permit becomes effective on, 04/01/2024 and will expire at midnight 03/31/2029. Issued and signed this 31st day of January, 2024 and Effective April 1, 2024. Andrew Sayers-Fay, Permits Section Manager Water Quality Control Division COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT PERMITS ACTION SUMMARY Issued January 31, 2024, Effective April 1, 2024 Page 2 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 Table of Contents PART I ........................................................................................................................................... 2 COVERAGE UNDER THIS PERMIT ........................................................................................... 2 1. Authorized Discharges ..................................................................................................... 2 2. Limitations on Coverage .................................................................................................. 2 3. Permit Certification and Submittal Procedures ....................................................................... 3 EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS ..................................................................................................... 7 1. Requirements for Control Measures Used to Meet Effluent Limitations .......................................... 7 2. Discharges to an Impaired Waterbody or Outstanding Water ..................................................... 10 3. General Requirements .................................................................................................. 11 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN REQUIREMENTS .................................................................. 11 1. Stormwater Management Plan General Requirements ............................................................. 11 2. Stormwater Management Plan Content .............................................................................. 12 3. Stormwater Management Plan Review and Revisions .............................................................. 14 4. Stormwater Management Plan Availability .......................................................................... 15 SITE INSPECTIONS .......................................................................................................... 15 1. Person Responsible for Conducting Inspections ..................................................................... 15 2. Inspection Frequency.................................................................................................... 15 3. Inspection Frequency for Discharges to Outstanding Waters ..................................................... 16 4. Reduced Inspection Frequency ........................................................................................ 16 5. Inspection Scope ......................................................................................................... 16 DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................ 18 MONITORING ................................................................................................................ 21 OIL AND GAS CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................................ 21 PART II ........................................................................................................................................ 22 DUTY TO COMPLY .......................................................................................................... 22 DUTY TO REAPPLY ......................................................................................................... 22 NEED TO HALT OR REDUCE ACTIVITY NOT A DEFENSE ............................................................... 22 DUTY TO MITIGATE ........................................................................................................ 23 PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ............................................................................... 23 PERMIT ACTIONS ........................................................................................................... 23 PROPERTY RIGHTS ......................................................................................................... 23 DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION ........................................................................................ 23 INSPECTION AND ENTRY .................................................................................................. 23 MONITORING AND RECORDS .............................................................................................. 24 SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 24 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 25 BYPASS ....................................................................................................................... 27 UPSET ........................................................................................................................ 27 REOPENER CLAUSE ......................................................................................................... 28 OTHER INFORMATION ...................................................................................................... 28 SEVERABILITY ............................................................................................................... 28 NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 28 RESPONSIBILITIES .......................................................................................................... 29 OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES LIABILITY .......................................................................... 29 EMERGENCY POWERS ...................................................................................................... 29 CONFIDENTIALITY .......................................................................................................... 29 FEES .......................................................................................................................... 29 DURATION OF PERMIT ..................................................................................................... 29 SECTION 307 TOXICS....................................................................................................... 29 Page 2 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 PART I Note: At the first mention of terminology that has a specific connotation for the purposes of this permit, the terminology is electronically linked to the definitions section of the permit in Part I.E. COVERAGE UNDER THIS PERMIT This general permit authorizes permittee(s) to discharge the following to state waters: stormwater associated with construction activity and specified non-stormwater associated with construction activity. The following types of stormwater and non-stormwater discharges are authorized under this permit: Stormwater Discharges Stormwater discharges associated with construction activity. Stormwater discharges associated with producing earthen materials, such as soils, sand, and gravel dedicated to providing material to a single contiguous site, or within ¼ mile of the construction site covered by this permit (e.g. borrow or fill areas). Stormwater discharges associated with dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants, and masonry mixing stations (Coverage under this permit is not required if alternative coverage has been obtained). Non-Stormwater Discharges The following non-stormwater discharges are allowable under this permit if the discharges are identified in the stormwater management plan in accordance with Part I.C and if they have appropriate control measures in accordance with Part I.B.1. Discharges from uncontaminated springs that do not originate from an area of land disturbance. Discharges to the ground of concrete or masonry washout water associated with the washing of concrete or masonry tools and concrete or masonry mixer chutes, and water used to wash vehicles, equipment and external buildings. Discharges of concrete or masonry washout water must not leave the site as surface runoff or reach receiving waters as defined by this permit. The addition of soaps, solvents and detergents is prohibited. Concrete or masonry on-site waste disposal is not authorized by this permit except in accordance with Part I.B.1.a.ii(c). Discharges of landscape irrigation return flow. Discharges from diversions of state waters within the permitted site. Emergency Fire Fighting Discharges resulting from emergency firefighting activities during the active emergency response are authorized by this permit. Discharges not authorized by this permit include, but are not limited to, the discharges and activities listed below. Permittees may seek individual or alternate general permit coverage for the discharges, or utilize low risk discharge guidance (i.e. Surface Cosmetic Power Washing Operations to Land) or clean water policy documents (i.e. Clean Water Policy #14) as appropriate and available. Discharges of non-stormwater Discharges of non-stormwater, except the authorized non-stormwater discharges listed in Part I.A.1.b., are not eligible for coverage under this permit. Note: The prohibited discharges listed here are not an exhaustive list. Discharges to surface water from water used to wash vehicles, equipment and external building washdown water. The addition of soaps, solvents and detergents is prohibited. Discharges from washout water for paint, form release oils, curing compounds, or other similar Page 3 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 construction materials. See Part I.B.1.a.ii(f). Discharges of fuels, oils, or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and maintenance. Discharges of reclaimed water, as defined in Regulation 84, that are approved for the use of construction dust suppression but are not applied in accordance with Regulation 84. Discharges related to the application of potable water for dust suppression. See Part I.B.1.a.i(j). Discharges currently covered by another individual or general permit. Discharges currently covered by a Water Quality Control Division (division) Low Risk Guidance document or Clean Water Policy. Discharges to outstanding waters that are long-term and/or have no or only short-term ecological or water quality benefit or clear public interest. See Part I.B.2.b. Chemical additions. Any chemical addition for the treatment of stormwater associated with construction activities is not authorized. This includes but is not limited to flocculants, polymers, and coagulants. Duty to Apply The owner(s)/operator(s) must apply for coverage under this permit for discharges from the following activities: Construction activity that will disturb one acre or more; or Construction activity that is part of a common plan of development or sale; or Stormwater discharges that are designated by the division as needing a stormwater permit because the discharge: (a) Contributes to a violation of a water quality standard; or (b) Is a significant contributor of pollutants to state waters. Application Requirements To obtain authorization to discharge under this permit, applicants applying for coverage following the effective date of the renewal permit must meet the following requirements: Owners and operators submitting an application for permit coverage will be co-permittees subject to the same benefits, duties, and obligations under this permit. Signature requirements: Both the owner and operator (permittees) of the construction site, as defined in Part I.E., must agree to the terms and conditions of the permit and submit a completed application that includes the signature of both the owner and the operator. In cases where the duties of the owner and operator are managed by the owner, both application signatures may be completed by the owner. Both the owner and operator are responsible for ensuring compliance with all terms and conditions of the permit, including implementation of the stormwater management plan. The applicant(s) must develop a stormwater management plan in accordance with the requirements of Part I.C. The applicant(s) must also certify that the stormwater management plan is complete, or will be complete, prior to commencement of any construction activity. In order to apply for certification under this general permit, the applicant(s) must submit a complete, accurate, and signed permit application form as provided by the division by electronic delivery at least 10 days prior to the commencement of construction activity, except those construction activities that are in response to a public emergency related site. Public emergency related sites must apply for coverage no later than 14 days after the commencement of construction activities. The provisions of this part in no way remove a violation of the Colorado Water Quality Control Act if a point source discharge occurs prior to the issuance of a CDPS permit. Page 4 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 The application in its entirety must be submitted via the division’s online permitting system unless a waiver is granted by the division. If a waiver is granted, the application in its entirety, including signatures by both the owner and operator, must be submitted to: Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Water Quality Control Division Permits Section, WQCD-PS-B2 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South Denver, CO 80246 The applicant(s) must receive written notification that the division granted permit coverage prior to conducting construction activities, except for construction activities that are in response to a public emergency related site. Division Review of Permit Application Within 10 days of receipt of the application, and following review of the application, the division may: Issue a certification of coverage under this general permit; Request additional information necessary to evaluate the discharge; Delay the authorization to discharge pending further review; Notify the applicant that additional terms and conditions are necessary; or Deny the authorization to discharge under this general permit. Alternative Permit Coverage Division Required Alternative Permit Coverage: The division may require an applicant or permittee to apply for an individual permit or an alternative general permit if it determines the discharge does not fall under the scope of this general permit, including if any additional terms and conditions are necessary in order to ensure that discharges authorized by this permit will not cause, have the reasonable potential to cause, or measurably contribute to an exceedance of any applicable water quality standard, including narrative standards for water quality. In this case, the division will notify the applicant or permittee that an individual permit application is required. Permittee Request for Alternative Permit Coverage: A permittee authorized to discharge stormwater under this permit may request to be excluded from coverage under this general permit by applying for an individual permit. In this case, the permittee must submit an individual application, with reasons supporting the request, to the division at least 180 days prior to any discharge. When an individual permit is issued, the permittee’s authorization to discharge under this permit is terminated on the effective date of the individual permit. Submittal Signature Requirements Documents required for submittal to the division in accordance with this permit, including applications for permit coverage and other documents as requested by the division, must include signatures by both the owner and the operator, except for instances where the duties of the owner and operator are managed by the owner. Signatures on all documents submitted to the division as required by this permit must meet the Standard Signatory Requirements in Part II.K of this permit in accordance with 40 C.F.R.122.41(k). Signature Certification Any person(s) signing documents required for submittal to the division must make the following certification: Page 5 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 “I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.” Field Wide Permit Coverage for Oil and Gas Construction At the discretion of the division, a single permit certification may be issued to a single oil and gas permittee to cover construction activity related discharges from an oil and gas field at multiple locations that are not necessarily contiguous. Permit Coverage without Application Qualifying Local Program: When a small construction site is within the jurisdiction of a qualifying local program, the owner and operator of the construction activity are authorized to discharge stormwater associated with small construction activity under this general permit without the submittal of an application to the division. Sites covered by a qualifying local program are exempt from the following sections of this general permit: Part I.A.3.a.; Part I.A.3.b. (division application requirements); Part I.A.3.c. (division review); Part I.A.3.d. (division alternate permit coverage); Part I.A.3.f. (oil and gas field wide coverage); Part I.A.3.h. (permittee initiated actions); Part I.A.3.i. (residential lot coverage); Part I.A.3.j. (permit expiration and continuation of coverage); Part II.L.3 (transfer of ownership or control); II.W (fees). Sites covered by a qualifying local program are subject to the following requirements: Local Agency Authority: This permit does not pre-empt or supersede the authority of local agencies to prohibit, restrict, or control discharges of stormwater to storm drain systems or other water courses within their jurisdiction. Permit Coverage Termination: When a site under a Qualifying Local Program is finally stabilized, coverage under this permit is automatically terminated. Compliance with Qualifying Local Program: Qualifying Local Program requirements that are equivalent to the requirements of this permit are incorporated by reference. Permittees authorized to discharge under this permit must comply with the equivalent requirements of the Qualifying Local Program that has jurisdiction over the site as a condition of this permit. Compliance with Remaining Permit Conditions. Requirements of this permit that are in addition to or more stringent than the requirements of the Qualifying Local Program apply in addition to the requirements of the Qualifying Local Program. Written Authorization of Coverage: The division or local municipality may require any owner/operator within the jurisdiction of a Qualifying Local Program covered under this permit to apply for, and obtain written authorization of coverage under this permit. The permittee must be notified in writing that an application for written authorization of coverage is required. Permittee Initiated Permit Actions Permittee initiated permit actions, including but not limited to modifications, contact changes, transfers, and terminations, must be conducted following Part II.L, Part I.A.3.e, division guidance and using appropriate division-provided forms. When a permittee modifies or terminates all or portions of permit coverage to another permittee, the “old” permittee completing the modification or termination must provide to the division the new permittee’s certification number(s) (ie. a land developer selling lots to home builders, etc.). When a permittee transfers permit coverage to another permittee, the “new” permittee completing the transfer must provide to the division an agreement completed and signed by the “old” permittee. Page 6 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 When a permittee transfers permit coverage or modifies or terminates all or portions of permit coverage to another permittee, the “old” permittee completing the transfer, modification, or termination must provide to the division documentation of due diligence when the new permittee is not obtaining permit coverage. Documentation of due diligence may include certified letters, multiple attempts at email and phone contact. Sale of Residence to Homeowner Residential construction sites only: The permittee may remove residential lots from permit coverage once the lot(s) meets all of the following criteria: The residential lot(s) has(have) been sold to the homeowner(s) for private residential use; A certificate of occupancy, or equivalent, is maintained on-site or electronically and is available during division inspections; The lot(s) is (are) less than one acre of disturbance; All construction activity conducted on the lot(s) by the permittee is complete, including the installation of sediment or erosion control measures that minimize sediment from exiting the lot, or the installation of temporary stabilization on remaining disturbance where the permittee is not responsible for final stabilization (i.e. backyard of single family home, etc.); The permittee is not responsible for final stabilization of the lot(s); and The stormwater management plan was modified to indicate the lot(s) is (are) no longer part of the construction activity. If the residential lot(s) meets the criteria listed above, then activities occurring on the lot(s) are no longer considered to be construction activities with a duty to apply and maintain permit coverage. Therefore, the permittee is not required to meet the final stabilization requirements and may terminate permit coverage for the lot(s). Permit Expiration and Continuation of Permit Coverage Authorization to discharge under this general permit will expire at midnight on March 31, 2029. While Regulation 61.4 requires the permittee to submit an application for continuing permit coverage 180 days before the permit expires, the division requires that a permittee or permittees desiring continued coverage under this general permit must reapply at least 90 days in advance of this permit expiration. The division will determine if the permittee(s) may continue to discharge stormwater under the terms of the general permit. An individual permit may be required for any facility not reauthorized to discharge under the reissued general permit. If this permit is not reissued or replaced prior to the expiration date, it will be administratively continued and remain in force and effect. For permittees that have applied for continued permit coverage, discharges authorized under this permit prior to the expiration date will automatically remain covered by this permit until the earliest of: An authorization to discharge under a reissued permit, or a replacement of this permit, following the timely and appropriate submittal of a complete application requesting authorization to discharge under the new permit and compliance with the requirements of the new permit. (Note: the division may not reissue a permit certification if there are outstanding past due fees per Regulation 61.15(d)); or The issuance and effect of a termination issued by the division; or The issuance or denial of an individual permit for the facility’s discharges; or A formal permit decision by the division not to reissue this general permit, at which time the division will identify a reasonable time period for covered dischargers to seek coverage under an alternative general permit or an individual permit. Coverage under this permit will cease when coverage under another permit is granted/authorized; or The division has informed the permittee that discharges previously authorized under this permit are no longer covered under this permit. Page 7 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS The permittee must implement control measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants from all potential pollutant sources at the site which, if applicable, includes run-on. Control measures used to meet effluent limitations must be installed prior to commencement of construction activities and prior to each phase of construction that introduces new potential pollutant sources. Control measures must be selected, designed, installed and maintained in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. Control measures implemented at the site must be designed to prevent pollution or degradation of state waters. Stormwater Pollution Prevention The permittee must implement structural and/or nonstructural control measures that effectively minimize erosion, sediment transport, and the release of other pollutants related to construction activity. Control Measures for Erosion and Sediment Control Structural and non-structural control measures for erosion and sediment control may include, but are not limited to, wattles/sediment control logs, silt fences, earthen dikes, drainage swales, sediment traps, filter bags, subsurface drains, pipe slope drains, inlet protection, outlet protection, gabions, sediment basins, temporary vegetation, permanent vegetation, mulching, geotextiles, sod stabilization, and slope roughening, maintaining existing vegetation, preserving native topsoil, protection of trees, preservation of mature vegetation, phasing of site development, preserving natural topography, minimizing soil compaction in areas of vegetative final stabilization, and minimizing site access. Specific control measures must meet the requirements listed below. (a) Vehicle tracking controls must be implemented to minimize vehicle tracking of sediment from disturbed areas. Vehicle tracking controls must include a structural control measure (e.g. tracking pad or wash rack) and may include a non-structural control measure (e.g. sweeping or restricting vehicle traffic to paved areas). (b) Stormwater runoff from all disturbed areas and soil storage areas must utilize or flow to one or more control measures to minimize erosion or sediment in the discharge. The control measure(s) must be selected, designed, installed and adequately sized in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices for the intended application. The control measure(s) must contain or filter flows in order to prevent the bypass of flows without treatment and must be appropriate for stormwater runoff from disturbed areas and for the expected flow rate, duration, and flow conditions (e.g. sheet or concentrated flow). (c) Selection of control measures should prioritize the use of control measures that minimize the potential for erosion (i.e. covering materials). Selection should also prioritize phasing construction activities to minimize the amount of soil disturbance at any point in time throughout the duration of construction. (d) Outlets that withdraw water from or near the surface must be installed when discharging from basins and impoundments, unless infeasible. (e) Maintain pre-existing vegetation for areas within 50 horizontal feet of receiving waters as defined by this permit, unless infeasible. In addition to maintaining 50 horizontal feet of pre-existing vegetation upgradient of a receiving water (unless infeasible), the permittee must install control measures upgradient of the vegetative buffer that meets the requirements of this section, Part I.B.1.a.i. (f) Soil compaction must be minimized for areas where infiltration control measures are implemented or where final stabilization will be achieved through vegetative cover. If compaction does occur in areas where final stabilization will be achieved through vegetative cover, then decompaction of the soil must be completed prior to planting. Page 8 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 (g) Unless infeasible, topsoil must be preserved for those areas of a site that will utilize vegetative final stabilization. Preserved topsoil can be left in place or stockpiled. (h) Minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity, including the disturbance of steep slopes. (i) Diversion control measures used for clean water diversions must minimize soil transport and erosion within the entire diversion, minimize erosion during discharge, and minimize run-on into the diversion. The permittee must minimize the discharge of pollutants throughout the installation, implementation and removal of the diversion. Diversions must meet one or more of the following conditions: (1) Lined or piped structures that result in no erosion for anticipated flow conditions. (2) Diversion channels, berms, and coffer dams must be lined or composed of a material that minimizes potential for soil loss in the entire wetted perimeter during anticipated flow conditions (e.g. vegetated swale, non-erosive soil substrate). The entire length of the diversion channel must be designed such that the maximum flow velocity for the type of material(s) exposed to the anticipated flows ensures the calculated maximum shear stress of flows in the channel is not expected to result in physical damage to the channel or liner nor result in discharge of pollutants. Additionally, the conditions relied on to minimize soil loss must be maintained for the projected life of the diversion (e.g. use of a vegetated swale must be limited to a period of time that ensures vegetative growth, minimizes erosion and maintains stable conditions). (3) An alternative diversion criteria, approved by the division prior to implementation. The diversion method must be designed to minimize the discharge of pollutants and to prevent the potential for pollution or degradation to state waters as a result of the diverted flow through the diversion structure. In addition, the alternative diversion method must minimize the discharge of pollutants throughout the installation, implementation and removal of the diversion. (j) Minimize dust. On areas of exposed soil, minimize dust through the appropriate application of water or other dust suppression techniques. Water application must be conducted in a manner to prevent discharge offsite unless authorized by a separate CDPS or NPDES permit. (k) Control stormwater discharges, including both peak flowrates and total stormwater volume, to minimize channel and streambank erosion and scour in the immediate vicinity of discharge points. Practices for Other Common Pollutants (a) Bulk storage (individual containers of 55 gallons or greater) for petroleum products and other liquid chemicals must have secondary containment, or equivalent protection, in order to contain spills and to prevent spilled material from entering state waters. (b) Spills and leaks must be minimized. Upon identification, spills and leaks must immediately be contained and mitigated per the spill prevention and response plan, as applicable (i.e. oil, grease, fluids associated with vehicle and equipment maintenance, toxic chemicals, hazardous substances, etc.). (c) Control measures designed for concrete washout waste, masonry operations, stucco waste, vehicle/equipment washing, and external building washdown must be implemented. This includes washout waste discharged to the ground as authorized under this permit and washout waste from concrete trucks and masonry operations contained on site. The permittee must ensure washing activities do not contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff, or receiving waters in accordance Part I.A.1.b.ii. Discharges that may reach groundwater must flow through soil that has buffering capacity prior to reaching groundwater, as necessary to meet the effluent limits in this permit, including Part I.B.3.a. The concrete or masonry washout location (including vehicle/equipment and external building washdown water, if applicable) must not be located in an area where shallow groundwater may be present and would result in buffering capacity not being adequate, such as near natural drainages, springs, or wetlands. This permit authorizes discharges to the ground of Page 9 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 concrete washout waste, but does not authorize on-site waste disposal per Part I.B.3.d. (d) In the event that water remains onsite and contains pollutants either from firefighting activities or picked up from the site (i.e. in a gutter, sediment basin, etc.) after active emergency response is complete, the permittee must ensure the remaining water containing pollutants is properly removed and disposed of in order to minimize pollutants from discharging from the site, unless infeasible. (e) Minimize the exposure of fertilizers, pesticides, and herbicides to stormwater during storage. Store and apply fertilizers, pesticides, and herbicides per manufacturer’s directions. (f) For washing applicators and containers used for paint, form release oils, curing compounds, or other similar construction materials, the wash water must be directed into a leak-proof container or leak-proof and lined pit designed so no discharges to groundwater occur or overflows occur due to inadequate sizing or precipitation. Liquid and hardened wastes must be appropriately disposed. Stabilization Requirements The following requirements must be implemented for each site. (a) Temporary stabilization must be implemented for earth disturbing activities on any portion of the site where ground disturbing construction activity has permanently ceased, or temporarily ceased for more than 14 calendar days. Temporary stabilization methods may include, but are not limited to, tarps, soil tackifier, and hydromulch. The permittee may exceed the 14-day schedule when either the function of the specific area of the site requires it to remain disturbed or physical characteristics of the terrain and climate prevent stabilization. The stormwater management plan must document the constraints necessitating the alternative schedule, provide the alternate stabilization schedule, and identify all locations where the alternative schedule is applicable on the site map. Minimum inspection frequency and scope, as directed in Part I.D., must be followed for temporarily stabilized areas. (b) Final stabilization must be implemented for all construction sites covered under this permit. Final stabilization is reached when the following are complete: (1) All construction activities are complete. (2) Permanent stabilization methods are complete. Permanent stabilization methods include, but are not limited to, permanent pavement or concrete, hardscape, xeriscape, stabilized driving surfaces and storage areas, vegetative cover, or equivalent permanent alternative stabilization methods. The division may approve alternative final stabilization criteria for specific operations. Vegetative cover must include the following criteria: Evenly distributed perennial vegetation, which may include trees and shrubs; Vegetation coverage, at a minimum, equal to 70 percent of what would have been provided by native vegetation in a local, undisturbed area or adequate reference site; and If applicable, adherence to stabilization requirements does not negate the permittee’s requirement to comply with the local jurisdiction’s plant species requirements. (c) Final stabilization must be designed and installed as a permanent feature. All control measures must be removed from the construction site, except when the control measure specifications allow the control measure to be left in place (i.e. bio-degradable control measures, permanent sedimentation basin, etc). Final stabilization measures for obtaining a vegetative cover or alternative stabilization methods include, but are not limited to, the following as appropriate: (1) Seed mix selection and application methods; (2) Soil preparation and amendments; (3) Soil stabilization methods to provide adequate protection to minimize erosion (e.g. crimped straw, hydro mulch or rolled erosion control products); (4) Appropriate sediment control measures as needed until final stabilization is achieved; Page 10 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 (5) Permanent pavement, hardscape, xeriscape, stabilized driving surfaces; (6) Conversion of construction site back to prior cropland use. The permittee is not required to plant the crop prior to termination; and (7) Other alternative stabilization practices as applicable. Routine Maintenance The permittee must ensure that all control measures remain in effective operating condition and are protected from activities that would reduce their effectiveness. Control measures must be routinely maintained in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. Observations leading to the required routine maintenance of control measures can be made during a site inspection, or during general observations of site conditions. The necessary repairs or modifications to a control measure requiring routine maintenance, as defined in Part I.E., must be conducted to maintain an effective operating condition. Control measures requiring routine maintenance are not subject to the requirements in Part I.B.1.c below. Corrective Actions The permittee must assess the adequacy of control measures at the construction site, and the need for changes to those control measures, to ensure continued effective performance. When an inadequate control measure, as defined in Part I.E., is identified, the following corrective action requirements apply. The permittee is not in compliance with the permit until the inadequate control measure is replaced or corrected and returned to effective operating condition in compliance with Part I.B.1 and the general requirements in Part I.B.3. If the inadequate control measure results in noncompliance that meets the conditions of Part II.L, the permittee must also meet the requirements of that section. The permittee must take all necessary steps to minimize or prevent the discharge of pollutants from the permitted area and manage any stormwater run-on onto the site until a control measure is implemented and made operational and/or an inadequate control measure is replaced or corrected and returned to effective operating condition. If it is infeasible to install or repair the control measure immediately after discovering the deficiency, the following must be documented in the stormwater management plan in Part I.D.5.c and kept on record in accordance with the recordkeeping requirements in Part II. (a) Describe why it is infeasible to initiate the installation or repair immediately; and (b) Provide a schedule for installing or repairing the control measure and returning it to an effective operating condition as soon as possible. If applicable, the permittee must remove and properly dispose of any unauthorized release or discharge within and from the permitted area (e.g., discharge of non-stormwater, untreated stormwater containing pollutants such as sediment, spill, or leak not authorized by this permit.) The permittee must clean up any contaminated surfaces, if feasible, to minimize discharges of the material in subsequent storm events, including water remaining from the response that contains pollutants after active emergency firefighting response is complete. Permittees are prohibited from hosing down an area to clean surface spills or leaks unless the wash water is adequately captured to not discharge off the site or to land and the captured water is properly disposed. In addition, the permittee must mitigate any accumulation of sediment outside of the site boundaries. Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) If the discharge from the site of permit coverage flows to or could reasonably be expected to flow to any water body for which a TMDL has been approved, and stormwater discharges associated with construction activity were assigned a pollutant-specific Wasteload Allocation (WLA) under the TMDL, the division may: Ensure the WLA is implemented properly through alternative local requirements, such as by a municipal stormwater permit; or Page 11 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 Notify the permittee of the WLA and amend the permittee’s certification to add specific effluent limits, other requirements, and compliance schedules, as necessary and appropriate. The permittee may be required to do the following: (a) Under the permittee’s stormwater management plan, implement specific control measures based on requirements of the WLA, and evaluate whether the requirements are met through implementation of existing stormwater control measures or if additional control measures are necessary. Document the calculations or other evidence demonstrating that the requirements are expected to be met; and (b) If the evaluation shows that additional or modified control measures are necessary, describe the type and schedule for the control measure additions or modifications. Discharge monitoring may also be required. The permittee may maintain coverage under the general permit provided they comply with the applicable requirements outlined above. Outstanding Waters Discharges to outstanding waters must be short-term and have a long-term ecological or water quality benefit or clear public interest. A state outstanding waters map can be found here. Sites that discharge to outstanding waters are required to have an increased inspection frequency found in Part I.D.3. The division may require individual or alternate general permit coverage per Part I.A.3.d.i. Discharges authorized by this permit must not cause, have the reasonable potential to cause, or measurably contribute to an exceedance of any applicable water quality standard, including narrative standards for water quality. The division may require sampling and testing, on a case-by-case basis, in the event that there is reason to suspect that the stormwater management plan is not adequately minimizing pollutants in stormwater or in order to measure the effectiveness of the control measures in removing pollutants in the effluent. Such monitoring may include Whole Effluent Toxicity testing. The permittee must comply with the lawful requirements of federal agencies, municipalities, counties, drainage districts and other local agencies including applicable requirements in Municipal Stormwater Management Programs developed to comply with CDPS permits. The permittee must comply with local stormwater management requirements, policies and guidelines including those for erosion and sediment control. The division may include additional requirements as specified in the applicable watershed protection Control Regulations 71-74. All construction site wastes must be properly managed to prevent potential pollution of state waters. This permit does not authorize on-site waste disposal. This permit does not relieve the permittee of the reporting requirements in 40 CFR 110, 40 CFR 117 or 40 CFR 302. Any discharge of hazardous material must be handled in accordance with the division's Noncompliance Notification Requirements (see Part II.L of the permit). STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN REQUIREMENTS The permittee must develop, implement, and maintain a stormwater management plan for each construction site listed under Part I.A.3.a, including, but not limited to, construction activity that will disturb one acre or more and/or are part of a common plan of development or sale covered by this permit. The plan must be prepared in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. Page 12 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 For public emergency related sites, the plan must be created no later than 14 days after the commencement of construction activities. The permittee must implement the provisions of the plan as written and updated, from commencement of construction activity until final stabilization is complete. The division may review the plan. A copy of the plan must be retained onsite or be onsite when construction activities are occurring at the site unless the permittee specifies another location and obtains written approval from the division. The plan and inspection reports may be prepared, signed, and kept electronically, rather than in paper form, if the records are: In a format that can be read in a similar manner as a paper record; and Immediately accessible to the inspector during an inspection to the same extent as a paper copy stored at the site would be. The stormwater management plan, at a minimum, must include the following elements. Qualified Stormwater Manager. The plan must list individual(s) by title and name who are designated as responsible for implementing the stormwater management plan in its entirety and meet the definition of a Qualified Stormwater Manager. This role may be filled by more than one individual. Other Permits. The plan must list the applicable CDPS permits and low-risk discharge guidance documents associated with the permitted site (including the COR400000 general permit and the certification associated with the site) and the activities occurring on the permitted site (e.g. a CDPS Dewatering Permit). The plan must also list applicable US Army Corps of Engineers Section 404 permits. A copy of this general permit, applicable permit certification, and any applicable low-risk discharge guidance documents must be included in the stormwater management plan for each construction site. Site Description. The plan must include a site description which includes, at a minimum, the following: The nature of the construction activity at the site, including if it is a public emergency related site; The proposed schedule for the sequence for major construction activities and the planned implementation of control measures for each phase. (e.g. clearing, grading, utilities, vertical, etc.); Estimates of the total acreage of the site, and the acreage expected to be disturbed by clearing, excavation, grading, or any other construction activities; A summary of any existing data and sources used in the development of the construction site plans or stormwater management plan that describe the soil types found in the permitted area and the erodibility of the identified soil types; A description of the percent cover from native vegetation on the site if the site is undisturbed, or the percent cover from native vegetation in a similar, local undisturbed area or adequate reference area if the site is disturbed. Include the source or methodology for determining the percentage. If a percent cover is not appropriate for the site location (i.e. arid), describe the technique and justification for the identified cover of native vegetation; A description of any allowable non-stormwater discharges at the site, including those being discharged under a separate CDPS permit, discharges under Part I.A.1.b, or a division low risk discharge guidance, and applicable control measures installed; A description of the general flow direction and where or how the discharge leaves the site, including a description of the immediate conveyance or area receiving the discharge and the receiving water(s) of the discharge, if different than the immediate conveyance or area. If the stormwater discharge is to a municipal separate storm sewer system, include the name of the entity owning that system, the location(s) of the stormwater discharge, and the receiving water(s); A description of all stream crossings located within the construction site boundary, if applicable; A description of the alternate temporary stabilization schedule, if applicable (Part I.B.1.a.iii(a); and Page 13 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 A description of the alternative diversion criteria as approved by the division, if applicable (Part I.B.1.a.i(i)(3)). A description of any effluent limitations that the permittees determines are infeasible and why they are infeasible, if applicable (Part I.B.1.a.i.(d, e, and g) and I.B.1.a.ii.(d). Site Map. The plan must include a site map which includes, at a minimum, the following: Construction site boundaries; Flow arrows that depict stormwater flow directions on and off-site; All areas of ground disturbance including areas of borrow and fill; Areas used for storage of soil; Locations of all waste accumulation areas, including areas for liquid, concrete, masonry, and asphalt; Locations of dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants and masonry mixing stations; Locations of other potential sources of pollution not listed in iii. through vi. Locations of all structural control measures; Locations of all non-structural control measures (e.g. temporary stabilization); Locations and names, as listed in Part I.C.2.c.vii, of springs, streams, wetlands, diversions and other state waters within or bordering the site, including areas that require pre-existing vegetation be maintained within 50 feet of a receiving water, where determined feasible in accordance with Part I.B.1.a.i(e) (e.g. MS4 to unnamed tributary to the South Platte River); Locations of all stream crossings located within the construction site boundary; Locations where alternative temporary stabilization schedules apply; and Potential Sources of Pollution. The plan must list all potential sources of pollution which may reasonably be expected to affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with construction activity from the site. The plan must include the following pollutant sources as these pollutants relate to every construction site: (a) Disturbed and stored soils; (b) Vehicle tracking of sediments; (c) On-site waste management practices (waste piles, liquid wastes, dumpsters); The plan may include, but is not limited to, the following pollutant sources: (a) Management of contaminated soils (contaminated soils may also occur from onsite spills or leaks), if known to be present, or if contaminated soils are found during construction; (b) Loading and unloading operations; (c) Outdoor storage activities (erodible building materials, fertilizers, chemicals, etc.); (d) Vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling; (e) Significant dust or particulate generating processes (e.g., saw cutting material, including dust); (f) Routine maintenance activities involving fertilizers, pesticides, herbicides, detergents, fuels, solvents, oils, etc.; (g) Concrete/masonry truck/equipment washing, including washing of the concrete truck chute and associated fixtures and equipment; (h) Dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants and masonry mixing stations; (i) Non-industrial waste sources such as worker trash and portable toilets; and Page 14 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 (j) Reclaimed water approved for use in construction dust suppression. Materials Handling. The plan must describe handling procedures of all control measures implemented at the site to minimize impacts from handling significant materials that could contribute pollutants to runoff. These handling procedures can include control measures for pollutants and activities such as, exposed storage of building materials, paints and solvents, landscape materials, fertilizers or chemicals, sanitary waste material, trash and equipment maintenance or fueling procedures. Spill Prevention and Response Plan. The plan must have a spill prevention and response plan. The plan may incorporate by reference any part of a Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plan under section 311 of the Clean Water Act (CWA) or a Spill Prevention Plan required by a separate CDPS permit. The relevant sections of any referenced plans must be available as part of the stormwater management plan consistent with Part I.C.4. Implementation of Control Measures. The plan must include design specifications that contain information on the implementation of all the control measures in use on the site in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices; including, as applicable, drawings, dimensions, installation information, materials, implementation processes, control measure-specific inspection expectations, and maintenance requirements. The plan must include a documented use agreement between the permittee and the owner or operator of any control measures located outside of the permitted area that are utilized by the permittee’s construction site for compliance with this permit, but not under the direct control of the permittee. The permittee is responsible for ensuring that all control measures located outside of their permitted area, that are being utilized by the permittee’s construction site, are properly maintained and in compliance with all terms and conditions of the permit. The plan must include all information required of and relevant to any such control measures located outside the permitted area, including location, installation specifications, design specifications and maintenance requirements. Temporary Stabilization, Final Stabilization and Long Term Stormwater Management. The plan must document the constraints necessitating an alternative temporary stabilization schedule, as referenced in Part I.B.1.a.iii(a), provide the alternate stabilization schedule, and identify all locations where the alternative schedule is applicable on the site map. The plan must document all residential lots that utilize the Sale of Residence to Homeowner, as referenced in Part I.A.3.i, the lots that received temporary stabilization and meet all the requirements under Part I.A.3.i, and identify all the lot locations where Part I.A.3.i is applicable on the site map. The plan must describe or locate where all final stabilization methods are used and what methods are used to achieve final stabilization of all disturbed areas at the site (e.g. pavement, vegetative cover, etc), as listed in Part I.B.1.a.iii(b). The plan must describe how the permittee will establish final stabilization through vegetative cover or alternative stabilization method, as referenced in Part I.B.1.a.iii(c), and describe and locate any temporary control measures in place during the process of final stabilization (e.g. seed mix, soil amendments, final stabilization methods, return to cropland, etc.). The plan must describe and locate any planned permanent control measures to control pollutants in stormwater discharges that will occur after construction operations are completed, including but not limited to, detention/retention ponds, rain gardens, stormwater vaults, etc. Inspection Reports. The plan must include documented inspection reports in accordance with Part I.D.5.c. Permittees must keep the stormwater management plan current and maintain a record of changes made that includes the date and identification of the changes. The plan must be amended when the following occurs: Page 15 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 A change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance of the site requiring implementation of new or revised control measures; The plan proves ineffective in controlling pollutants in stormwater runoff in compliance with the permit conditions; Control measures identified in the plan are no longer necessary and are removed; Corrective actions are taken onsite that result in a change to the plan; and The site or areas of the site qualifying for reduced frequency inspections under Part I.D.4. For stormwater management plan revisions made prior to or following a change(s) onsite, including revisions to sections addressing site conditions and control measures, a notation must be included in the plan that identifies the date of the site change, the control measure removed, or modified, the location(s) of those control measures, and any changes to the control measure(s). The methods for notation may include notations on site maps, a log of changes, redline changes in the, or other measures. The permittee must ensure the site changes are reflected in the plan. The permittee is noncompliant with the permit until the plan revisions have been made. A copy of the stormwater management plan must be provided upon request to the division, EPA, and any local agency with authority for approving sediment and erosion plans, grading plans or stormwater management plans within the time frame specified in the request. If the plan is required to be submitted to any of these entities, the submission must include a signed certification in accordance with Part I.A.3.e, certifying that the plan is complete and compliant with all terms and conditions of the permit. All stormwater management plans required under this permit are considered reports that must be available to the public under Section 308(b) of the CWA and Section 61.5(4) of the CDPS regulations. The permittee must make plans available to members of the public upon request. However, the permittee may claim any portion of a stormwater management plan as confidential in accordance with 40 CFR Part 2. SITE INSPECTIONS Site inspections must be conducted in accordance with the following requirements. The required inspection schedules are a minimum frequency and do not affect the permittee’s responsibility to implement control measures in effective operating condition as prescribed in the stormwater management plan, Part I.C.2.a.vi, as proper maintenance of control measures may require more frequent inspections. Site inspections must start within 7 calendar days of the commencement of construction activities on site. The person(s) inspecting the site may be on the permittee’s staff or a third party hired to conduct stormwater inspections under the direction of the permittee(s). The permittee is responsible for ensuring that the inspector meets the definition of a Qualified Stormwater Manager. The inspector may be different than the individual(s) listed in Part I.C.2.a. Permittees must conduct site inspections in accordance with one of the following minimum frequencies, unless the site meets the requirements of Part I.D.3. All inspections must be recorded per Part I.D.5.c. At least one inspection every 7 calendar days; or At least one inspection every 14 calendar days, if post-storm event inspections are conducted within 24 hours after the end of any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Post-storm inspections may be used to fulfill the 14-day routine inspection requirement. When site conditions make the schedule required in this section impractical, the permittee may petition the division to grant an alternate inspection schedule. The alternative inspection schedule must not be implemented prior to written approval by the division and incorporation into the stormwater management plan. Page 16 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 Permittees must conduct site inspections at least once every 7 calendar days for sites that discharge to a water body designated as an Outstanding Water by the Water Quality Control Commission. In order to determine if the immediate receiving water is to an Outstanding Water, the permittee can use this map of Outstanding Waters. The permittee may perform site inspections at the following reduced frequencies when one of the following conditions exists: Post-Storm Inspections at Temporarily Idle Sites For permittees choosing an inspection frequency pursuant to Part I.D.2.b and if no construction activities will occur following a storm event, post-storm event inspections must be conducted prior to re- commencing construction activities, and no later than 72 hours after the end of any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. If the post-storm event inspection qualifies under this section, the inspection delay must be documented in the inspection record per Part I.D.5.c. Routine inspections must still be conducted at least every 14 calendar days. Inspections at Sites Awaiting Final Stabilization When the site, or portions of a site, are awaiting establishment of a vegetative ground cover and final stabilization, the permittee must conduct a thorough inspection of the construction site and control measures at least once every 30 days. Post-storm event inspections are not required under this schedule. This reduced inspection schedule is allowed if all of the following criteria are met: All construction activities resulting in ground disturbance are complete; All activities required for final stabilization, in accordance with Part I.B.1.a.iii(b) & (c) and with the stormwater management plan, have been completed, with the exception of the application of sod or seed that has not occurred due to seasonal conditions or the necessity for additional seed application to augment previous efforts; and The stormwater management plan has been amended to locate those areas to be inspected in accordance with the reduced schedule allowed for in this paragraph. Winter Conditions Inspections Exclusion Typically, this exclusion applies to elevations or locations where snow melt does not occur in the winter months. Inspections are not required for sites that meet all of the following conditions: Construction activities are temporarily halted for the winter season (e.g. December – February due to site being inaccessible); Snow cover exists over the entire site for an extended period (i.e. high-elevation winter season); and Melting conditions posing a risk of surface erosion do not exist. This inspection exception is applicable only during the period where melting conditions do not exist, and applies to the routine 7-day, 14-day and monthly inspections, as well as the post-storm-event inspections. When this inspection exclusion is implemented, the following information must be documented in accordance with the requirements in Part I.C.3 and Part I.D.5.c: (a) Dates when snow cover existed; (b) Date when construction activities ceased; and (c) Date melting conditions began. Areas to Be Inspected When conducting a site inspection the following areas, if applicable, must be inspected for evidence of, or Page 17 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 the potential for, pollutants leaving the construction site boundaries, entering the stormwater drainage system, or discharging to state waters: Construction site perimeter; All disturbed areas, including areas that are temporarily stabilized; Locations of installed control measures; Designated haul routes; Material and waste storage areas exposed to precipitation; Locations of pumped stormwater; Locations where stormwater has the potential to discharge offsite, including visible erosion and sedimentation; and Locations where vehicles exit the site. Inspection Requirements Inspections must assess the following components: Visually verify whether all implemented control measures are in effective operational condition and are working as designed in their specifications to minimize pollutant discharges. (a) For pumped stormwater, assessment may include sediment plume, suspended solids, unusual color, decreased clarity, presence of odor or foam, etc. Determine if there are new potential sources of pollutants. Assess the adequacy of control measures at the site to identify areas requiring new or modified control measures to minimize pollutant discharges. Identify all areas of non–compliance with the permit requirements and, if necessary, implement corrective action(s) in accordance with Part I.B.1.c. Inspection Reports The permittee must keep a record of all inspections conducted for each permitted site. Inspection reports must identify any incidents of noncompliance with the terms and conditions of this permit. All inspection reports must be signed and dated in accordance with Part I.D.5.c.xiii and xiv below. Inspection records must be retained in accordance with Part II.J. At a minimum, the inspection report must include: The inspection date; Name(s) and title(s) of personnel conducting the inspection; Weather conditions at the time of inspection; Phase of construction at the time of inspection; Estimated acreage of disturbance at the time of inspection; Location(s) and identification of control measures requiring routine maintenance; Location(s) and identification of discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site; Location(s) and identification of inadequate control measures; Location(s) and identification of additional control measures needed that were not in place at the time of inspection; Description of corrective action(s) for items vii, viii, ix, above, dates corrective action(s) were completed, including requisite changes to the stormwater management plan, as necessary; Description of the minimum inspection frequency (either in accordance with Part I.D.2, Part I.D.3 or Part I.D.4.) utilized when conducting each inspection; Page 18 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 Deviations from the minimum inspection schedule as required in Part I.D.2. This would include documentation of division approval for an alternate inspection schedule outlined in Part I.D.2.c; After adequate corrective action(s) have been taken, or where a report does not identify any incidents requiring corrective action, the report must contain the following statement and provide the date of the statement: “I verify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that if any corrective action items were identified during the inspection, those corrective actions are complete, and the site is currently in compliance with the permit.”; and Inspection reports must be signed by the individual(s) designated as a Qualified Stormwater Manager, as defined in Part I.E. DEFINITIONS For the purposes of this permit: (1) Bypass the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility in accordance with 40 CFR 122.41(m)(1)(i) and Regulation 61.2(12). (2) Common Plan of Development or Sale - A contiguous area where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules, but remain related. The division has determined that “contiguous” means construction activities located in close proximity to each other (within ¼ mile). Construction activities are considered to be “related” if they share the same development plan, builder or contractor, equipment, storage areas, etc. “Common plan of development or sale” includes construction activities that are associated with the construction of field wide oil and gas permits for facilities that are related. (3) Construction Activity - Ground surface disturbing and associated activities (land disturbance), which include, but are not limited to, clearing, grading, excavation, demolition, installation of new or improved haul roads and access roads, staging areas, stockpiling of fill materials, and borrow areas. Construction does not include routine maintenance to maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the facility. Activities to conduct repairs that are not part of routine maintenance or for replacement are construction activities and are not routine maintenance. Repaving activities where underlying and/or surrounding soil is exposed as part of the repaving operation are considered construction activities. Construction activity is from initial ground breaking to final stabilization regardless of ownership of the construction activities. (4) Construction Site – The location where construction activity is occurring and associated discharges are covered by this permit, including offsite locations for storage, staging, etc. For use in this permit, the terms construction site, site, and facility are used interchangeably. (5) Control Measure - Any best management practice or other method used to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants to state waters. Control measures include, but are not limited to, best management practices. Control measures can include other methods such as the installation, operation, and maintenance of structural controls and treatment devices. (6) Control Measure Requiring Routine Maintenance - Any control measure that is still operating in accordance with its design and the requirements of this permit, but requires preventative maintenance to prevent a breach of the control measure in subsequent storms. (7) Dedicated Asphalt, Concrete Batch Plants and Masonry Mixing Stations – Are batch plants or mixing stations located on, or within ¼ mile of, a construction site and that provide materials only to that specific construction site. (8) Disturbed area – Any ground disturbance prior to final stabilization. (9) Diversion – Discharges of state waters that are temporarily routed through channels or structures (e.g. in- stream, uncontaminated springs, non-pumped groundwater, temporary rerouting of surface waters, fords). For purposes of this permit, these diversions can also be referred to as clean water diversions. Page 19 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 (10) Final Stabilization - The condition reached when construction activities at the site have been completed, permanent stabilization methods are complete, and temporary control measures are removed. Areas being stabilized with a vegetative cover must have evenly distributed perennial vegetation. The vegetation coverage must be, at a minimum, equal to 70 percent of what would have been provided by native vegetation in a local, undisturbed area or adequate reference site. (11) Good Engineering, Hydrologic and Pollution Control Practices: are methods, procedures, and practices that: a. Are based on basic scientific fact(s). b. Reflect best industry practices and standards. c. Are appropriate for the conditions and pollutant sources. d. Provide appropriate solutions to meet the associated permit requirements, including practice based effluent limits. (12) Inadequate Control Measure - Any control measure that is not designed or implemented in accordance with the requirements of the permit and/or any control measure that is not implemented to operate in accordance with its design. (13) Infeasible – Not technologically possible, or not economically practicable and achievable in light of best industry practices. (14) Minimize - Reduce or eliminate to the extent achievable using control measures that are technologically available and economically practicable and achievable in light of best industry practice. (15) Municipality - A city, town, county, district, association, or other public body created by, or under, State law and having jurisdiction over disposal of sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes, or a designated and approved management agency under section 208 of CWA (1987). (16) Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) - A conveyance or system of conveyances (including roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, man-made channels, or storm drains): a. Owned or operated by a State, city, town, county, district, association, or other public body (created by or pursuant to State law) having jurisdiction over disposal of sewage, industrial wastes, stormwater, or other wastes, including special districts under State law such as a sewer district, flood control district or drainage district, or similar entity, or a designated and approved management agency under section 208 of the CWA that discharges to state waters; b. Designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater; c. Are not a combined sewer; and d. Are not part of a Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW). See 5 CCR 1002-61.2(62). (17) Municipal Stormwater Management Program - A stormwater program operated by a municipality, typically to meet the requirements of the municipality’s MS4 discharge certification. (18) Native Vegetation – Plant species that are naturally occurring for the particular area (or region) and have adapted to and are well suited for the soil, temperature, nutrients, and precipitation of the particular area (region). (19) Operator - The party that has operational control over day-to-day activities at a project site which are necessary to ensure compliance with the permit. This party is authorized to direct individuals at a site to carry out activities required by the permit (i.e. the general contractor). (20) Outstanding Waters - Waters designated as outstanding waters pursuant to Regulation 31, Section 31.8(2)(a). The highest level of water quality protection applies to certain waters that constitute an outstanding state or national resource. (21) Owner - The party that has overall control of the activities and that has funded the implementation of the construction plans and specifications. This is the party that may have ownership of, a long term lease of, or easements on the property on which the construction activity is occurring (e.g. the developer). Page 20 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 (22) Permittee(s) - The owner and operator named in the discharge certification issued under this general permit for the construction site specified in the certification. (23) Point Source - Any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including, but not limited to, any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure, container, rolling stock, concentrated animal feeding operation, or vessel or other floating craft, from which pollutants are or may be discharged. Point source does not include irrigation return flow. See 5 CCR 102-61.2(75). (24) Pollutant - Dredged spoil, dirt, slurry, solid waste, incinerator residue, sewage, sewage sludge, garbage, trash, chemical waste, biological nutrient, biological material, radioactive material, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, or any industrial, municipal or agricultural waste. See 5 CCR 1002- 61.2(76). (25) Presentation of credentials – A government issued form of identification, if in person; or (ii) providing name, position and purpose of inspection if request to enter is made via telephone, email or other form of electronic communication. A permittee’s non-response to a request to enter upon presentation of credentials constitutes a denial to such request, and may result in violation of the permit. (26) Process Water - Any water which, during manufacturing or processing, comes into contact with or results from the production of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, by product or waste product. (27) Public Emergency Related Site - A project initiated in response to an unanticipated emergency (e.g., mud slides, earthquake, extreme flooding conditions, disruption in essential public services), for which the related work requires immediate authorization to avoid imminent endangerment to human health or the environment, or to reestablish essential public services. (28) Qualified Stormwater Manager - An individual knowledgeable in the principles and practices of erosion and sediment control and pollution prevention, and with the skills to assess conditions at construction sites that could impact stormwater quality and to assess the effectiveness of stormwater control measures implemented to meet the requirements of this permit. (29) Qualifying Local Program - A municipal program for stormwater discharges associated with small construction activity that was formally approved by the division as a qualifying local program (Regulation 61.8(12). (30) Receiving Water - Any surface state water into which stormwater associated with construction activities discharges. Examples include all water courses, even if they are usually dry, such as borrow ditches, arroyos, and other unnamed waterways. (31) Severe Property Damage - Substantial physical damage to property, damage to the treatment facilities which causes them to become inoperable, or substantial and permanent loss of natural resources which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a bypass. Severe property damage does not mean economic loss caused by delays in production. See 40 CFR 122.41(m)(1)(ii). (32) Significant Materials - Include, but not limited to, raw materials; fuels; materials such as solvents, detergents, and plastic pellets; finished materials such as metallic products; raw materials used in food processing or production; hazardous substances designated under section 101(14) of CERCLA; any chemical the permittee is required to report under section 313 of Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA); fertilizers; pesticides; and waste products such as ashes, slag and sludge that have the potential to be released with stormwater discharges. (33) Small Construction Activity - The discharge of stormwater from construction activities that result in land disturbance of equal to, or greater than, one acre and less than five acres. Small construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than one acre of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale, if the larger common plan ultimately disturbs equal to, or greater than, one acre and less than five acres. (34) Spill - An unintentional release of solid or liquid material which may pollute state waters. (35) State Waters - Any and all surface and subsurface waters which are contained in or flow in or through this state, but does not include waters in sewage systems, waters in treatment works of disposal systems, waters in potable water distribution systems, and all water withdrawn for use until use and treatment have been Page 21 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 completed. (36) Steep Slopes - Where a local government, or industry technical manual (e.g. stormwater BMP manual) has defined what is to be considered a “steep slope”, this permit’s definition automatically adopts that definition. Where no such definition exists, steep slopes are automatically defined as those that are 3:1 or greater. (37) Stormwater - Precipitation runoff, snow melt runoff, and surface runoff and drainage. See 5 CCR 1002- 61.2(103). (38) Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs) - The sum of the individual wasteload allocations (WLA) for point sources and load allocations (LA) for nonpoint sources and natural background. For the purposes of this permit, a TMDL is a calculation of the maximum amount of a pollutant that a waterbody can receive and still meet water quality standards, and an allocation of that amount to the pollutant's sources. A TMDL includes WLAs, LAs, and must include a margin of safety (MOS), and account for seasonal variations. See section 303(d) of the CWA and 40 C.F.R. 130.2 and 130.7. (39) Upset - An exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventative maintenance, or careless or improper operation in accordance with 40 CFR 122.41(n) and Regulation 61.2(114). MONITORING The division may require sampling and testing, on a case-by-case basis. If the division requires sampling and testing, the division will send a notification to the permittee. Sampling and reporting procedures for any monitoring data collected will be included in the notification. If monitoring is required, the following applies: The thirty (30) day average must be determined by the arithmetic mean of all samples collected during a thirty (30) consecutive-day period; and A grab sample, for monitoring requirements, is a single “dip and take” sample. OIL AND GAS CONSTRUCTION Stormwater discharges associated with construction activities directly related to oil and gas exploration, production, processing, and treatment operations or transmission facilities are regulated under the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations (5 CCR 1002-61), and require coverage under this permit in accordance with that regulation. However, references in this permit to specific authority under the CWA do not apply to stormwater discharges associated with these oil and gas related construction activities, to the extent that the references are limited by the federal Energy Policy Act of 2005. Page 22 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 PART II Part II contains standard conditions required by federal regulation to be included in all NPDES permits (see 40 C.F.R. 122.41). Part I contains permit specific requirements. DUTY TO COMPLY 1. The permittee must comply with all conditions of this permit. Any permit noncompliance constitutes a violation of the Colorado Water Quality Control Act and is grounds for: 1) enforcement action; 2) permit termination, revocation and reissuance, or modification; or 3) denial of a permit renewal application. 2. Federal Enforcement: a. The permittee shall comply with effluent standards or prohibitions established under section 307(a) of the Clean Water Act for toxic pollutants and with standards for sewage sludge use or disposal (see 40 CFR 122.2) established under section 405(d) of the CWA within the time provided in the regulations that establish these standards or prohibitions or standards for sewage sludge use or disposal, even if the permit has not yet been modified to incorporate the requirement. b. The Clean Water Act provides that any person who violates section 301, 302, 306, 307, 308, 318 or 405 of the Act, or any permit condition or limitation implementing any such sections in a permit issued under section 402, or any requirement imposed in a pretreatment program approved under sections 402(a)(3) or 402(b)(8) of the Act, is subject to a civil penalty not to exceed $25,000 per day for each violation. The Clean Water Act provides that any person who negligently violates sections 301, 302, 306, 307, 308, 318, or 405 of the Act, or any condition or limitation implementing any of such sections in a permit issued under section 402 of the Act, or any requirement imposed in a pretreatment program approved under section 402(a)(3) or 402(b)(8) of the Act, is subject to criminal penalties of $2,500 to $25,000 per day of violation, or imprisonment of not more than 1 year, or both. In the case of a second or subsequent conviction for a negligent violation, a person shall be subject to criminal penalties of not more than $50,000 per day of violation, or by imprisonment of not more than 2 years, or both. Any person who knowingly violates such sections, or such conditions or limitations is subject to criminal penalties of $5,000 to $50,000 per day of violation, or imprisonment for not more than 3 years, or both. In the case of a second or subsequent conviction for a knowing violation, a person shall be subject to criminal penalties of not more than $100,000 per day of violation, or imprisonment of not more than 6 years, or both. Any person who knowingly violates section 301, 302, 303, 306, 307, 308, 318 or 405 of the Act, or any permit condition or limitation implementing any of such sections in a permit issued under section 402 of the Act, and who knows at that time that he thereby places another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury, shall, upon conviction, be subject to a fine of not more than $250,000 or imprisonment of not more than 15 years, or both. In the case of a second or subsequent conviction for a knowing endangerment violation, a person shall be subject to a fine of not more than $500,000 or by imprisonment of not more than 30 years, or both. An organization, as defined in section 309(c)(3)(B)(iii) of the CWA, shall, upon conviction of violating the imminent danger provision, be subject to a fine of not more than $1,000,000 and can be fined up to $2,000,000 for second or subsequent convictions. c. Any person may be assessed an administrative penalty by the Administrator for violating section 301, 302, 306, 307, 308, 318 or 405 of this Act, or any permit condition or limitation implementing any of such sections in a permit issued under section 402 of this Act. Administrative penalties for Class I violations are not to exceed $10,000 per violation, with the maximum amount of any Class I penalty assessed not to exceed $25,000. Penalties for Class II violations are not to exceed $10,000 per day for each day during which the violation continues, with the maximum amount of any Class II penalty not to exceed $125,000. DUTY TO REAPPLY If the permittee plans to continue an activity regulated by this permit after the expiration date of this permit, the permittee must submit a permit application at least 180 days before this permit expires as required by Regulations 61.4 and 61.10. NEED TO HALT OR REDUCE ACTIVITY NOT A DEFENSE It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or Page 23 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this permit. DUTY TO MITIGATE The permittee must take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge or sludge use or disposal in violation of this permit which has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment. PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE The permittee must at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) that are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. Proper operation and maintenance also includes adequate laboratory controls and appropriate quality assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities or similar systems which are installed by a permittee only when the operation is necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. See 40 C.F.R. §122.41(e). PERMIT ACTIONS This permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated for cause. The filing of a request for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination, or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not stay any permit condition. Any request for modification, revocation, reissuance, or termination under this permit must comply with all terms and conditions of Regulation 61.8(8). See also 40 C.F.R. § 122.41(f). PROPERTY RIGHTS In accordance with 40 CFR §122.41(g) and Regulation 61.8(9): The issuance of a permit does not convey any property or water rights in either real or personal property, or stream flows or any exclusive privilege. 1. The issuance of a permit does not authorize any injury to person or property or any invasion of personal rights, nor does it authorize the infringement of federal, state, or local laws or regulations. 2. Except for any toxic effluent standard or prohibition imposed under Section 307 of the Clean Water Act or any standard for sewage sludge use or disposal under Section 405(d) of the Federal act, compliance with a permit during its term constitutes compliance, for purposes of enforcement, with Sections 301, 302, 306, 318, 403, and 405(a) and (b) of the Clean Water Act. However, a permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated during its term for cause as set forth in Section 61.8(8) of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations. See 61.8(9)(c). DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION The permittee shall furnish to the Division, within a reasonable time, any information which the Division may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or terminating this permit, or to determine compliance with this permit. The permittee shall also furnish to the Division, upon request, copies of records required to be kept by this permit in accordance with 40 C.F.R. §122.41(h) and/or Regulation 61.8(3)(q). INSPECTION AND ENTRY The permittee shall allow the Division and the authorized representative, including U.S. EPA, and/or their authorized representatives (including an authorized contractor acting as their representative), upon the presentation of credentials as required by law, to conduct inspections in accordance with 40 C.F.R. §122.41(i), Regulation 61.8(3), and Regulation 61.8(4): 1. To enter upon the permittee's premises where a regulated facility or activity is located or conducted in which any records are required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this permit; 2. At reasonable times to have access to and copy any records required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this permit and to inspect any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices, operations or monitoring method regulated or required in the permit; 3. To enter upon the permittee's premises in a reasonable manner and at a reasonable time to inspect or investigate, any actual, suspected, or potential source of water pollution, or to ascertain compliance or noncompliance with the Colorado Water Quality Control Act or any other applicable state or federal statute or regulation or any order promulgated by the Division, and; Page 24 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 4. Sample or monitor at reasonable times, for the purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise authorized by the Clean Water Act, any substances or parameters at any location. MONITORING AND RECORDS 1. Samples and measurements taken for the purpose of monitoring must be representative of the volume and nature of the monitored activity. See 40 C.F.R. § 122.41(j)(1). 2. Monitoring must be conducted according to test procedures approved under 40 C.F.R. part 136 for the analyses of pollutants unless another method is required under 40 C.F.R. subchapters N or O. In the case of pollutants for which there are no approved methods under 40 C.F.R. part 136 or otherwise required under 40 C.F.R. subchapters N or O, monitoring must be conducted according to a test procedure specified in this permit for such pollutants. See 40 C.F.R. § 122.41(j)(4); 122.44(i)(1)(iv)(A). 3. Except for records of monitoring information required by this permit related to the permittee's sewage sludge use and disposal activities, which shall be retained for a period of at least five years (or longer as required by 40 CFR part 503), the permittee shall retain records of all monitoring information, including all calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation, copies of all reports required by this permit, and records of all data used to complete the application for this permit, for a period of at least 3 years from the date of the sample, measurement, report or application. This period of retention shall be extended during the course of any unresolved litigation regarding the discharge of pollutants by the permittee or when requested by the Division or Regional Administrator. 4. Records of monitoring information must include: a. The date, exact place, and time of sampling or measurements; b. The individual(s) who performed the sampling or measurements; c. The date(s) analyses were performed d. The individual(s) who performed the analyses; e. The analytical techniques or methods used; and f. The results of such analyses. 5. The permittee shall install, calibrate, use and maintain monitoring methods and equipment, including biological and indicated pollutant monitoring methods. See Regulation 61.8(4)(b)(iii). All sampling shall be performed by the permittee according to sufficiently sensitive test procedures required by 40 C.F.R. 122.44(i)(1)(iv) or methods approved by the Division, in the absence of a method specified in or approved pursuant to 40 C.F.R. Part 136. 6. The CWA provides that any person who falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device or method required to be maintained under this permit shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000, or by imprisonment for not more than 2 years, or both. If a conviction of a person is for a violation committed after a first conviction of such person under this paragraph, punishment is a fine of not more than $20,000 per day of violation, or by imprisonment of not more than 4 years, or both. 7. Documentation required by this permit, including records of all data used to complete the application for permit coverage to be covered by this permit, stormwater management plans, inspection reports, etc., must be retained for at least three years from the date that permit coverage expires or is terminated. This period may be extended by request of EPA or the division at any time. SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS 1. Authorization to Sign: All documents required to be submitted to the Division by the permit must be signed in accordance with 40 CFR §122.22, Regulation 61.4, and the following criteria: a. For a corporation: By a responsible corporate officer. For the purpose of this subsection, a responsible corporate officer means: (i) a president, treasurer, or vice president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy- or decision-making functions for the corporation, or (ii) the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities, provided, the manager is authorized to make management decisions which govern the operation of the regulated facility including having the explicit or implicit duty of making major capital investment recommendations, and initiating and directing other comprehensive measures to assure long term Page 25 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 environmental compliance with environmental laws and regulations; the manager can ensure that the necessary systems are established or actions taken to gather complete and accurate information for permit application requirements; and where authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. The responsible official may be a project manager if the project manager has level of control at a corporation as required in this subpart a. b. For a partnership or sole proprietorship: By a general partner or the proprietor, respectively; or c. For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency: By either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For purposes of this subsection, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes (i) the chief or principal executive officer of the agency, or (ii) a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency. (e.g., Regional Administrator of EPA), and at the city, municipal, state or other government entity it typically will include a program director (e.g. Director of Public Works, Director of Transportation, Director of Parks and Recreation, etc.). For purposes of this section, a principal executive officer has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility from which the discharge originates. d. By a duly authorized representative in accordance with 40 C.F.R. 122.22(b), only if: i. the authorization is made in writing by a person described in Part II.K.1.a, b, or c above; ii. The authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated facility or activity such as the position of plant manager, operator of a well or a well field, superintendent, position of equivalent responsibility, or an individual or position having overall responsibility for environmental matters for the company. (A duly authorized representative may thus be either a named individual or any individual occupying a named position); and, iii. The written authorization is submitted to the Division. 2. Any person(s) signing documents required for submittal to the Division must make the following certification: “I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.” 3. The CWA provides that any person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or certification in any record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under this permit, including monitoring reports or reports of compliance or non-compliance shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000 per violation, or by imprisonment for not more than 6 months per violation, or by both. See 40 C.F.R. §122.41(k)(2). REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 1. Planned Changes: The permittee shall give advance notice to the Division, in writing, of any planned physical alterations or additions to the permitted facility in accordance with 40 CFR §122.41(l) and Regulation 61.8(5)(a) and Part II.O. of this permit. Notice is required only when: a. The alteration or addition to a permitted facility may meet one of the criteria for determining whether a facility is a new source in 40 CFR §122.29(b); or b. The alteration or addition could significantly change the nature or increase the quantity of pollutants discharged. This notification applies to pollutants which are subject neither to effluent limitations in the permit, nor to notification requirements under 40 CFR §122.41(a)(1). c. The alteration or addition results in a significant change in the permittee's sludge use or disposal practices, and such alteration, addition, or change may justify the application of permit conditions that are different from or absent in the existing permit, including notification of additional use or disposal sites not reported during the permit application process or not reported pursuant to an approved land application plan. See 40 C.F.R. §122.41(l)(1)(iii). Page 26 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 2. Anticipated Non-Compliance: The permittee shall give advance notice to the Division, in writing, of any planned changes in the permitted facility or activity that may result in noncompliance with permit requirements. The timing of notification requirements differs based on the type of non-compliance as described below. 3. Transfer of Ownership or Control: The permittee shall notify the Division, in writing, ten (10) calendar days in advance of a proposed transfer of the permit. The notice must include a written agreement between the existing and new permittee(s) containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage and liability between them. This permit is not transferable to any person except after notice to the Division. The Division may require modification or revocation and reissuance of the permit to change the name of the permittee and incorporate such other requirements as may be necessary under the Clean Water Act. See Regulation 61.8(6); 40 C.F.R. §§ 122.41(l)(iii) and 122.61. 4. Monitoring reports: Monitoring results must be reported at the intervals specified in this permit. a. If the permittee monitors any pollutant at the approved monitoring locations listed in Part I more frequently than that required by this permit using test procedures approved under 40 CFR Part 136, or another method required for an industry-specific waste stream under 40 CFR subchapters N or O, the results of such monitoring shall be included in the calculation and reporting of the data submitted in the DMR or sludge reporting form specified by the Division. See 40 CFR 122.41(l)(4). b. Calculations for all limitations which require averaging of measurements shall utilize an arithmetic mean unless otherwise specified by the Division in the permit. 5. Submission of Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs): DMRs shall be submitted electronically through NetDMR system unless the permittee requests and is granted a waiver of the electronic reporting requirement by the Division pursuant to Regulation 61.8(4)(d). 6. Compliance Schedules: Reports of compliance or noncompliance with, or any progress reports on, interim and final requirements contained in any compliance schedule in the permit, shall be submitted on or before the date listed in the compliance schedule section. The fourteen (14) calendar day provision in Regulation 61.8(4)(n)(i) has been incorporated into the due date. 7. Twenty-four hour reporting: a. In addition to the reports required elsewhere in this permit, the permittee shall report the following circumstances on the Division’s submission form within twenty-four (24) hours from the time the permittee becomes aware of the circumstances, and shall submit to the Division a written report containing the information requested within five (5) working days after becoming aware of the following circumstances: i. Circumstances leading to any noncompliance which may endanger health or the environment regardless of the cause of the incident; ii. Circumstances leading to any unanticipated bypass which exceeds any effluent limitations in the permit; iii. Circumstances leading to any upset which causes an exceedance of any effluent limitation in the permit; or iv. Daily maximum violations for any of the pollutants limited by Part I.A of this permit as specified in Part III of this permit. This includes any toxic pollutant or hazardous substance or any pollutant specifically identified as the method to control any toxic pollutant or hazardous substance. b. The report shall contain a description of the noncompliance and its cause; the period of noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue; and steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance. c. For noncompliance events related to combined sewer overflows, sanitary sewer overflows, or bypass events, these reports must include the data described above (with the exception of time of discovery) as well as the type of event (combined sewer overflows, sanitary sewer overflows, or bypass events), type of sewer overflow structure (e.g., manhole, combine sewer overflow outfall), discharge volumes untreated by the treatment works treating domestic sewage, types of human health and environmental impacts of the sewer overflow event, and whether the noncompliance was related to wet weather. See 40 CFR 122.41(l)(6)(i). Page 27 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 i. As of December 21, 2020 all reports related to combined sewer overflows, sanitary sewer overflows, or bypass events submitted in compliance with this section must be submitted electronically by the permittee to the Division. 8. Other non-compliance: A permittee must report all instances of noncompliance at the time monitoring reports are due. These reports may be submitted annually in accordance with Regulation 61.8(4)(p) and/or 61.8(5)(f), but may be submitted at a more frequent interval. BYPASS 1. Definitions: a. “Bypass” means the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility in accordance with 40 CFR §122.41(m)(1)(i) and/or Regulation 61.2(12). b. Severe property damage means substantial physical damage to property, damage to the treatment facilities which causes them to become inoperable, or substantial and permanent loss of natural resources which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a bypass. Severe property damage does not mean economic loss caused by delays in production. See 40 CFR §122.41(m)(1)(ii). 2. Bypass not exceeding limitations. The permittee may allow any bypass to occur which does not cause effluent limitations to be exceeded, but only if it also is for essential maintenance to assure efficient operation. These bypasses are not subject to the provisions of 40 CFR 122.41(m)(3) and (m)(4). See 40 CFR §122.41(m)(2). 3. Notice of bypass: a. Anticipated bypass. If the permittee knows in advance of the need for a bypass, the permittee shall submit prior notice, if possible, at least ten (10) days before the date of the bypass. See 40 CFR §122.41(m)(3)(i) and/or Regulation 61.9(5)(c). b. Unanticipated bypass. You must submit notice of an unanticipated bypass as required in Part II.L.7. See also 40 CFR §122.41(m)(3)(ii). 4. Prohibition of Bypass: Bypasses are prohibited and the Division may take enforcement action against the permittee for bypass, unless: a. the bypass is unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage; b. There were no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, or maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime. This condition is not satisfied if adequate backup equipment should have been installed in the exercise of reasonable engineering judgment to prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of equipment downtime or preventive maintenance; and c. Proper notices were submitted to the Division. i. The Division may approve an anticipated bypass, after considering its adverse effects, if the Division determines that it will meet the three conditions listed. UPSET 1. Definition: “Upset” means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with technology based permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventative maintenance, or careless or improper operation. See 40 CFR §122.41(n) and Regulation 61.2(113). 2. Effect of an upset: An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for noncompliance with permit effluent limitations if the requirements of section 3 are met. A determination made during administrative review of claims that noncompliance was caused by upset is final administrative action subject to judicial review in accordance with Regulation 61.8(3)(j). **special note:** this provision is consistent with the definition of “Upset” as codified in Regulation 61.2(113). However, the Colorado regulatory definition of upset is less stringent than the federal code of regulations, which restricts the use of an upset defense to noncompliance with technology-based permit effluent limitations only. Page 28 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 3. Conditions necessary for demonstration of an Upset: A permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of upset shall demonstrate through properly signed contemporaneous operating logs, or other relevant evidence that: a. an upset occurred and the permittee can identify the cause(s) of the upset; b. the permitted facility was at the time being properly maintained; and c. the permittee submitted notice of the upset as required in Part II.L.7 (24-hour notice); and d. The permittee complied with any remedial measure necessary to minimize or prevent any discharge or sludge use or disposal in violation of this permit which has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment. See also 40 C.F.R. 122.41(n)(3)(i)-(iv). **special note:** this provision is consistent with the definition of “Conditions necessary for demonstration of upset” as codified in Regulation 61.8(3)(j)(ii). However, the Colorado regulatory definition of upset is less stringent than the federal code of regulations, which restricts the use of an upset defense to demonstrate that a facility was properly operated and maintained. Colorado’s regulatory definition of “Conditions necessary for demonstration of upset” is less stringent than the requirements of the federal Clean Water Act. 4. In addition to the demonstration required above, a permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of upset for a violation of effluent limitations based upon water quality standards shall also demonstrate through monitoring, modeling or other methods that the relevant standards were achieved in the receiving water. 5. Burden of Proof: In any enforcement proceeding, the permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset has the burden of proof. REOPENER CLAUSE Procedures for modification or revocation. Permit modification or revocation of this permit or coverage under this permit will be conducted according to Regulation 61.8(8). This permit may be reopened and modified (following proper administrative procedures) to include the appropriate effluent limitations (and compliance schedule, if necessary), or other appropriate requirements if one of the following events occurs, including but not limited to: 1. Water Quality Standards: The water quality standards of the receiving water(s) to which the permittee discharges are modified in such a manner as to require different effluent limits than contained in this permit. 2. Wasteload Allocation: A wasteload allocation is developed and approved by the State of Colorado and/or EPA for incorporation in this permit. 3. Discharger-specific variance: A variance is adopted by the Water Quality Control Commission. OTHER INFORMATION When the permittee becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit application, or submitted incorrect information in a permit application or in any report to the Division or U.S. EPA, the Discharger shall promptly submit such facts or information. See 40 C.F.R. § 122.41(l)(8). SEVERABILITY The provisions of this permit are severable. If any provisions or the application of any provision of this permit to any circumstances, is held invalid, the application of such provision to other circumstances and the application of the remainder of this permit shall not be affected. NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 1. Notification to Parties: All notification requirements, excluding application information submitted using the CEOS portal or twenty-four hour reporting via the submission form, shall be directed as follows: a. Oral Notifications, during normal business hours shall be to: CDPHE-Emergency Reporting Line: 1-877-518-5608; or Water Quality Protection Section – Compliance Program Water Quality Control Division Page 29 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 Telephone: (303) 692-3500 After hours notifications should be made to the CDPHE-Emergency Reporting Line: 1-877-518-5608. b. Written notification shall be to: Water Quality Protection Section – Compliance Program Water Quality Control Division Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment WQCD-WQP-B2 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South Denver, CO 80246-1530 RESPONSIBILITIES Reduction, Loss, or Failure of Treatment Facility: The permittee has the duty to halt or reduce any activity if necessary to maintain compliance with the effluent limitations of the permit. It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would be necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this permit. OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES LIABILITY Nothing in this permit shall be construed to preclude the institution of any legal action or relieve the permittee from any responsibilities, liabilities, or penalties to which the permittee is or may be subject to under Section 311 (Oil and Hazardous Substance Liability) of the Clean Water Act. EMERGENCY POWERS Nothing in this permit shall be construed to preclude the institution of any legal action or relieve the permittee from any responsibilities, liabilities, or penalties established pursuant to any applicable State law or regulation under authority granted by Section 510 of the Clean Water Act. Nothing in this permit shall be construed to prevent or limit application of any emergency power of the Division. CONFIDENTIALITY Any information relating to any secret process, method of manufacture or production, or sales or marketing data which has been declared confidential by the permittee, and which may be acquired, ascertained, or discovered, whether in any sampling investigation, emergency investigation, Colorado Open Records Act (CORA) request, or otherwise, shall not be publicly disclosed by any member, officer, or employee of the Water Quality Control Commission or the Division, but shall be kept confidential. Any person seeking to invoke the protection of this section shall bear the burden of proving its applicability. This section shall never be interpreted as preventing full disclosure of effluent data. FEES The permittee is required to submit payment of an annual fee as set forth in the 2016 amendments to the Water Quality Control Act. Section 25-8-502 (1.1) (b), and the Regulation 61.15 as amended. Failure to submit the required fee when due and payable is a violation of the permit and will result in enforcement action pursuant to Section 25-8-601 et. seq., C.R.S.1973 as amended. DURATION OF PERMIT The duration of a permit shall be for a fixed term and shall not exceed five (5) years. If the permittee desires to continue to discharge, a permit renewal application shall be submitted at least one hundred eighty (180) calendar days before this permit expires. Filing of a timely and complete application shall cause the expired permit to continue in force to the effective date of the new permit. The permit's duration may be extended only through administrative extensions and not through interim modifications. If the permittee anticipates there will be no discharge after the expiration date of this permit, the Division should be promptly notified so that it can terminate the permit in accordance with Regulation 61. SECTION 307 TOXICS If a toxic effluent standard or prohibition, including any applicable schedule of compliance specified, is established Page 30 of 31 Permit No. COR400000 by regulation pursuant to Section 307 of the Clean Water Act for a toxic pollutant which is present in the permittee's discharge and such standard or prohibition is more stringent than any limitation upon such pollutant in the discharge permit, the Division shall institute proceedings to modify or revoke and reissue the permit to conform to the toxic effluent standard or prohibition. Tab 13 – Inspection Reports Tab 14 – Miscellaneous United States Department of Agriculture A product of the National Cooperative Soil Survey, a joint effort of the United States Department of Agriculture and other Federal agencies, State agencies including the Agricultural Experiment Stations, and local participants Custom Soil Resource Report for Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service February 18, 2025 Preface Soil surveys contain information that affects land use planning in survey areas. They highlight soil limitations that affect various land uses and provide information about the properties of the soils in the survey areas. Soil surveys are designed for many different users, including farmers, ranchers, foresters, agronomists, urban planners, community officials, engineers, developers, builders, and home buyers. Also, conservationists, teachers, students, and specialists in recreation, waste disposal, and pollution control can use the surveys to help them understand, protect, or enhance the environment. Various land use regulations of Federal, State, and local governments may impose special restrictions on land use or land treatment. Soil surveys identify soil properties that are used in making various land use or land treatment decisions. The information is intended to help the land users identify and reduce the effects of soil limitations on various land uses. The landowner or user is responsible for identifying and complying with existing laws and regulations. Although soil survey information can be used for general farm, local, and wider area planning, onsite investigation is needed to supplement this information in some cases. Examples include soil quality assessments (http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/ portal/nrcs/main/soils/health/) and certain conservation and engineering applications. For more detailed information, contact your local USDA Service Center (https://offices.sc.egov.usda.gov/locator/app?agency=nrcs) or your NRCS State Soil Scientist (http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/contactus/? cid=nrcs142p2_053951). Great differences in soil properties can occur within short distances. Some soils are seasonally wet or subject to flooding. Some are too unstable to be used as a foundation for buildings or roads. Clayey or wet soils are poorly suited to use as septic tank absorption fields. A high water table makes a soil poorly suited to basements or underground installations. The National Cooperative Soil Survey is a joint effort of the United States Department of Agriculture and other Federal agencies, State agencies including the Agricultural Experiment Stations, and local agencies. The Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) has leadership for the Federal part of the National Cooperative Soil Survey. Information about soils is updated periodically. Updated information is available through the NRCS Web Soil Survey, the site for official soil survey information. The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) prohibits discrimination in all its programs and activities on the basis of race, color, national origin, age, disability, and where applicable, sex, marital status, familial status, parental status, religion, sexual orientation, genetic information, political beliefs, reprisal, or because all or a part of an individual's income is derived from any public assistance program. (Not all prohibited bases apply to all programs.) Persons with disabilities who require 2 alternative means for communication of program information (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.) should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD). To file a complaint of discrimination, write to USDA, Director, Office of Civil Rights, 1400 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20250-9410 or call (800) 795-3272 (voice) or (202) 720-6382 (TDD). USDA is an equal opportunity provider and employer. 3 Contents Preface....................................................................................................................2 How Soil Surveys Are Made..................................................................................5 Soil Map..................................................................................................................8 Soil Map................................................................................................................9 Legend................................................................................................................10 Map Unit Legend................................................................................................12 Map Unit Descriptions........................................................................................12 Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties............................14 3—Arvada loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes.......................................................14 Soil Information for All Uses...............................................................................16 Soil Properties and Qualities..............................................................................16 Soil Erosion Factors........................................................................................16 K Factor, Whole Soil (Soil Report)...............................................................16 Wind Erodibility Group (Soil Report)...........................................................20 Soil Qualities and Features.............................................................................24 Hydrologic Soil Group (Soil Report)............................................................24 References............................................................................................................30 4 How Soil Surveys Are Made Soil surveys are made to provide information about the soils and miscellaneous areas in a specific area. They include a description of the soils and miscellaneous areas and their location on the landscape and tables that show soil properties and limitations affecting various uses. Soil scientists observed the steepness, length, and shape of the slopes; the general pattern of drainage; the kinds of crops and native plants; and the kinds of bedrock. They observed and described many soil profiles. A soil profile is the sequence of natural layers, or horizons, in a soil. The profile extends from the surface down into the unconsolidated material in which the soil formed or from the surface down to bedrock. The unconsolidated material is devoid of roots and other living organisms and has not been changed by other biological activity. Currently, soils are mapped according to the boundaries of major land resource areas (MLRAs). MLRAs are geographically associated land resource units that share common characteristics related to physiography, geology, climate, water resources, soils, biological resources, and land uses (USDA, 2006). Soil survey areas typically consist of parts of one or more MLRA. The soils and miscellaneous areas in a survey area occur in an orderly pattern that is related to the geology, landforms, relief, climate, and natural vegetation of the area. Each kind of soil and miscellaneous area is associated with a particular kind of landform or with a segment of the landform. By observing the soils and miscellaneous areas in the survey area and relating their position to specific segments of the landform, a soil scientist develops a concept, or model, of how they were formed. Thus, during mapping, this model enables the soil scientist to predict with a considerable degree of accuracy the kind of soil or miscellaneous area at a specific location on the landscape. Commonly, individual soils on the landscape merge into one another as their characteristics gradually change. To construct an accurate soil map, however, soil scientists must determine the boundaries between the soils. They can observe only a limited number of soil profiles. Nevertheless, these observations, supplemented by an understanding of the soil-vegetation-landscape relationship, are sufficient to verify predictions of the kinds of soil in an area and to determine the boundaries. Soil scientists recorded the characteristics of the soil profiles that they studied. They noted soil color, texture, size and shape of soil aggregates, kind and amount of rock fragments, distribution of plant roots, reaction, and other features that enable them to identify soils. After describing the soils in the survey area and determining their properties, the soil scientists assigned the soils to taxonomic classes (units). Taxonomic classes are concepts. Each taxonomic class has a set of soil characteristics with precisely defined limits. The classes are used as a basis for comparison to classify soils systematically. Soil taxonomy, the system of taxonomic classification used in the United States, is based mainly on the kind and character of soil properties and the arrangement of horizons within the profile. After the soil 5 scientists classified and named the soils in the survey area, they compared the individual soils with similar soils in the same taxonomic class in other areas so that they could confirm data and assemble additional data based on experience and research. The objective of soil mapping is not to delineate pure map unit components; the objective is to separate the landscape into landforms or landform segments that have similar use and management requirements. Each map unit is defined by a unique combination of soil components and/or miscellaneous areas in predictable proportions. Some components may be highly contrasting to the other components of the map unit. The presence of minor components in a map unit in no way diminishes the usefulness or accuracy of the data. The delineation of such landforms and landform segments on the map provides sufficient information for the development of resource plans. If intensive use of small areas is planned, onsite investigation is needed to define and locate the soils and miscellaneous areas. Soil scientists make many field observations in the process of producing a soil map. The frequency of observation is dependent upon several factors, including scale of mapping, intensity of mapping, design of map units, complexity of the landscape, and experience of the soil scientist. Observations are made to test and refine the soil-landscape model and predictions and to verify the classification of the soils at specific locations. Once the soil-landscape model is refined, a significantly smaller number of measurements of individual soil properties are made and recorded. These measurements may include field measurements, such as those for color, depth to bedrock, and texture, and laboratory measurements, such as those for content of sand, silt, clay, salt, and other components. Properties of each soil typically vary from one point to another across the landscape. Observations for map unit components are aggregated to develop ranges of characteristics for the components. The aggregated values are presented. Direct measurements do not exist for every property presented for every map unit component. Values for some properties are estimated from combinations of other properties. While a soil survey is in progress, samples of some of the soils in the area generally are collected for laboratory analyses and for engineering tests. Soil scientists interpret the data from these analyses and tests as well as the field-observed characteristics and the soil properties to determine the expected behavior of the soils under different uses. Interpretations for all of the soils are field tested through observation of the soils in different uses and under different levels of management. Some interpretations are modified to fit local conditions, and some new interpretations are developed to meet local needs. Data are assembled from other sources, such as research information, production records, and field experience of specialists. For example, data on crop yields under defined levels of management are assembled from farm records and from field or plot experiments on the same kinds of soil. Predictions about soil behavior are based not only on soil properties but also on such variables as climate and biological activity. Soil conditions are predictable over long periods of time, but they are not predictable from year to year. For example, soil scientists can predict with a fairly high degree of accuracy that a given soil will have a high water table within certain depths in most years, but they cannot predict that a high water table will always be at a specific level in the soil on a specific date. After soil scientists located and identified the significant natural bodies of soil in the survey area, they drew the boundaries of these bodies on aerial photographs and Custom Soil Resource Report 6 identified each as a specific map unit. Aerial photographs show trees, buildings, fields, roads, and rivers, all of which help in locating boundaries accurately. Custom Soil Resource Report 7 Soil Map The soil map section includes the soil map for the defined area of interest, a list of soil map units on the map and extent of each map unit, and cartographic symbols displayed on the map. Also presented are various metadata about data used to produce the map, and a description of each soil map unit. 8 9 Custom Soil Resource Report Soil Map 43 7 5 5 6 0 43 7 5 6 0 0 43 7 5 6 4 0 43 7 5 6 8 0 43 7 5 7 2 0 43 7 5 7 6 0 43 7 5 8 0 0 43 7 5 8 4 0 43 7 5 8 8 0 43 7 5 5 6 0 43 7 5 6 0 0 43 7 5 6 4 0 43 7 5 6 8 0 43 7 5 7 2 0 43 7 5 7 6 0 43 7 5 8 0 0 43 7 5 8 4 0 43 7 5 8 8 0 246170 246210 246250 246290 246330 246370 246410 246170 246210 246250 246290 246330 246370 246410 39° 29' 43'' N 10 7 ° 5 7 ' 6 ' ' W 39° 29' 43'' N 10 7 ° 5 6 ' 5 5 ' ' W 39° 29' 31'' N 10 7 ° 5 7 ' 6 ' ' W 39° 29' 31'' N 10 7 ° 5 6 ' 5 5 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 13N WGS84 0 50 100 200 300 Feet 0 25 50 100 150 Meters Map Scale: 1:1,730 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Map Unit Polygons Soil Map Unit Lines Soil Map Unit Points Special Point Features Blowout Borrow Pit Clay Spot Closed Depression Gravel Pit Gravelly Spot Landfill Lava Flow Marsh or swamp Mine or Quarry Miscellaneous Water Perennial Water Rock Outcrop Saline Spot Sandy Spot Severely Eroded Spot Sinkhole Slide or Slip Sodic Spot Spoil Area Stony Spot Very Stony Spot Wet Spot Other Special Line Features Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 17, Aug 29, 2024 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Aug 25, 2021—Sep 5, 2021 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background Custom Soil Resource Report 10 MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Custom Soil Resource Report 11 Map Unit Legend Map Unit Symbol Map Unit Name Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 3 Arvada loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes 6.4 100.0% Totals for Area of Interest 6.4 100.0% Map Unit Descriptions The map units delineated on the detailed soil maps in a soil survey represent the soils or miscellaneous areas in the survey area. The map unit descriptions, along with the maps, can be used to determine the composition and properties of a unit. A map unit delineation on a soil map represents an area dominated by one or more major kinds of soil or miscellaneous areas. A map unit is identified and named according to the taxonomic classification of the dominant soils. Within a taxonomic class there are precisely defined limits for the properties of the soils. On the landscape, however, the soils are natural phenomena, and they have the characteristic variability of all natural phenomena. Thus, the range of some observed properties may extend beyond the limits defined for a taxonomic class. Areas of soils of a single taxonomic class rarely, if ever, can be mapped without including areas of other taxonomic classes. Consequently, every map unit is made up of the soils or miscellaneous areas for which it is named and some minor components that belong to taxonomic classes other than those of the major soils. Most minor soils have properties similar to those of the dominant soil or soils in the map unit, and thus they do not affect use and management. These are called noncontrasting, or similar, components. They may or may not be mentioned in a particular map unit description. Other minor components, however, have properties and behavioral characteristics divergent enough to affect use or to require different management. These are called contrasting, or dissimilar, components. They generally are in small areas and could not be mapped separately because of the scale used. Some small areas of strongly contrasting soils or miscellaneous areas are identified by a special symbol on the maps. If included in the database for a given area, the contrasting minor components are identified in the map unit descriptions along with some characteristics of each. A few areas of minor components may not have been observed, and consequently they are not mentioned in the descriptions, especially where the pattern was so complex that it was impractical to make enough observations to identify all the soils and miscellaneous areas on the landscape. The presence of minor components in a map unit in no way diminishes the usefulness or accuracy of the data. The objective of mapping is not to delineate pure taxonomic classes but rather to separate the landscape into landforms or landform segments that have similar use and management requirements. The delineation of such segments on the map provides sufficient information for the development of resource plans. If intensive use of small areas is planned, however, onsite investigation is needed to define and locate the soils and miscellaneous areas. Custom Soil Resource Report 12 An identifying symbol precedes the map unit name in the map unit descriptions. Each description includes general facts about the unit and gives important soil properties and qualities. Soils that have profiles that are almost alike make up a soil series. Except for differences in texture of the surface layer, all the soils of a series have major horizons that are similar in composition, thickness, and arrangement. Soils of one series can differ in texture of the surface layer, slope, stoniness, salinity, degree of erosion, and other characteristics that affect their use. On the basis of such differences, a soil series is divided into soil phases. Most of the areas shown on the detailed soil maps are phases of soil series. The name of a soil phase commonly indicates a feature that affects use or management. For example, Alpha silt loam, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is a phase of the Alpha series. Some map units are made up of two or more major soils or miscellaneous areas. These map units are complexes, associations, or undifferentiated groups. A complex consists of two or more soils or miscellaneous areas in such an intricate pattern or in such small areas that they cannot be shown separately on the maps. The pattern and proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas are somewhat similar in all areas. Alpha-Beta complex, 0 to 6 percent slopes, is an example. An association is made up of two or more geographically associated soils or miscellaneous areas that are shown as one unit on the maps. Because of present or anticipated uses of the map units in the survey area, it was not considered practical or necessary to map the soils or miscellaneous areas separately. The pattern and relative proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas are somewhat similar. Alpha-Beta association, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is an example. An undifferentiated group is made up of two or more soils or miscellaneous areas that could be mapped individually but are mapped as one unit because similar interpretations can be made for use and management. The pattern and proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas in a mapped area are not uniform. An area can be made up of only one of the major soils or miscellaneous areas, or it can be made up of all of them. Alpha and Beta soils, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is an example. Some surveys include miscellaneous areas. Such areas have little or no soil material and support little or no vegetation. Rock outcrop is an example. Custom Soil Resource Report 13 Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties 3—Arvada loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: jnxv Elevation: 5,100 to 6,200 feet Farmland classification: Not prime farmland Map Unit Composition Arvada and similar soils:80 percent Minor components:5 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit. Description of Arvada Setting Landform:Fans, terraces Landform position (three-dimensional):Tread Down-slope shape:Linear, convex Across-slope shape:Linear, convex Parent material:Highly saline alluvium derived from sandstone and shale Typical profile H1 - 0 to 3 inches: loam H2 - 3 to 17 inches: silty clay loam H3 - 17 to 60 inches: silty clay loam Properties and qualities Slope:1 to 6 percent Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches Drainage class:Well drained Runoff class: High Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately low to moderately high (0.06 to 0.20 in/hr) Depth to water table:More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding:None Frequency of ponding:None Calcium carbonate, maximum content:10 percent Gypsum, maximum content:2 percent Maximum salinity:Slightly saline to strongly saline (4.0 to 16.0 mmhos/cm) Sodium adsorption ratio, maximum:30.0 Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: Moderate (about 8.0 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): 7s Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 7s Hydrologic Soil Group: C Ecological site: R034BY006UT - Alkali Flat (Greasewood) Hydric soil rating: No Minor Components Wann Percent of map unit:5 percent Landform:Terraces Custom Soil Resource Report 14 Landform position (three-dimensional):Tread Hydric soil rating: Yes Custom Soil Resource Report 15 Soil Information for All Uses Soil Properties and Qualities The Soil Properties and Qualities section includes various soil properties and qualities displayed as thematic maps with a summary table for the soil map units in the selected area of interest. A single value or rating for each map unit is generated by aggregating the interpretive ratings of individual map unit components. This aggregation process is defined for each property or quality. Soil Erosion Factors Soil Erosion Factors are soil properties and interpretations used in evaluating the soil for potential erosion. Example soil erosion factors can include K factor for the whole soil or on a rock free basis, T factor, wind erodibility group and wind erodibility index. K Factor, Whole Soil (Soil Report) Erosion factor K indicates the susceptibility of a soil to sheet and rill erosion by water. Factor K is one of six factors used in the Universal Soil Loss Equation (USLE) and the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE) to predict the average annual rate of soil loss by sheet and rill erosion in tons per acre per year. The estimates are based primarily on percentage of silt, sand, and organic matter and on soil structure and saturated hydraulic conductivity (Ksat). Values of K range from 0.02 to 0.69. Other factors being equal, the higher the value, the more susceptible the soil is to sheet and rill erosion by water. "Erosion factor Kw (whole soil)" indicates the erodibility of the whole soil. The estimates are modified by the presence of rock fragments. Factor K does not apply to organic horizons and is not reported for those layers. 16 17 Custom Soil Resource Report Map—K Factor, Whole Soil (Soil Report) 43 7 5 5 6 0 43 7 5 6 0 0 43 7 5 6 4 0 43 7 5 6 8 0 43 7 5 7 2 0 43 7 5 7 6 0 43 7 5 8 0 0 43 7 5 8 4 0 43 7 5 8 8 0 43 7 5 5 6 0 43 7 5 6 0 0 43 7 5 6 4 0 43 7 5 6 8 0 43 7 5 7 2 0 43 7 5 7 6 0 43 7 5 8 0 0 43 7 5 8 4 0 43 7 5 8 8 0 246170 246210 246250 246290 246330 246370 246410 246170 246210 246250 246290 246330 246370 246410 39° 29' 43'' N 10 7 ° 5 7 ' 6 ' ' W 39° 29' 43'' N 10 7 ° 5 6 ' 5 5 ' ' W 39° 29' 31'' N 10 7 ° 5 7 ' 6 ' ' W 39° 29' 31'' N 10 7 ° 5 6 ' 5 5 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 13N WGS84 0 50 100 200 300 Feet 0 25 50 100 150 Meters Map Scale: 1:1,730 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Rating Polygons .02 .05 .10 .15 .17 .20 .24 .28 .32 .37 .43 .49 .55 .64 Not rated or not available Soil Rating Lines .02 .05 .10 .15 .17 .20 .24 .28 .32 .37 .43 .49 .55 .64 Not rated or not available Soil Rating Points .02 .05 .10 .15 .17 .20 .24 .28 .32 .37 .43 .49 .55 .64 Not rated or not available Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 17, Aug 29, 2024 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Aug 25, 2021—Sep 5, 2021 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background Custom Soil Resource Report 18 MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Custom Soil Resource Report 19 Table—K Factor, Whole Soil (Soil Report) Map unit symbol Map unit name Rating Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 3 Arvada loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes .32 6.4 100.0% Totals for Area of Interest 6.4 100.0% Rating Options—K Factor, Whole Soil (Soil Report) Aggregation Method: Dominant Condition Component Percent Cutoff: None Specified Tie-break Rule: Higher Layer Options (Horizon Aggregation Method): Surface Layer (Not applicable) Wind Erodibility Group (Soil Report) A wind erodibility group (WEG) consists of soils that have similar properties affecting their susceptibility to wind erosion in cultivated areas. The soils assigned to group 1 are the most susceptible to wind erosion, and those assigned to group 8 are the least susceptible. Custom Soil Resource Report 20 21 Custom Soil Resource Report Map—Wind Erodibility Group (Soil Report) 43 7 5 5 6 0 43 7 5 6 0 0 43 7 5 6 4 0 43 7 5 6 8 0 43 7 5 7 2 0 43 7 5 7 6 0 43 7 5 8 0 0 43 7 5 8 4 0 43 7 5 8 8 0 43 7 5 5 6 0 43 7 5 6 0 0 43 7 5 6 4 0 43 7 5 6 8 0 43 7 5 7 2 0 43 7 5 7 6 0 43 7 5 8 0 0 43 7 5 8 4 0 43 7 5 8 8 0 246170 246210 246250 246290 246330 246370 246410 246170 246210 246250 246290 246330 246370 246410 39° 29' 43'' N 10 7 ° 5 7 ' 6 ' ' W 39° 29' 43'' N 10 7 ° 5 6 ' 5 5 ' ' W 39° 29' 31'' N 10 7 ° 5 7 ' 6 ' ' W 39° 29' 31'' N 10 7 ° 5 6 ' 5 5 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 13N WGS84 0 50 100 200 300 Feet 0 25 50 100 150 Meters Map Scale: 1:1,730 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Rating Polygons 1 2 3 4 4L 5 6 7 8 Not rated or not available Soil Rating Lines 1 2 3 4 4L 5 6 7 8 Not rated or not available Soil Rating Points 1 2 3 4 4L 5 6 7 8 Not rated or not available Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 17, Aug 29, 2024 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Aug 25, 2021—Sep 5, 2021 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background Custom Soil Resource Report 22 MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Custom Soil Resource Report 23 Table—Wind Erodibility Group (Soil Report) Map unit symbol Map unit name Rating Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 3 Arvada loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes 4L 6.4 100.0% Totals for Area of Interest 6.4 100.0% Rating Options—Wind Erodibility Group (Soil Report) Aggregation Method: Dominant Condition Component Percent Cutoff: None Specified Tie-break Rule: Lower Soil Qualities and Features Soil qualities are behavior and performance attributes that are not directly measured, but are inferred from observations of dynamic conditions and from soil properties. Example soil qualities include natural drainage, and frost action. Soil features are attributes that are not directly part of the soil. Example soil features include slope and depth to restrictive layer. These features can greatly impact the use and management of the soil. Hydrologic Soil Group (Soil Report) Hydrologic soil groups are based on estimates of runoff potential. Soils are assigned to one of four groups according to the rate of water infiltration when the soils are not protected by vegetation, are thoroughly wet, and receive precipitation from long-duration storms. The soils in the United States are assigned to four groups (A, B, C, and D) and three dual classes (A/D, B/D, and C/D). The groups are defined as follows: Group A. Soils having a high infiltration rate (low runoff potential) when thoroughly wet. These consist mainly of deep, well drained to excessively drained sands or gravelly sands. These soils have a high rate of water transmission. Group B. Soils having a moderate infiltration rate when thoroughly wet. These consist chiefly of moderately deep or deep, moderately well drained or well drained soils that have moderately fine texture to moderately coarse texture. These soils have a moderate rate of water transmission. Group C. Soils having a slow infiltration rate when thoroughly wet. These consist chiefly of soils having a layer that impedes the downward movement of water or Custom Soil Resource Report 24 soils of moderately fine texture or fine texture. These soils have a slow rate of water transmission. Group D. Soils having a very slow infiltration rate (high runoff potential) when thoroughly wet. These consist chiefly of clays that have a high shrink-swell potential, soils that have a high water table, soils that have a claypan or clay layer at or near the surface, and soils that are shallow over nearly impervious material. These soils have a very slow rate of water transmission. If a soil is assigned to a dual hydrologic group (A/D, B/D, or C/D), the first letter is for drained areas and the second is for undrained areas. Only the soils that in their natural condition are in group D are assigned to dual classes. Custom Soil Resource Report 25 26 Custom Soil Resource Report Map—Hydrologic Soil Group (Soil Report) 43 7 5 5 6 0 43 7 5 6 0 0 43 7 5 6 4 0 43 7 5 6 8 0 43 7 5 7 2 0 43 7 5 7 6 0 43 7 5 8 0 0 43 7 5 8 4 0 43 7 5 8 8 0 43 7 5 5 6 0 43 7 5 6 0 0 43 7 5 6 4 0 43 7 5 6 8 0 43 7 5 7 2 0 43 7 5 7 6 0 43 7 5 8 0 0 43 7 5 8 4 0 43 7 5 8 8 0 246170 246210 246250 246290 246330 246370 246410 246170 246210 246250 246290 246330 246370 246410 39° 29' 43'' N 10 7 ° 5 7 ' 6 ' ' W 39° 29' 43'' N 10 7 ° 5 6 ' 5 5 ' ' W 39° 29' 31'' N 10 7 ° 5 7 ' 6 ' ' W 39° 29' 31'' N 10 7 ° 5 6 ' 5 5 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 13N WGS84 0 50 100 200 300 Feet 0 25 50 100 150 Meters Map Scale: 1:1,730 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Rating Polygons A A/D B B/D C C/D D Not rated or not available Soil Rating Lines A A/D B B/D C C/D D Not rated or not available Soil Rating Points A A/D B B/D C C/D D Not rated or not available Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 17, Aug 29, 2024 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Aug 25, 2021—Sep 5, 2021 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background Custom Soil Resource Report 27 MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Custom Soil Resource Report 28 Table—Hydrologic Soil Group (Soil Report) Map unit symbol Map unit name Rating Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 3 Arvada loam, 1 to 6 percent slopes C 6.4 100.0% Totals for Area of Interest 6.4 100.0% Rating Options—Hydrologic Soil Group (Soil Report) Aggregation Method: Dominant Condition Component Percent Cutoff: None Specified Tie-break Rule: Higher Custom Soil Resource Report 29 References American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 2004. Standard specifications for transportation materials and methods of sampling and testing. 24th edition. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2005. Standard classification of soils for engineering purposes. ASTM Standard D2487-00. Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F.C. Golet, and E.T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of wetlands and deep-water habitats of the United States. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service FWS/OBS-79/31. Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. September 18, 2002. Hydric soils of the United States. Hurt, G.W., and L.M. Vasilas, editors. Version 6.0, 2006. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. National Research Council. 1995. Wetlands: Characteristics and boundaries. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/ nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_054262 Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_053577 Soil Survey Staff. 2010. Keys to soil taxonomy. 11th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_053580 Tiner, R.W., Jr. 1985. Wetlands of Delaware. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control, Wetlands Section. United States Army Corps of Engineers, Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers wetlands delineation manual. Waterways Experiment Station Technical Report Y-87-1. United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National forestry manual. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/ home/?cid=nrcs142p2_053374 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National range and pasture handbook. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/ detail/national/landuse/rangepasture/?cid=stelprdb1043084 30 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National soil survey handbook, title 430-VI. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/ nrcs/detail/soils/scientists/?cid=nrcs142p2_054242 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2006. Land resource regions and major land resource areas of the United States, the Caribbean, and the Pacific Basin. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 296. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/? cid=nrcs142p2_053624 United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service. 1961. Land capability classification. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 210. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/nrcs142p2_052290.pdf Custom Soil Resource Report 31 CALL UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER OF COLORADO (UNCC) AT 811 BEFORE DIGGING. ALLOW MINIMUM 48-HOURS FOR UTILITY LOCATION SERVICES. REV DATE PROJ. No.REVISION DESCRIPTION DWN DSN ENG CHK FILM FILE NAME SCALE SHEET No.MICROFILM No. SIZE DWG No.REV 6 13 70 Rifle 70 70 R u l i s o n A n v i l P o i n t s 70 Project Area 0 7.5 153.75 MILES 0 1.5 30.75 Miles Project Area GENERAL NOTES REV DATE PROJ. No.REVISION DESCRIPTION DWN DSN ENG CHK FILM FILE NAME SCALE SHEET No.MICROFILM No. SIZE DWG No.REV ! ! ! ! ! ! !6670-186 6670-187 6670-188 6670-189 6670-190 I- 70 5240 5230 5220 5210 5210 5200 Teter Fly YardNew Teter Fly Yard 195 196 GARFIELD COUNTY © 2025 Microsoft Corporation © 2025 Maxar ©CNES (2025) Distribution Airbus DS 0 50 100 Feet ! ! ! ! ! ! !6670-186 6670-187 6670-188 6670-189 6670-190 I- 70 5240 5230 5220 5210 5210 5200 Teter Fly YardNew Teter Fly Yard 195 196 GARFIELD COUNTY © 2025 Microsoft Corporation © 2025 Maxar ©CNES (2025) Distribution Airbus DS 0 50 100 Feet ! ! ! ! ! ! !6670-186 6670-187 6670-188 6670-189 6670-190 I- 70 5240 5230 5220 5210 5210 5200 Teter Fly YardNew Teter Fly Yard 195 196 GARFIELD COUNTY © 2025 Microsoft Corporation © 2025 Maxar ©CNES (2025) Distribution Airbus DS 0 50 100 Feet REV DATE PROJ. No.REVISION DESCRIPTION DWN DSN ENG CHK FILM FILE NAME SCALE SHEET No.MICROFILM No. SIZE DWG No.REV 1 Memo Date: Wednesday, February 26, 2025 Project: 6670 TLine: (UNA) to (OILS) Electric Transmission Line Rebuild (Teter and Puckett) Staging/Fly Yards. To: Garfield County, Colorado From: Brian Brown – HDR Engineering Subject: Drainage Memo for Staging Yards – Teter and Puckett Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), an Xcel Energy company (Xcel), is proposing to rebuild a 14-mile segment of a 69-kilovolt (kV) overhead transmission line to a 115 (kV) line from the Una Substation to the Oil Shale Substation within unincorporated Garfield County. In support of this line rebuild, Xcel has secured two staging/fly yards to store equipment, perform limited equipment assembly, and provide a meeting place for construction crews. The impact to surface drainage at the Teter Yard and the Puckett Yard is the focus of this memo. See Site Plans submitted in support of this project for a figure that includes location of the line and the Teter and Puckett staging yards. Existing Conditions: The Teter Yard (8 acres) and the Puckett Yard (1.3 acres) are both in Garfield County and are undeveloped parcels with varying slopes from gentle to nearly level and moderate vegetation density ranging from 75% coverage (Teter) and 60% coverage (Puckett). While both yards have had utility improvements, overhead power, neither yard has existing improvements that substantively impact surface stormwater flow or change the surface flow type or direction. Proposed Temporary Conditions: The proposed improvements for both Teter and Puckett Yards will be temporary with the installation of a 1-acre aggregate surfaced Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) for the Teter Yard and a 0.25-acre SSA for the Puckett Yard that will be constructed to generally match the existing grades of the site. The SSA is to minimize impacts to water quality by minimizing rutting and uncontrolled surface disturbance that can lead to sediment transport off-site and track out onto adjoining areas/roads. The SSA is temporary and will be removed once construction is complete. The site topsoil will be restored to generally match pre-construction grades followed by seeding and mulching. After adequate moisture and time for germination and vegetation growth, the slopes, soil types, and vegetation cover will generally match the pre-construction conditions. The portion of the yards outside the SSA will remain in the pre-construction condition and will be accessed without grading modifications. Access will be overland in a manner described as ‘drive and crush’. This limited 2 drive and crush access will temporarily impact surface foliage but generally keeps the plant’s root structure in place which maintains current soil loss rates (erosion rates) and allows for a rapid rebound of the plant community. This drive and crush approach typically maintains the current surface runoff rates and flow types. Outcome: At the closure of the County Grading Permit and the State Stormwater Construction (SWMP) Permit, the site grades and vegetation density will generally match the pre-construction conditions. Therefore, there will be no permanent change to surface drainage within either the Teter Yard or the Puckett Yard compared to pre- construction surface drainage. This project will not permanently change the existing surface water flow paths, overall slopes, impervious surface area, nor time of concentration and therefore will not change the runoff volume, runoff peak, nor conveyance path for either yard. HDR Engineering Brian Brown, PE CO PE 41644 1 Memo Date: Wednesday, January 25, 2023 Project: 6670 UNA to UTER Transmission Line Rebuild To: Garfield County, Colorado From: Brian Brown – HDR Subject: Decommissioning/Reclamation Plan Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy, must replace the existing transmission line between the UNA to UTE Rifle Substations. This line generally crosses rural undeveloped land. The new poles will be within the existing transmission easement and accessed via existing private or public roads and existing and new access routes. The intent of this Plan is layout Xcel’s approach to line decommissioning and reclamation of disturbed areas. Line Decommissioning Decommissioning of the line involves disconnecting the lines (overhead lines between poles) and removal of above ground poles to support the lines including guy wires and the wood pole structure. This process is typically as follows: Erosion control measures per the Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) permit will be implemented prior to construction activity. Once the line is deenergized, overhead lines are disconnected via a bucket truck. These lines will be removed during the decommissioning phase but the actual sequencing of such varies based on other factors that will be determined at the time of removal. Cross arms may be removed once the lines are disconnected or once the pole is laid on the ground. The soil at the base of the pole will be hand excavated approximately 1 foot deep with the excavated soil sitting immediately adjacent the excavation. The grounding wire at the base of the pole will be removed. Guy wires will be disconnected from the guy wire anchors. The below grade anchors will be abandoned in place. The bucket truck will secure the pole to the elevated bucket. The pole will be cut roughly 8 inches below the surrounding ground surface and placed horizontally on the ground or onto a truck in a controlled manner to be removed from the site. The soil excavated from around the pole will be replaced into the excavation and over the void left by the pole removal. The base of the pole below grade will remain in place covered with soil. SWMP maintenance and inspections will continue during construction in all on-going and post- construction areas until permit closure. 2 Staging Area Staging area impacts for this project area expected to be minimal. Staging areas in this flat area typically follow the same sequence of impacts and restoration: Erosion control measures per the SWMP are implemented in compliance with permit conditions. This typically includes installation of a vehicle tracking control (VTC) which may be the only excavation disturbance associated with this construction. Security fencing, if deemed necessary, will be installed. Equipment, material, Conex, and trailer deliveries will begin. The staging yard(s) will continue to be utilized as a place of material storage, staging, and assembly as well as a location for workers to park personal vehicles to minimize vehicle traffic along the Xcel ROW and crossing private property. Typically, on flat staging yards, expected on this project, no further excavation is required. After construction, remaining material, equipment, trailers, Conex, and fencing will be removed from the site. Soil decompaction may be performed based on the agreement with the landowner. Seed and mulch, unless agricultural crop land, will be placed per the conditions of the SWMP permit SWMP inspections, maintenance, will continue until the site vegetation has been restored, SWMP maintenance and inspections will continue during construction in all on-going and post-construction areas until permit closure, excepting disturbed areas that will be utilized for crop production the following growing season. Reclamation While there are multiple construction types for this project, i.e. temporary pad grading, access grading, pole base excavation, etc., they are all fairly similar. Note: as this project is crossing mostly flat ground, therefore pad or access grading is expected to be isolated and very limited. Below is the general sequential approach to minimize disturbance and promote revegetation across the project. This will have to be slightly customized to each construction type and site conditions. 1. Prior to the start of construction, a surveyor will stake pole locations, off-sets, temporary construction areas, and other locations of importance where field delineation is beneficial. 2. Appropriate Xcel Energy staff, line construction contractor, foundation contractor, earthwork contractor, and erosion control contractor will meet on-site to review the delineated construction impact limits. 3. Flagging or paint used to delineate where perimeter erosion control measures should be placed based on disturbance limits defined by Xcel Energy construction team (item 2 above). 4. Xcel Energy erosion control plan developer, Xcel Energy Environmental Analysist, or erosion control install contractor may collect multiple representative topsoil soil samples for analysis along the transmission line. This analysis would focus on the potential for possible soil amendments (primarily nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium) during seeding. 3 – 6 samples are expected based on the varying soil conditions along the line. 5. Erosion control contractor team will install perimeter erosion control measures, typically construction fence, boundary fence, sediment control logs, rock logs, and vehicle tracking control per the requirements identified in the State Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP). 3 6. Only as necessary for project, trim and remove vegetation for off-site disposal that will directly impact site grading or access. Xcel Energy to utilize trimming as much as practicable to keep root structure in place. 7. In areas where grading is required, strip topsoil (assume top 4 inches of soil) for reuse on site. Topsoil to be segregated from other material. Topsoil to be placed along access or in other areas adjacent grading. Topsoil may be transported from immediate work area due to space constraints. Topsoil that is stockpiled for more than 14 days will be seeded for temporary stabilization. Topsoil stockpiles that are to remain dormant for more than 14 days are to have side slopes no steeper than 1H:1V. 8. Topsoil stockpiles may be placed on undisturbed adjacent ground. In this event, Xcel Energy will place a separation fabric, i.e. Mirafi 140N or like, to provide a physical indicator as to where the stockpile ends and native ground begins. Xcel Energy has had success with this approach as it reduces unwanted disturbance of native ground and allows an undisturbed but lightly ‘compressed’ topsoil layer to bounce back once topsoil and separation fabric is removed. 9. Once permanent cut slopes are graded, they will be covered in topsoil within 14 days and seeded and mulched within another 14 days. This will allow permanent cut/fill face revegetation to commence as soon as possible. Work areas where active construction is anticipated, i.e. flat pads, are not to be topsoil covered until heavy construction work has ceased. Once heavy construction of permanent pads has ceased, topsoil cover is to be completed within 14 days and seeding and mulching to follow within another 14 days. 10. Subgrade excavation material, from grading or pole excavation, will be spread on the access road, exported from the site for off-site disposal, or stockpiled in immediate or near-by work area for future use, particularly in areas with temporary grading impacts that are to have grades restored. Like the topsoil above, subsoil that is stockpiled on undisturbed ground is to have a separation fabric below the stockpile to clearly distinguish between native grade and stockpile material. This will minimize disturbance of the native grade and allow this compressed native grade to bounce back once stockpile and separation fabric is removed. 11. Once construction is completed at a site for permanent grading impacts, i.e. conductor pull/tensioning pads and access roads, the site soil is to be ripped to loosen the subgrade due to soil compaction during construction. Following decompaction, topsoil is to be placed at a depth of 4 inches in a loose manner ready to accept seed. Unlike most topsoil requirements, rock of various gravel sizes less than 6 inches diameter may remain in the topsoil layer. 12. Once construction is completed at a site for temporary grading impacts, the site rough grades are to be reestablished and the subgrade soil is to be bucket compacted to a ‘firm’ condition. Following compaction, topsoil is to be placed at a depth of 4 inches in a smooth but loose manner ready to accept seed. Unlike most topsoil requirements, rock of various gravel sizes less than 6 inches diameter is expected in the topsoil layer and is indicative of native topsoil in this area. 13. Soil amendments are to be added per soil analytic recommendations via mechanical broadcast or hydraulic application. Site seed mix is to be spread at appropriate rates given application type, hydraulic, drill, or hand broadcast. The amendment and seed application will vary substantially based on disturbance type site access and soil conditions. In cases of hydraulic application, the seed mix may be applied with the liquid amendment or hand broadcast but in no case is seed to be mixed and applied with mulch. 14. Final erosion control cover for seeded areas will vary based on access to disturbance areas. Truck or tracked access areas will have either straw crimp mulch (on grades less than 10 percent and low rock 4 content soil) or a high quality hydraulically applied mulch, i.e. Flexterra HP-FGM or like, on grades exceeding 10 percent. Xcel Energy generally does not support using erosion control blankets on this project due to concerns about reduced blanket to soil contact and due to longer life blankets having a high synthetic content with leads to a wildlife entrapment hazard. 15. Xcel Energy will change erosion control inspection schedule from weekly to monthly inspections once initial stabilization measures (seeding and mulching) have been completed. If there are areas of concern identified during the monthly inspection that need to be addressed (i.e. erosion or lack of revegetation growth), the revegetation contractor will return to the site to address identified issues. 16. Per the required State (SWMP) and local (Grading Permits), Xcel Energy will continue to maintain structural erosion control measures across the project until no longer necessary. These will primarily include down-gradient sediment control logs but may include other control measures. These measures will be removed when no longer required and seed will be hand broadcast in areas where removal has exposed or disturbed less vegetated soil. 17. Once site has met plant density cover requirements, Xcel Energy will perform a final post-construction site visit to document final conditions and then Xcel Energy will close SWMP permit with the State. NOTES: Xcel Energy’s ability to stabilize disturbed areas with vegetation is dependent on many factors within Xcel Energy control. Unfortunately, favorable moisture conditions for germination and continued growth are beyond Xcel Energy control and a key determinate for revegetation. Xcel Energy anticipates adequate revegetation will take multiple years. Xcel Energy frequently returns to sites multiple times that are in the vegetation growth phase to address areas of erosion and reseed and/or mulch as necessary to promote vegetation stabilization. Xcel Energy hires a separate third-party company to perform the erosion control installation, maintenance, and revegetation as well as another third-party company to perform regular erosion control inspections. These companies have long standing relationships with Xcel Energy. With this approach, Xcel Energy has trained the installation company and inspection company to meet Xcel Energy’s standards and to stay in compliance with state and local permit conditions which improve the restoration trajectory. Xcel’s practice is to continue inspection and maintenance, both performed by third party contractors, until site revegetation is established. Access for the post construction inspection and maintenance will be over prescriptive rights, landowner allowed access, and the transmission line easement. Seed Mix: A seed mix is proposed in the Noxious Weed Mitigation Plan and will be reviewed during construction in consultation with suppliers and appropriate County representatives, if requested. Noxious Weed Management Plan 6670 UNA TO UTER TRANSMISSION LINE REBUILD Garfield County, Colorado January 2023 _______________________________________________________ Prepared for: Xcel Energy PO BOX 840 Denver, Colorado 80201 (720) 963-3684 _______________________________________________________ Prepared by: HDR, Inc 1670 Broadway, Suite 3400 Denver, CO 80202 _______________________________________________________ Noxious Weed Management Plan | 6670 UNA to UTER TRANSMISSION LINE REBUILD TOC-i Contents Page No. Section 1. Introduction .................................................................................................................... 1 Section 2. Noxious Weed Management Requirements .................................................................. 1 2.1 Presidential Executive Order 13112—Invasive Species ....................................................... 1 2.2 Colorado Noxious Weed Act ................................................................................................. 1 2.3 Garfield County Noxious Weed Management ....................................................................... 2 Section 3. Noxious Weed Control – Pre-construction ..................................................................... 2 Section 4. Noxious Weed Control – During-Construction ............................................................... 3 Section 5. Noxious Weed Control – Post-Construction .................................................................. 3 5.1 Seed mix ................................................................................................................................ 5 Section 6. Recommended Management and Mitigation Actions .................................................... 6 Section 7. References ..................................................................................................................... 7 Tables Table 1. Semi-Desert Loam Revegetation Seed Mixture* ..................................................... 5 January 2023 Page 1 Section 1. Introduct ion Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy (Xcel Energy), is proposing to rebuild the 6670 UNA to UTER overhead transmission line in Garfield County, Colorado. This Noxious Weed Management Plan (Plan) is based on typical practices and not on a site weed survey. This Plan has been prepared to support the expected noxious weed management activities for the line rebuild within Garfield County. Section 2. Noxious Weed Management Requirements When present in large numbers, noxious plant species have had considerable impacts to the quality and integrity of natural ecosystems. Noxious weed species can alter fire ecology, successional ecosystem processes, and ecosystem function of the ecosystems they invade. Some species have had such serious economic and biological impacts that their control and management is mandated under Colorado State law (i.e., List A species). Because of the adverse environmental effects of noxious weeds, federal, state, and local governments have issued various orders and regulations regarding noxious weeds. The following are some of the regulations guiding noxious weed management. 2.1 Presidential Executive Order 13112 —Invasive Species Executive Order 13112, Invasive Species, was issued on February 3, 1999, to prevent the introduction of invasive species; provide for their control; and minimize the economic, ecological, and human health impacts that result from invasive species. This order directs federal agencies to prevent the introduction of invasive species, control and monitor invasive species, and restore native species and habitats that have been invaded (Federal Register 1999). 2.2 Colorado Noxious Weed Act As defined by the Colorado Department of Agriculture (CDOA), noxious weeds are plants that reduce agricultural productivity, lower real estate values, endanger human health and well-being, and damage scenic values (CDOA 2021a). The Colorado Noxious Weed Act §§ 35-5.5-101 through 119, C.R.S. as amended, states that an organized and coordinated effort must be made to stop the spread of noxious weeds. Rules pertaining to administration of the Act include a noxious weed list that designates and classifies noxious weed species into categories for immediate eradication (CDOA 2021a): • List A contains 25 species of noxious weeds targeted for eradication. If individuals or populations of A List species are found, the local governing body must provide the State Weed Coordinator with mapping that includes information on location and density of the infestation. • List B contains 38 species that are targeted for eradication, containment, or suppression based January 2023 Page 2 upon a given local governing body’s management plan. • List C contains 16 species for which the Commissioner of Agriculture, in consultation with the state noxious weed advisory committee, local governments, and other interested parties, will develop and implement into state noxious weed management plans designed to support the efforts of local governing bodies to facilitate more effective integrated weed management on private and public lands. In addition to the three lists, the state maintains a noxious weed species “Watch List”. It contains 19 species that CDOA has determined pose a potential threat to the agricultural productivity and environmental values of the lands of Colorado. It is for advisory and education purposes only and is intended to encourage the collection of information needed to determine if the species should be listed as a noxious weed. 2.3 Garfield County Noxious Weed Management Garfield County adopted a Noxious Weed Management Plan to reduce the prevalence of noxious weeds and their negative impacts. The Garfield County Noxious Weed List includes 41 weeds. The County has a Weed Advisory Board to support the County in yearly determinations regarding weed list changes. The County’s principles of weed management are incorporated into the pre- and post-construction weed management activities, as appropriate. These include: • Prevention • Cultural Practices • Physical/mechanical methods • Biological Control • Chemical Control The term “noxious weed” includes species listed as noxious by the Colorado Department of Agriculture (CDOA 2021a) and additional plants listed as weeds within the County. Plant nomenclature for noxious weeds in this report follow the CDOA website. Section 3. Noxious Weed Control : Pre -construction Prior to construction, Xcel Energy will utilize the following steps to minimize noxious weed propagation: • Training of crews as to how surface disturbance creates a more favorable environment for noxious weeds if seed stock is in the area, • Delineating areas with boundary fence, see SWMP Plans and report, or a similar physical barrier to limit unnecessary surface disturbance, • Cleaning of equipment to avoid bringing non-native soil or vegetation onto the site as these may contain unwanted seed stock. Equipment brought to the site must be free of clean of soil or vegetation from another site. Thorough power washing of wheels, tracks, undercarriage, and excavation equipment will be performed prior to site arrival. Equipment that leaves the site, i.e. for crew transportation or equipment repair, and then January 2023 Page 3 returns to the site without leaving pavement does not need to be rewashed. • A State Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) permit that covers this construction activity will be obtained by Xcel Energy and the weed management steps will work in conjunction with the SWMP. Section 4. Noxious Weed Control : During - Construction Construction activities will expose soils in areas that have been previously disturbed and limited areas that have not been previously disturbed. This disturbance creates a potential for the introduction and spread of noxious weeds in the project area. Noxious weed species that occur in and adjacent to disturbed areas of the project have the potential to spread into areas impacted by placement of new poles, use and construction of access roads for construction equipment, and use of staging areas. The goal of the plan is to minimize the spread of noxious weeds due to the proposed construction activities. By implementing measures intended to minimize the spread of noxious weeds during construction and minimizing the establishment of new noxious weed populations post-construction, the proposed project should minimize new and help reduce existing noxious weed infestations. The activities during construction will, at a minimum, include: • Removal and stockpiling of topsoil for replacement in immediate area of excavation disturbance as this will create a more favorable soil strata for revegetation. • Leaving ‘drive & crush’ areas alone to rebound naturally. This assume the topsoil layer and associated root structure remains in place but has only been compressed by construction activity. • Crews will continue to be diligent about minimizing the construction impact to avoid topsoil disturbance. • Hand or drill seeding of appropriate seed mix has been applied along with mulch. • The SWMP permit compliance will continue during construction and the weed management steps will work in conjunction with the SWMP. Section 5. Noxious Weed Control – Post -Construction Post-construction activities are based on the assumption that the site grades and topsoil have been restored and appropriate seed mix has been applied. Post-construction weed control activities will commence in the year following completion of construction as that is when weed seed germination and growth is more apparent. NOTE: Weed control will only be addressed in areas disturbed by construction and will not address weed infestations outside of the disturbance area even if they are within Xcel Energy’s ROW. Post-construction weed management priorities are based on the threat noxious weed species found in the project area pose to the overall goal of maintaining the health of the ecosystem. Generally, List A species are the highest priority because they are often the most aggressive species with limited distribution. List B are next priority species and List C species are generally widespread and are not prioritized. January 2023 Page 4 The best technique for controlling most established noxious weeds is an integrated approach of mechanical, biological, and chemical controls. Mechanical control usually involves mowing, hand-pulling, or cutting. Biological control is the use of organisms (usually insects, but also livestock) that are deliberately introduced to an area to control weeds. Chemical control involves the application of one or more herbicides at the appropriate time of the year (all herbicides should be applied by a certified applicator according to the manufacturer’s directions). Where chemical controls are recommended, Xcel Energy and its contractors work to minimize the use of chemicals that are harmful to beneficial insects in their vegetation management practices controlling shrubs, trees, and weed species within their rights-of-way and properties. This includes eliminating the use of neonicotinoids, a class of neuro-active insecticides, which have been found harmful to all invertebrate populations including bee populations and other native pollinators (Xcel Energy Undated). The year following construction, two noxious weed treatments will be undertaken: 1. Early season (May-June) for cool-season noxious weeds (e.g., redstem fillaree, cheatgrass, bindweed), 2. Late season (July-August) for the warm-season noxious weeds (e.g., thistles and knapweeds). Areas of infestations identified in these surveys will determine appropriate treatment and suppression methods. Noxious Weed Treatment Measures Xcel Energy’s noxious weed management contractor will implement noxious weed control measures in accordance with existing regulations and local requirements. Post-construction control measures can include one or more of the following methods (that may be implemented during restoration activities): • Treatment methods will be based on species-specific and area-specific conditions (e.g., proximity to water or riparian areas, agricultural areas, and time of year) with the County coordinator being notified prior to noxious weed eradication activities. If areas are not seeded until the following spring, Xcel Energy will alter weed treatment timing based on weed control best practices. • Mechanical methods rely on equipment that can be used to mow or disc weed populations. If such a method is used in areas to be restored, subsequent seeding will be conducted to re-establish a desirable vegetative cover that will stabilize the soils and slow the potential re-invasion of noxious weeds. • Discing or other mechanical treatments, that would disturb the soil surface within native habitats, will be avoided in favor of an herbicide application, which is an effective means of reducing the size of noxious weed populations as well as preventing the establishment of new colonies. January 2023 Page 5 • Seed selection will be based on site-specific conditions and the appropriate seed mix identified for those conditions. • Herbicide applications will be controlled to minimize the impacts on the surrounding vegetation. In areas of dense infestation, a broader application will be used and a follow- up seeding program may be implemented. Refer to the Garfield County Noxious Weed Management Plan for recommended control techniques for noxious weed species. 5.1 Seed mix Restoration will consist of re-contouring the disturbed areas around poles and staging areas per grading plans and reseeding the area with the following seed mix. The timing of subsequent seeding efforts will be based on the life of applied herbicides, if used. NOTE: This seed mix will be reviewed during construction and in consultation with supplier and appropriate County representative. Table 1. Semi-Desert Loam Revegetation Seed Mixture* Species Pounds per Acre** Number of Seeds*** Western wheatgrass (Pascopyrum smithii) 3.00 8 Indian ricegrass (Achnatherum hymenoides) 2.00 6 Prairie junegrass (Koeleria macrantha) 0.50 26 Sandberg bluegrass (Poa secunda ssp. Sandbergii) 1.00 24 Galleta grass (Pleuraphis jamesii) 2.00 7 Bluebunch wheatgrass (Pseudoroegneria spicata ssp. Spicata) 2.00 6 Bottlebrush squirreltail (Elymus elymoides) 2.00 9 Total 12.50 85 *The seed mix shown in 1 was developed by Granite Seed and Erosion Control based on existing native grasses that occur in this region. Seed mix may be obtained from other suppliers. ** Pure Live Seed ***Per Square Foot January 2023 Page 6 Section 6. Recommended Management and Mitigation Actions In addition to the specific management recommendations listed for each species in the Garfield County Noxious Weed Management Plan, the following mitigation measures are recommended (as appropriate) to minimize the spread of noxious weeds: • All construction equipment will remain in designated work areas. • The area of ground disturbance will be kept to the minimum necessary. • Minimize imported topsoil during construction. If importing is necessary, use certified weed-free soil. • All equipment will be thoroughly cleaned of soil, vegetation, and seed material before entering and exiting the study area. • All mulches and straw used at the site will be certified weed-free. • All disturbed areas will be seeded after construction. Seeding will consist of species listed in Table 1. Semi-Desert Loam Seed Mixture will be spread on disturbed ground around poles and staging areas, as appropriate. The seed mix will be reviewed after the weed survey and in consultation with suppliers and appropriate County representatives, as requested. • All seed mixes, soil, and other plant material used for revegetation will be free of noxious weed seeds, roots, and other propagules. • Only a Colorado-licensed Supervisor or Certified Operator will apply herbicides. • All herbicides will be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. • Broadcast herbicide spraying will be limited to areas of project ground disturbance, around each existing and new pole, and at staging areas. Weed treatment around each existing and new pole will be limited to disturbance associated with this line rebuild. • The Garfield County Vegetation Manager will be notified prior to noxious weed treatments, as appropriate to the disturbance jurisdiction. • Applicable control measures (CMs) from the Stormwater Management Plan will be implemented. January 2023 Page 7 Section 7. References Colorado Department of Agriculture (CDOA). 2021a. Noxious Weeds. Available online: <https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/agconservation/noxiousweeds> and <https://drive.google.com/file/d/0Bxn6NtpJWc9JRFE3LW1RWFVXY1E/view?resourcekey= 0-WalETB5Qp3zCjfRnar5t3g>. Accessed October 2021. CDOA. 2021b. County Weed Programs. Available online: County Weed Programs | Department of Agriculture (colorado.gov)>. Accessed October 2021. Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT). 2021. Noxious Weeds Map. Available online: < https://cdot.maps.arcgis.com/home/webmap/viewer.html?webmap=ebd39c7a542349c6914 89f5ecb1a1c62#!>. Accessed October 2021. Colorado Natural Heritage Program (CNHP). 2016. Survey of Critical Biological Resources: a resurvey and update of Potential Conservation Areas in Garfield County, Colorado. Available online: https://cnhp.colostate.edu/wp- content/uploads/download/documents/2016/Final_Garfield_2016_report.pdf. Accessed October 2021. Garfield County Noxious Weed Management Plan, Revised February, 2016. Available online: Garfield-County-Noxious-Weed-Management-Plan-Adopted-Feb-2016.pdf U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA). 2006. Land Resource Regions and Major Land Resource Areas of the United States, the Caribbean, and the Pacific Basin. Natural Resources Conservation Service, USDA Handbook 296. U.S. Geological Survey (USGS). 2021. National Land Cover Database (NLCD). Available online: https://apps.nationalmap.gov/viewer/. Accessed June 2021. Western Regional Climate Center. 2021. Climate Summaries. Available online: https://wrcc.dri.edu/Climate/summaries.php. Accessed October 2021. Xcel Energy. Undated. Wildlife and Habitat Protection. Available online: <https://www.xcelenergy.com/staticfiles/xe- responsive/Company/Corporate%20Responsibility%20Report/2019%20CRR/2019_Wildlife %20and%20Habitat%20Protection_CRR.pdf>. Accessed October 2021 193 194 195 196 197-DE 198 199 200 217335200016 PUCKETT LAND COMPANY & 217325300035 TETER, A DOUGLAS TRUST & TETER, BEVERLY A TRUST 217325100037 UNA DEVELOPMENT, LLC 217325200036 PICEANCE ELECTRIC PUMPING COMPANY LLC 217325100022 NAUGLE, HARRY L 217322200951 U S NAVAL OIL SHALE RESERVE 217326400040 PUCKETT LAND COMPANY ROW Col o r a d o R i v e r D A N D R G W E S T E R N R A I L R O A D6 70TETER FLY YARD 181 182 183 184 185-DE 187 188189 190 191-SWDE192 193 194 195 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from County Road Haul Route Flight Path Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Teter Fly Yard Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 1 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 179 180 181-DE 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 217335200016 PUCKETT LAND COMPANY & 217333100007 XTO ENERGY INC 217322200951 U S NAVAL OIL SHALE RESERVE ROW C o l o r a d o R i v e r D A N D R G W E S T E R N R A I L R O A D670 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215-DE 216 217 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Flight Path Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 2 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 171 172 170 169 173 168 174 175 176 177 178 217335200016 PUCKETT LAND COMPANY & 217333100007 XTO ENERGY INC ROW 6 70 218 219220 221222223224225226 227 228-SWDE 229 230 231232 233 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from County Road Haul Route Flight Path Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Parcel Boundary MAP 3 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 199 200 201 202 203 204-DE 205 206 207 208 217325100037 UNA DEVELOPMENT, LLC 217325200036 PICEANCE ELECTRIC PUMPING COMPANY LLC 217530100056 PETERS, TODD LEE 217325100022 NAUGLE, HARRY L 217519400961 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT 217508200953 U S NAVAL OIL SHALE RESERVE217322200951 U S NAVAL OIL SHALE RESERVE ROW ROW Colorado RiverDANDRGWESTERNRAILROAD 6 70 170171172174175 176 177 178179 180 181 182 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from County Road Haul Route Flight Path Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 4 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 209 210 211 212-DE 213-DE 214 215 216-DE 218-DE217 300-DE 217529200021 TEP ROCKY MOUNTAIN LLC 217530100056 PETERS, TODD LEE 217522100140 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC 217519400961 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT 217521100022 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC ROW ROW C o l o r a d o R i v e r A N V I L P O I N T S R D D AND RG WESTERN RAILRO A D 6 70 OIL SHALE 157-DE158-DE 159-SWDE 160 161 162 163164-DE 165-DE 166-DE 167 168 169 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from County Road Substation Haul Route Flight Path Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 5 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 312 313 314 315-DE 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 217522100140 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC 217521100022 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC ROW ROW Co l o r a d o R i v e r D AND RG WESTERN RAILROAD 6 70 123 124 125 126 127 128129 130 131 132 133-DE 134-SWDE 135 136 137-SWDE 138 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from County Road Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 6 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 324-DE 325 326-DE 327-DE 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 217522100140 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC 217523200141 SOUTHERN PACIFIC TRANSPORTATION COMPANY 217521100022 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC ROW ROW ROW C o l o r a d o R i v e r D A N D R G W E S T E R N R A I L R O A D 6 70 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112-SWDE 113 114 115 116-DE 117-DE 118 119 120-DE G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from County Road Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 7 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 336-DE 337-DE 338 339 340 341 342 343 344-DE 345 346-DE 347 217718300315 UMETCO MINERALS CORPORATION ROW 217513300013 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC ROW 217707100042 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC ROW 217513100208 QB ENERGY OPERATING LLC 217513300207 PWD WEST RIFLE LLC Pio n eer Dit c h D A N D R G W E S T E R N R A I L R O A D 6 70 8687 88-DE 89 90-DE 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99-DE 100-DE 101-SWDE G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from County Road Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 8 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 348 349 350-DE 351 352-DE 353 354 355 217718300315 UMETCO MINERALS CORPORATION 217718400314 RIFLE, CITY OF 217513300013 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC ROW 217707100042 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC ROW Pioneer Ditch W 2NDST SWALLOW LN D AND RG WESTERN RAILROAD 6 73 74 75 76 77-DE 78-DE 79 80 818283-SWDE8484A85-SWDE86 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from County Road Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 9 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 217707100042 CLOUGH SHEEP COMPANY, LLC ROW C o l o r a d o R i v e r Colorado River Pioneer Ditch WAMSLEY WY EL M A V 3RD ST ACCESS RD 2ND ST WI L L A V T R I P P D R MOKI AV 5TH ST CENTENNIAL PKWY 2ND ST D AND RG WESTERN RAILROAD 13 6 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Haul Route Parcel Boundary MAP 10 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371-DE217717400132 ALLEMAN NICHOLAS CAMPBELL LLC 217729100900 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT 217721200902 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT 217719100316 ALLEMAN NICHOLAS CAMPBELL LLC " ROW 217721200400 RIFLE MIXED VENTURES, LLC ROW " ROW L a s t Ch a n c e Ditch CO L T D R SHOTGUN DR RIF L E - R U L I S O N R D REMINGTONST VILLAGE DR R I F L E -R U L I S O N R D TAUGHENBAUGHMESARD RIFLE - R U L I S O N R D 70 49 50-DE51525354 55 56575859606162 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from City of Rifle Road Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 11 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385-SWDE 386 217716300023 MOONEY LANDING LLC 217716300027 MYOELECTRIC PRODUCTS INC 217721200902 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT 217722218006 RIFLE, CITY OF ROW 217721200402 VALENCIA, DAVID J 217721200403 VALENCIA, DAVID J 217721200400 RIFLE MIXED VENTURES, LLC 217715300062 GRAND RIVER HOSPITAL DISTRICT 217716403012 AGREE RIFLE CO LLC ROW ROW L a s t C h a n c e D i t c h LAST CHANCEDR 7TH S ST RAMSEY GUL C H R D ME G A N A V R I F L E - R U L I S O N R D TA U G H E N B A U G H B D AIRPORT RD R I F L E -R U L I S O N R D 13 70 33 34 35 36373839 40 41 42-DE 43 44 45 46 47 48 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from City of Rifle Road Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 12 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 398 399 400 401 402 403-DE 404 405 406-SWDE 407-SWDE 408-DE Sub 217715400043 JFS HOLDINGS LLC 217715400061 RIFLE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, A COLORADO NONPROFIT CORPORATION 217715405004 SHELTON PROPERTIES, LLC 217715405002 FINN, HARVEY B & GATES, JOHN S 217714400285 PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF COLORADO 217714308001 CONTINENTAL RIFLE, LLC 217715400042 SFJ HOLDINGS LLC 217722218005 SILLS, MARK 217722218006 RIFLE, CITY OF 217715404001 OAK BRUSH HOLDINGS LLC 217715400035 RIFLE SELF STORAGE LLC 217715405001 POOR BOYS LEASING LLC ROW ROW L a s t C h a n c e D i t c h D r y C ree k BU C K H O R N D R B A R O N L N 10TH S T ENTERPRISE CT RIFLE-SILT R D AIRPORT RD 70 RIFLE (UTE) 5 6-DE 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 4 2 1 G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 4/3/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location from City of Rifle Road Substation Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 13 OF 13 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Components cmshapiro / RIFLE Teter Fly Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 13 70 TETER FLY YARD RIFLE C o lor a do Ri v e r ROAN C L I F F S RD MORRISANIA MESA RD BEAVER CREEK R D SPRU C ECREEKRD R IFLE-R U LIS O N R D UNDERWOOD LN F R A V E R T RESER V O I R R D F R A V E R T R D WE S T M A M M C R E E K R D JQS RD 3 5 0 WEST M A M M CREEKRD P O R C U P I N E CR E E K RULISON-P A RACHUT E R D D A N D R G WESTERN RAILR O A D 13 13 325 6 6 70 Page 1 Page 2Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Page 6 Page 7 Page 8 Page 9 Page 10 Page 11 Page 12 Page 13 OIL SHALE RIFLE (UTE) 0 4,000 8,000Feet Scale: 1:75,000 Date: 3/19/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Surface Management Bureau of Land Management US Forest Service Local Private Conservation Municipal Area Legend Substation Haul Route Flight Path Proposed Centerline Teter Fly Yard Map Book Page Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6670\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps\2025_03_11_Haul_FlightPathMaps.aprx Layout: Teter Project Overview cmshapiro / OIL SHALE PARACHUTE Teter Fly Yard Project Overview Xcel Energy Circuit 6670 Rifle to Debeque Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 70 13 RIFLE (UTE) PARACHUTE GRAND VALLEY RIFLE UNA Garfield County Land Use and Development Code Article 7: Standards DIVISION 1: GENERAL APPROVAL STANDARDS 7-101. ZONE DISTRICT USE REGULATIONS The parcel to be utilized for the Teter Yard is currently zoned as Resource Lands (RL). Based on its topography and soils, the area proposed for the Yard aligns with the characteristics of the Gentle Slopes and Lower Valley Floor (RLGS) subdistrict described in Section 3-101.J(D) of the Code. Temporary uses are allowed in any zone district pursuant to Section 3-401.D of the Land Use and Development Code. The Teter Yard will not conflict with the zone district use restrictions, will be used on a temporary basis, and will be restored and returned to its pre-construction use and condition at the end of the Project. 7-102. COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AND INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENTS The proposed temporary use will support the 6670 Transmission Line Rebuild Project (Project), which will provide reliable energy service in Garfield County to meet current demand and support future development consistent with the Garfield County Comprehensive Plan (Garfield County 2020). The temporary use will not create any new negative impacts to open space, scenic vistas, public trails, and other recreational opportunities and will preserve these elements in Garfield County. There will be no long-term negative visual impact to the surrounding community resulting from the temporary use because the parcel will be restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. Any required environmental permits and approvals will be acquired prior to construction and any conditions of approval, including environmental mitigation measures, will be implemented to protect the natural environment. The temporary use will occur on a previously developed parcel of land, reducing impacts to surrounding land use and resources. No intergovernmental agreements are applicable to the use of the Teter Yard. 7-103. COMPATIBILITY The nature, scale, and intensity of the proposed temporary use is compatible with surrounding land uses, which include agricultural production areas, natural resource areas, and rural residential areas. Temporary staging areas are routinely sited in Resource Lands and the temporary use will occur on a previously developed parcel of land. The parcel is adjacent to the Interstate 70/Highway 6 corridors and the surrounding parcels are zoned Resource Lands, Commercial/Limited, and Rural. The parcel is adjacent to the U.S. Naval Oil Shale Reserve (Roan Plateau); however, no direct or indirect impacts to this land from the temporary use are proposed or will occur. 7-104. SOURCE OF WATER This land use will not require an onsite source of water for the temporary use. Some water use from outside sources will be necessary to control dust emissions in the Teter Yard, to service portable toilets, and to provide bottled drinking water to the workforce. 7-105. CENTRAL WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER SYSTEMS Central water distribution and wastewater systems are not required for the temporary use proposed. Portable toilets and hand washing stations will be provided, and water for consumption will be purchased and brought onsite from outside sources to be consumed during construction. 7-106. PUBLIC UTILITIES No public utilities will be required during temporary use of the parcel. The parcel will be used as a staging yard for construction materials and equipment and as a helicopter landing zone for flight operations to support the Project. 7-107. ACCESS AND ROADWAYS Access to the Teter Yard will be from County Road 323/Rulison Road and a permanent access easement that crosses the private property to the northeast. No new roads will be created. Where road improvements are needed, Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. Due to its rural location, the roads accessing the parcel have the capacity to efficiently and safely service the additional and temporary traffic that will be generated and will not cause traffic congestion or unsafe conditions. There will be impacts due to increased presence of vehicles, including personal vehicles, delivery trucks and semis, but this impact will be temporary. 7-108. USE OF LAND SUBJECT TO NATURAL HAZARDS The temporary use is not anticipated to have any adverse impacts on natural and geologic conditions. The yard will not be sited on steep slopes and grading will be minimal. The Teter Yard is being used on a temporary basis and not permanently developed, therefore no elimination or mitigation of potential effects for hazardous conditions are necessary. Once construction has been completed, the Teter Yard will be restored in a manner generally similar to its condition prior to construction and as may be provided for in private agreements. 7-109. FIRE PROTECTION Xcel Energy will coordinate with the Grand Valley Fire Protection District regarding emergency fire response prior to the proposed temporary use. Measures to prevent and control fires during the proposed temporary use will be implemented in accordance with Garfield County and Grand Valley Fire Protection District requirements. Xcel Energy offers free online safety training to fire departments and first responders that is based on national standards through its Responding to Utility Emergencies Program. DIVISION 2: GENERAL RESOURCE PROTECTION STANDARDS 7-201. AGRICULTURAL LANDS It is not anticipated that activities at the Teter Yard will adversely affect agricultural operations in the vicinity, nor is any division or development of land proposed as a part of those activities. Uses within the Teter Yard will be limited to construction support activities. After construction of the transmission line, the Teter Yard will be restored and returned to its pre-construction use. Dogs or other domestic animals that may interfere with livestock will not be permitted on site during temporary use. Any fences and gates present will be protected and left in the condition they are found or repaired as soon as reasonably possible by Xcel Energy and its contractors. Any damage to roads leading into the parcel will be repaired by Xcel Energy, including any fences that may be damaged. Dust control will be implemented during temporary use via water applications to minimize impacts to livestock and crops in the area. 7-202. WILDLIFE HABITAT AREAS Potential impacts to wildlife habitat will be temporary and limited to the parcel and established access roads. Increased noise and equipment movement during material deliveries may temporarily displace mobile wildlife species from the immediate workspace area. These impacts are considered short-term in duration and normal wildlife movements will be expected to resume after the temporary use has been completed and disturbed areas have been restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. Changes to species composition, number of threatened and endangered species, species habitat, and the food web are not expected due to the temporary nature of the use. In areas where grading is necessary, Xcel Energy will implement measures to prevent the spread and introduction of noxious weeds and non-native vegetation and revegetate disturbed areas following construction in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. No trees exist on the portion of the parcel that will be used for the Teter Yard; however, if construction is scheduled to occur during raptor breeding season, raptor nest surveys will be conducted prior to construction to determine whether active nests are present near the parcel. 7-203. PROTECTION OF WATERBODIES Wetland scientists that surveyed the proposed Teter Yard site concluded that there are no wetlands or other surface waters located on the 8-acre site. The temporary use will not affect wetlands or other surface waters in the vicinity and is not anticipated to divert debris flow or floodwaters. Best Management Practices (BMPs) described in the Construction Stormwater Management Plan (Attachment H3) will be implemented to reduce stormwater-related impacts to nearby waterbodies in compliance with Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) regulations. 7-204. DRAINAGE AND EROSION Xcel Energy is submitting a Grading Permit application concurrently with the TUP application. A site- specific erosion and sediment control plan (Attachment H4) and BMPs designed to protect soils will be implemented. Xcel Energy will also strictly adhere to a Construction Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) (Attachment H3). As described in the attached Drainage Memo (Attachment H5), no changes in drainage patterns nor changes in runoff are anticipated as a result of grading for the temporary yard use. A CDPHE Stormwater Permit is included in Attachment H3, Tab 12 with this application. 7-205. ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY The temporary use is not expected to have a significant impact on environmental quality. No wetland impacts are anticipated from the temporary use and water quality will not be impacted because Xcel Energy will implement a Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan (Attachment L). Soil disturbance will result from vegetation clearing and mobile construction equipment traveling to and from the parcel. However, soil will be stabilized with the implementation of erosion control BMPs and a site specific Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Attachment H4). Impacts from air emissions and low- level fugitive dust will be short-term and occur primarily from the use of mobile construction equipment as materials are delivered to and from the parcel. Dust will be controlled through the application of water to roads and the Teter Yard during activities. Emissions and dust resulting from the temporary use will not result in air quality reduction below acceptable levels established by the Colorado Air Pollution Control Division. 7-206. WILDFIRE HAZARDS Xcel Energy’s commitment to reducing wildfire risk is outlined in Xcel Energy’s 2020 Wildfire Mitigation Plan (Xcel 2020) and its proposed 2025-2027 Wildfire Mitigation Plan, filed in June 2024 with the Public Utilities Commission (State of Colorado Public Utilities Commission 2024). The Teter Yard is within and surrounded by areas rated low to moderate on the Wildland Fire Susceptibility Index within the Wildland Urban Interface (Garfield County 2022). Vegetation management may be required as part of the temporary use, thereby reducing fuel for wildfires. The temporary use will not create additional risk for wildfire with the implementation of fire prevention BMPs, including having basic firefighting equipment on site. Xcel Energy will also coordinate with the Grand Valley Fire Protection District prior to construction to discuss any concerns within their response area. 7-207. NATURAL AND GEOLOGIC HAZARDS The temporary use of the site for construction staging and a helicopter landing zone is not expected to have any materially adverse impact to soil, geologic conditions, or natural hazards. Steep slopes are absent from the area that will be used for the Teter Yard and grading will be minimal. Any land disturbed during construction will be restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. 7-208. RECLAMATION Ground disturbance will increase the potential for erosion, such as removal of protective vegetation and exposure to wind and water erosion. Impacts may result from soil disturbance due to construction machinery traveling to and from the parcel and movement of materials, machinery, and vehicles within the parcel. General construction traffic will be limited to designated access roads and the Teter Yard to minimize impacts. BMPs for erosion control will be implemented to minimize erosion and dust emissions resulting from activities associated with the temporary use in accordance with a SWMP. Topsoil will be stockpiled prior to grading for use in reclamation. The areas affected by the temporary use will be reclaimed in accordance with the approved timeline as soon as possible following demobilization to stabilize the area and reduce visual impacts. Reclamation activities will include re-grading to original land contours and placement of topsoil, followed by revegetation with an approved seed mix. A uniform vegetative cover will be established with a density of 70 percent pre-disturbance levels within four growing seasons. Established cover will not include state or Garfield County noxious weeds or alien annual invasive species. A weed management plan will be implemented to control the spread and propagation of listed noxious weeds and invasive species during the temporary use and reclamation activities. DIVISION 3. SITE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 7-301. COMPATIBLE DESIGN The temporary Teter Yard will not impact streets, lots, solar access, parking, pedestrian access, or access to common areas. Operations in the Teter Yard will avoid nuisances to adjacent uses, which include public lands maintained for the U.S. Naval Oil Shale Reserve (Roan Plateau), undeveloped land, and commercial warehouses. Any dust, odors, gas, fumes, and glare will not be emitted at levels objectionable to adjacent properties. Noise will not exceed state noise standards pursuant to Colorado Revised Statutes, Article 12 of Title 25 or federal regulations governing noise control for aircraft/helicopters. The hours of operations will be 7 days per week and 12 hours per day. The Teter Yard will be enclosed by a fence for security. 7-302. OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING STANDARDS Parking areas for vehicles and equipment will be confined to designated areas within the Teter Yard and will therefore not interfere with local street traffic. All loading and unloading of materials will occur in designated areas within the temporary Yard. The Site Plan provided in Attachment H4 of the application depicts parking areas. With landowner permission, surface materials may be applied following grading of the parcel to stabilize soils and proper drainage and stormwater BMPs will be applied. 7-303. LANDSCAPING STANDARDS The temporary use will avoid or minimize impacts to vegetation generally as practicable. As discussed in 7-208, at the conclusion of its temporary use, the Teter Yard will be restored to acceptable standards pursuant to the terms of the agreement with the landowner and as approved by Garfield County. No landscape plan will apply because the parcel does not currently have specific landscaping in place and the parcel will be restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions according to the landowner agreement conditions and Garfield County requirements. However, a Reclamation Plan is provided in Attachment H6. 7-304. LIGHTING STANDARDS For security purposes, lighting at night in the Teter Yard will be necessary during the proposed temporary use. Lighting will be designed to direct light inward and will be shielded such that concentrated rays of light will not shine directly into other properties. Lighting will not create a traffic hazard and will not include flashing or blinking lights. Light sources will not exceed 40 feet in height. 7-305. SNOW STORAGE STANDARDS A designated snow storage area will be included within the boundaries of the temporary construction easement for the Teter Yard. No snow storage will be in public parking spaces or in off-street parking or loading areas. Adequate drainage will be provided for snow melt within the parcel and no snow melt will be permitted to drain onto adjacent property. 7-306. TRAIL AND WALKWAY STANDARDS The proposed temporary use will not impact any trails or sidewalks linking to public facilities and no safety or maintenance measures will need to be implemented. OTHER PERTIENT STANDARDS DIVISION 13. ADDITIONAL STANDARDS FOR TEMPORARY USES. 7-1301. TEMPORARY USE A. The applicant, or a member of the applicant’s household, has not applied for a permit for the same or similar use more than twice within the prior twelve (12) month period. Xcel Energy has not previously applied for a TUP for the Teter Yard. B. The use does not result in any negative long-term impact to adjacent properties, public infrastructure, or existing environmental conditions. Adjacent Properties The Teter Yard use will not result in any negative long-term impacts to adjacent properties because the Teter Yard will be restored and returned to its original use upon completion of Project construction. Impacts will be limited to short-term impacts associated with construction and are not expected to cause a public nuisance. Any dust, odors, gas, fumes, and glare will not be emitted at levels objectionable to adjacent properties. Impacts and proposed mitigation are described below. Air quality: Impacts from air emissions and low-level fugitive dust will be short-term and occur primarily from the use of mobile construction equipment as materials are delivered to and from the parcel. Dust will be controlled through the application of water to roads and the Teter Yard during activities. Emissions and dust resulting from the temporary use will not result in air quality reduction below acceptable levels established by the Colorado Air Pollution Control Division. Noise: Construction vehicles and equipment will be maintained in proper operating condition and equipped with the manufacturer’s standard noise control devices (e.g., mufflers or engine enclosures). Noise will not exceed state noise standards pursuant to Colorado Revised Statutes, Article 12 of Title 25. Helicopters will be operated in accordance with federal regulations pertaining to noise control. Light: For security purposes, lighting at night in the Teter Yard will be necessary during the proposed temporary use. Lighting will be designed to direct light inward and will be shielded such that concentrated rays of light will not shine directly into other properties. Lighting will not create a traffic hazard and will not include flashing or blinking lights. Light sources will not exceed 40 feet in height. Stormwater: Xcel Energy will manage stormwater on the parcel by strictly adhering to a CDPHE- regulated SWMP. Public Infrastructure Local government services, transportation infrastructure, educational facilities, housing, water (other than trucked-in water for construction), sewage and wastewater treatment, public transportation, existing businesses, and social services are adequate to support the proposed use due to the small size of the construction crew and temporary nature of the construction activities. Given the relatively small size of the crews needed for construction of the Project, no impacts to emergency health care facilities or law enforcement services are anticipated. Roads and Traffic: Access to the parcel will be from Interstate 70 and County Road 323/Rulison Road and a permanent access easement that crosses the private property to the northeast. No new roads will be created. Where road improvements are needed, Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. Due to its rural location, the roads accessing the parcel have the capacity to efficiently and safely service the additional traffic that will be generated and will not cause traffic congestion or unsafe conditions. There will be impacts due to increased presence of vehicles, including personal vehicles, delivery trucks and semis, but this will be temporary. Water and Wastewater: Central water distribution and wastewater systems are not required for the temporary use proposed. Some water use from outside licensed sources will be necessary to control dust emissions in the Teter Yard, to service portable toilets, and to provide bottled drinking water to the workforce. Portable toilets and hand washing stations will be provided, and water for consumption will be purchased and brought onsite from outside sources to be consumed during construction. Public Parks: The Teter Yard is not located near any public parks and will not cause impacts. Existing Environmental Conditions The temporary use is not expected to have a long-term impact on environmental conditions. Xcel Energy will implement spill and erosion control prevention and clean up measures in accordance with permits. Soil disturbance will result from vegetation clearing and mobile construction equipment traveling to and from the parcel. However, soil will be stabilized with the implementation of erosion control BMPs. Impacts from air emissions and low-level fugitive dust will be short-term and occur primarily from the use of mobile construction equipment as materials are delivered to and from the parcel. Dust will be controlled through the application of water to access roads and the Teter Yard during activities. Emissions and dust resulting from the temporary use will not result in air quality reduction below acceptable levels established by the Colorado Air Pollution Control Division. C. The use minimized any significant, adverse short-term impact to adjacent properties, public infrastructure, or existing environmental conditions. Short-term impacts are expected to occur during construction and use of the Teter Yard. Impacts and proposed mitigation are discussed above, under Section 7-1301.B and are detailed in Table 7.1 of the application. D. Pedestrian and vehicular traffic associated with the use are not hazardous or conflict with the existing and anticipated traffic in the neighborhood. The roads accessing the parcel have the capacity to efficiently and safely service the additional and temporary traffic that will be generated and will not cause traffic congestion or unsafe conditions. E. Utility, drainage, and other necessary facilities to serve the proposed use will be provided. No new or upgraded utilities, drainage or facilities are anticipated to be needed to serve the Teter Yard. Xcel Energy will manage any soil impacts on the parcel by strictly adhering to a CDPHE-regulated SWMP (Attachment H3) and will implement and maintain erosion and sediment control BMPs designed to protect soils and control erosion. Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. A detailed Grading Plan outlining the improvements needed for the temporary use is provided in Attachment H. F. The temporary use location protects the public health, safety, welfare, environment, infrastructure, and wildlife resources of Garfield County. Public Health, Safety, and Welfare It is not anticipated that the Teter Yard use will have any impacts to public health, safety or welfare. In order to protect public safety, Xcel Energy will follow FAA regulations and evacuation requirements during helicopter activities. Environment and Infrastructure Impacts to the environment and infrastructure and proposed mitigation are described above, under Section 7-1301.B. Wildlife Resources Potential impacts to wildlife habitat will be temporary and limited to the parcel and established access roads. Increased noise and equipment movement during material deliveries may temporarily displace mobile wildlife species from the immediate workspace area. These impacts are considered short-term in duration and normal wildlife movements are expected to resume after the temporary use has been completed and disturbed areas have been restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. Changes to species composition, number of threatened and endangered species, species habitat, and the food web are not expected due to the temporary use. In areas where grading is necessary, Xcel Energy will implement measures to prevent the spread and introduction of noxious weeds and non-native vegetation and revegetate disturbed areas following construction in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. A Noxious Weed Management Plan is included in Attachment H7 of this application. No trees exist on the parcel, however, if construction is scheduled to occur during raptor breeding season, raptor nest surveys will be conducted prior to construction to determine whether active nests are present near the parcel. Northwest Regional Office 711 Independent Ave. Grand Junction, CO, 81505 P 970-255-6100 | F 970-255-6111 Dan Prenzlow, Director, Colorado Parks and Wildlife • Parks and Wildlife Commission: Carrie Besnette Hauser, Chair Charles Garcia, Vice-Chair Luke B Schafer, Secretary Taishya Adams Karen Bailey Betsy Blecha Marie Haskett Dallas May Duke Phillips, IV James Jay Tutchton Eden Vardy August 3, 2022 Jeff Hofman, Senior Planner Mesa County Planning Division 200 S. Spruce St. Grand Junction, CO 81501 RE: File Number LAEA-05-22-8903 Xcel Energy – De Beque to Una Transmission Line 6670 Rebuild Dear Mr. Hofman, Thank you for the opportunity to provide comments on the proposed Electric Transmission Line Rebuild Project, Segment 1 from De Beque to Una substations (Project). Colorado Parks and Wildlife (CPW) has a statutory responsibility to manage all wildlife species in Colorado. This responsibility is embraced and fulfilled through CPW's mission to perpetuate the wildlife resources of Colorado and provide sustainable outdoor recreation opportunities that educate and inspire future generations. CPW fulfills this mission by responding to requests for comments on wildlife impact reports, land use proposals, and consultations through public- private partnerships. CPW understands from the permit application material that Xcel will be replacing 8 miles of 69 kV electrical transmission line from the De Beque substation to the Una Substation with 3.4 miles in Mesa County and 4.5 miles in Garfield County. The Project is part of a larger subset of replacement efforts for a 32-mile line from the Rifle-Ute substation to the De Beque substation that was initially installed in the 1960s and has reached the end of its serviceable life. The replacement line will be operated at 69 kV but will be designed to expand the new structures to accommodate 115 kV in anticipation of future demands. Single-pole transmission line structures will be replaced with single-pole self-supporting or guyed structures depending on local topography. The work will be done over 6 months within an existing right-of-way along the original alignment that follows Highway 6; however, the current 30-50ft right-of-way will need to be widened to 75-110 feet to accommodate design upgrades and construction crews that include ground crews, truck support, and helicopter operations. Two staging areas are identified in the planning material provided and submitted to the respective counties in separate applications: an approximately 7.5–acre staging area in Garfield County and an approximately 15-acre staging area in Mesa County. Application material and design information is not yet available and have not been reviewed for those staging areas. The project proponents address construction erosion control BMPs and restoration efforts in a Restoration Plan included in the General Application materials. The project proponent has applied for a BLM ROW grant amendment, and an Environmental Assessment is being prepared for the Project. In reviewing the application material, the Project follows Highway 6 through scrub/shrub wildlife habitat that is near the I-70 Interstate Highway, a highly active railroad line, and the Colorado River Corridors. CPW commends the project proponent for following the existing alignment to minimize new disturbance and acknowledging wildlife in the area and timing stipulations that may be beneficial for sensitive wildlife species. CPW has identified that this project is located within the following CPW-mapped High Priority Habitats (HPH). High- priority habitats are home to species for which CPW has sound spatial data and scientifically backed Best Management Practices (BMPs). To protect those habitats for the species listed below, CPW recommends the following best management practices to avoid, minimize, and mitigate adverse impacts to elk and mule deer populations, sportfish, and raptors identified in the project area. ● Mule deer severe winter range and winter concentration area: no permitted or authorized human activities from December 1st to April 30th. o Severe winter range: That part of the overall range where 90% of the individuals are located when the annual snowpack is at its maximum and/or temperatures are at a minimum in the two worst winters out of ten. o Winter concentration area: This part of the winter range where densities are at least 200% greater than the surrounding winter range density during the same period used to define winter range in the average five winters out of ten. ● Elk Winter range and concentration area: no permitted or authorized human activities from December 1st to April 30th. o Severe winter range: That part of the overall range of a species where 90% of the individuals are located during the average five winters out of ten from the first heavy snowfall to spring green-up, or during a site-specific period of winter as defined for each DAU. o Winter concentration area: That part of the winter range of a species where densities are at least 200% greater than the surrounding winter range density during the same period used to define winter range in the average five winters out of ten. ● Sportfish Management Waters: Project activities are recommended to follow the best management practices for any new ground disturbance and avoid surface occupancy within 500 feet from the ordinary high-water mark of Sportfish Management Waters designated by CPW Aquatic Biologists. Ephemeral or intermittent streams are utilized as aquatic habitats during periods of flowing water and are included in this designation to avoid impacts on downstream habitats from chemicals, sediment, and other debris. o During construction and operations, the contractor should prioritize control erosion measures identified within the NPDES Permit to minimize off-site sediment transport. o Dust suppression should utilize fresh water only. o Follow the Noxious Weed Recommendation Plan included in the permit application that aims to treat topsoil stockpiles and materials at least biannually using a Colorado-certified herbicide applicator. In addition, the project proponent should spot treat as needed to prevent any weed communities from seeding. ● Active Raptor Nests: A specific location in which a pair of raptors have at least attempted to nest within the last five years. Any nest location that can be directly tied to courtship, breeding, or brooding behavior is considered active. A buffer zone extends .5 miles around a known active nest. Roost sites provide diurnal or nocturnal perches for raptors and are also protected by a .25-mile radius. Raptors and other migratory birds are protected from take, harassment, and nest disruption at both the state and federal levels. CPW recommends the following actions to protect raptors as they conduct their biological activities in the area. o A Nest survey be performed in each project area (half-mile radius) no later than two weeks before initiating construction for each project location to identify potential raptor and songbird nests, raptor perching, and foraging areas, and winter roosting areas. o No surface occupancy should occur within .5 miles of an active nesting site from November 15th through July 31st. o No surface occupancy should occur within .25 miles of a historical nesting site year-round. o No surface occupancy should occur within .25 miles from an observed roosting site. o Activity should cease if nest activity is observed at any time activity within .5 miles buffer of active or inactive nest sites. o Avoid helicopter activity from November 15 through July 31 to avoid conflicts with raptor activity. o Install bird deterrent devices to discourage nesting activities by osprey, eagles, and other birds on the newly installed transmission line structures. o Provide an alternative nesting site in the area to entice osprey to nest away from the transmission line structures. Reclaimed material from the decommissioned structures can facilitate a low-cost and minimal effort project that will benefit the project proponent, the community, and the local wildlife. Contact CPW to coordinate recommendations and resources such as the local Boy Scouts or organizations that may be interested in assisting with that work. Protecting large landscapes that support such a wide variety of wildlife species and habitats that they utilize can only be accomplished by partnering with other land users, conservation organizations, and agencies. Further coordination with BLM and CPW is recommended on the Environmental Assessment results to address further communications or actions. During construction activity, CPW recommends the following general BMPs that contribute to the protection of our wildlife resources. ● Workers should not be allowed to bring off-lease dogs to the location. ● Trash and debris should be removed daily. ● Lighting should be capped from above to help reduce night-sky light pollution which interferes with nocturnal wildlife behavior. ● Work to be conducted during winter daylight hours between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. to minimize disturbance to wintering elk, deer, and other wildlife that utilize this area. ● CPW did not see evidence of a weed management plan and recommends establishing a formal weed management plan, which Garfield County may already have in place, to control and eliminate the spread of any noxious weeds in and around the area. ● All workers should remove any mud or debris and disinfect heavy equipment, hand tools, pumps and hoses, boots, and other equipment previously used in a river, stream, lake, pond, or wetland before moving the equipment to another water body. This is achieved by following the attached aquatic disinfectant protocols. o https://cpw.state.co.us/Documents/Research/Aquatic/pdf/Publications/Quate rnary-Ammonia-Compound-Disinfection-Protocols.pdf#search=disinfect Colorado Parks and Wildlife appreciates the opportunity to review this project application material and provide recommendations to avoid, minimize, and mitigate adverse impacts on wildlife. If there are any questions or needs for additional information, don’t hesitate to contact CPW wildlife managers: Albert Romero, District Wildlife Manager 970-216-3847 albert.romero@state.co.us, Scott Hoyer, District Wildlife Manager 970-250-0873 scott.hoyer@state.co.us Molly West, Land Use Specialist 970-255-6105 molly.west@state.co.us Sincerely, Kirk Oldham Area Wildlife Manager Cc: Albert Romero, District Wildlife Manager Scott Hoyer, District Wildlife Manager Molly West, Land Use Specialist Hazardous Substance Release Definition of Hazardous Materials: The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) defines a hazardous material as “any substance or chemical which has been determined to be either a health hazard or a physical hazard.” Hazardous materials include, but are not limited to, chemicals which are: Carcinogens Irritants Corrosives Combustible Flammable Oxidizers The accidental spill of hazardous material must be handled by qualified personnel only. Employees must contact emergency services immediately to report a spill and follow the below steps: Do not put yourself in harms-way. Understand the hazardous substance before attempting to clean up. Instruct others in the immediate area to vacate the contaminated area immediately. Upon leaving the contaminated area, close doors and, if possible, prevent entry. Inform emergency services of the location of the spill and, if possible, the chemical and amount spilled. If possible, remove ignition sources and unplug electrical equipment in the immediate area. Do so only if you are not in danger. If employee(s) have been exposed to a hazardous material, they should be instructed to remove contaminated clothing immediately and directed to the nearest safety shower/eye wash station. The affected area should be rinsed for a minimum of 15 minutes. If employee(s) are injured, move the victim from the immediate area if this can be done without further injury to you or the victim. Await direction from emergency services. Do not enter the contaminated area until emergency services have given the all-clear sign. Release of Liquid Waste: In the event of a liquid waste release, cease all operations, notify Project Management as soon as possible, and make every attempt to safety control, isolate, and limit exposure to released material(s) before evacuating the affected area. If attempts to control, isolate, and/or limit the release cannot be achieved safely, keep clear of the area. Management will give further direction as needed. Spill or Release of Fuel: Spill kits shall be available as needed before starting work. A piece of equipment must always be supervised during fueling. In addition, fuel nozzles shall be equipped with automatic shut-off valves. Drip pans or other devices shall be used during maintenance operations. If a spill or release occurs, isolate the source as soon as possible. Once the source of the release has been isolated, an attempt should be made to contain the spill. When a Chemical Spill has occurred: Notify Supervision. They will give further direction as needed. Secure the area and alert other site personnel. Evacuate the area as necessary. Deal with the spill in accordance with the instructions described in the SDS. Contain the spill with available equipment (e.g., pads, booms, absorbent powder, etc.) Do not put yourself in harms-way. Do not attempt to clean the spill unless trained to do so. Spills must be handled in a safe manner, while wearing the proper PPE. Attend to injured personnel and call the medical emergency number, if required. Spill Response Quick Guide Environmental Impact Control Matrix Significant Aspect Potential Impact Controls in Place Equipment Leaks and Spills Water Pollution Soil Contamination Equipment is equipped with spill kits. Contaminated soil shall be removed and sent out for disposal. Management and utility will be informed of all large spills. Disposal of Lead Containing Materials, and Wire Water Pollution Soil Contamination These materials will be separated and turned in to the nearest utility work center for disposal. Human Waste Water Pollution Soil Contamination Nuisance Portable bathroom facilities shall be provided in the show-up for employee use. CONTROL NOTIFY CLEAN-UP Initiate immediate actions: Follow proper safety procedures. Stop leak, shut off equipment, close valves. Remove all non-essential personnel. Use a container or absorbent pad to catch leak or prevent contact with soil. Use speedy dry, sorbent socks, sand, or dirt berm to prevent the spread. CALL your supervisor or local safety professional and Provide the following: Location or structure# Material(s) involved. Quantity spilled and maximum likely release. Time of release/discovery. Place contaminated soil & absorbents into labeled containers or cover stockpiled soil with plastic sheeting. Restore the affected area. Decontaminate tools & equipment used to clean up. Arrange for proper disposal of any waste materials. If necessary, PAR will employ a contractor for spill clean-up. General (non-hazardous) waste Landfill/ Waste Disposal Nuisance All show-up sites are equipped with a dumpster for non-hazardous waste disposal. Work in designated wetlands Water Pollution Soil Contamination Habitat Degradation Equipment will be utilized at a minimum. Worksite shall be cleaned upon the completion of work. All tire ruts will be raked, and the area returned to pre-work state. Applicable permits will be obtained. Impact on Protected Wildlife Habitat Degradation Crews will participate in training on local protected wildlife. The environmental team will identify areas containing protected wildlife and demarcate them to alert crews working in these areas. If a protected animal is found on the worksite, work will cease until it is safe to continue. El SpencerFane Re: Michelle Berger Direct Dial: 303-839-3790 m be rge r@spe n ce rfa ne. co m ocroBER 9,2024 VIA E.MAIL Ms. Kelly Cave Assistant County Attorney Garfield County 108 8th Street, Suite 219 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 kcave@qarfield-county. com Xcel Energy - Transmission Line 6584 Rebuild Project, Mitchell Creek to Ute-Rifle Segment (Project) - Application for Temporary Use Permit (TUP) - Mclin Laydown Yard - Clarification and Confirmation Related Mineral Owner Notification Exemption Dear Ms. Cave: I am writing to you on behalf of Xcel Energy regarding the above-captioned Project and temporary construction yard, and the related Temporary Use Permit ('TUP") application submittal requirements. Specifically, and consistent with prior permitting practices with Garfield County ("County"), I am writing to clarify and confirm that, because the Project is exempt from statutory mineral owner notification requirements, Xcel Energy will not be providing a list of mineral owners nor mailing notifications regarding the submittal of the Mclin TUP application to mineral owners. With respect to this submittal requirement, as has been previously discussed with my colleague, Gil McNeish, and allowed for in previous TUP applications, Xcel Energy's approach and reasoning are explained below. Section 4-203.8.3.b of the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code (the "Code") states "lf an application requires mailed notice, the application shall include . . . b. A list of mineral owners in the Subject Site." Xcel Energy's understanding is its TUP application will require mailed notice because the Director will be referring the application to the Board of County Commissioners for a public hearing and final decision. As Mr. McNeish and you have previously discussed, Xcel Energy is exempt from Colorado statutes requiring notification of surface development to mineral owners. As such, no list of mineral owners in the subject site is necessary. To recap Mr. McNeish's previous correspondence and discussions with you regarding this issue, the state statute commonly known as "The Surface Development Notification Act" (CRS 24-65.5-101 et seq.) provides that not less than 30 days before the date scheduled for the initial public hearing by a local government on an application for development, the applicant must send a notice of that hearing by certified mail to mineral estate owners (owners or lessees of the mineral estate under the property which is the subject of the application). SPENCER FANE LLP | 1700 LINCOLN STREET, SUITE 2000, DENVER, CO 80203-4554 | 303.839.3800 | FAX I spencerfane.com u'l SpencerFane Ms. Kelly Cave February 9,2024 Page2 Pursuant to the Act, the definition of an "Application for Development" covers a wide range of surface development land use approvals, but certain named development activities are specifically exempt from that definition. One exemption includes applications "with respect to electric lines" such as Xcel Energy's TUP application. Thus, because the McLin temporary construction area ("TCA") and TUP are required to support a transmission line rebuild project, the TCA is exempt from requirements to notify mineral owners about the TUP application. Therefore, no list of mineral owners is necessary under the Code. Based on the foregoing, Xcel Energy will not be including a list of owners of the mineral estate under the property which is subject to the Mclin TUP application. This letter is provided at the request of the Community Development Department. Please contact me if you have any questions. Very truly yours, SPENCER FANE LLP ,@4Yfrr- Michelle L. Berger cc: Julie Stencel - Xcel Energy (via email)